You are on page 1of 350

Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

B2B API Specification


Order Services for Voice Products
Version 4.1.0.0
Released February 16, 2008

© 2007 Level 3 Communications, LLC. All Rights Reserved. Level 3 Communications, Level 3, the
red 3D brackets and the Level 3 Communications logo are registered service marks of Level 3
Communications, LLC in the United States and/or other countries. Level 3 services are provided by
wholly owned subsidiaries of Level 3 Communications, Inc. Any other service, product or company
Page
names recited herein may be trademarks or service marks of their respective 1 of 350
owners
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Foreword
This document describes the technical specifications through which Level 3 and its business
partners can conduct electronic commerce for the purpose of ordering voice products. It is
subordinate and supplemental to the Level 3 B2B Implementation Guide for Partners document.

Commercial organizations must join Level 3’s Partnership program prior to engaging in electronic
commerce, and must establish systems that conform to this specification prior to placing orders.
Thereafter, use of the electronic-commerce interface and facilities, and successful, complete
execution of specified services, creates a legally binding obligation on the part of both parties.

Due to the nature of electronic commerce and planned enhancements to products and ordering
capabilities, this document is subject to change. Level 3 reserves the right to make changes of
any nature at any time, and will distribute changes to partners as they occur.

Disclaimer
This document is intended to be a working document describing various e-commerce applications
that the parties may implement, and is subject to change by Level 3 at any time. In the event of a
conflict between the text of this document and any agreements between Partner and Level 3, the
terms set forth in the agreements shall control.

Revision History

Revision Release Date Description of Change Author


0.5 6/30/04 Draft Level 3
1.0 7/30/04 Revised to reflect stakeholder comments. Level 3
2.0 8/13/04 Added major new business transactions Level 3
and capabilities
2.1.0 9/17/2004 Revised to reflect stakeholder comments; Level 3
added incremental functionality
enhancements.
2.2.0 10/15/2004 Added incremental functionality Level 3
enhancements.
2.2.3.0 11/18/2004 Made documentation enhancements; Level 3
modified versioning notation
2.2.4.0 11/19/2004 Made WSDL and Spec changes Level 3
2.2.5.0 11/29/2004 Made changes to WSDL to ensure Level 3
backward compatibility with 2.2.3
2.2.5.1 12/17/2004 Made documentation enhancements. Level 3
2.2.5.2 12/20/2004 Made documentation enhancements. Level 3
3.0.0.0 12/20/2004 Added new functionality Level 3

Page 2 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

3.0.1.0 12/22/2004 Made minor WSDL and Spec changes Level 3


3.0.2.0 12/28/2004 Made minor WSDL changes Level 3
3.0.3.0 1/13/2005 Corrected WSDL error Level 3
3.1.0.0 5/1/2005 Added new functionality and Level 3
enhancements to existing capabilities
3.1.0.1 6/7/2005 Added incremental functionality Level 3
enhancements.
3.1.0.2 7/5/2005 Added transaction description for Reserve Level 3
TN and Release TN
3.1.0.3 8/22/2005 Added clarification to transaction Level 3
descriptions and attribute descriptions
3.2.0.0 9/12/2005 Added new functionality Level 3

3.2.1.0 12/14/2005 Added new functionality Level 3

3.3.0.0 6/17/2006 Added CSR Request transaction and new Laura Maxwell
attributes to existing transactions
3.3.0.1 7/10/2006 Added clarification to text Laura Maxwell

4.0.0.0 11/11/2006 Added multi-line LNP Install capability. Laura Maxwell

4.0.0.1 08/06/2007 Added product ID 2036 to enumeration Stephanie


values Thielen
4.1.0.0 12/03/2007 Added new functionality for 4.1 Stephanie
Thielen
Wireless LNP, Supp address

Changes by Revision

Revision Transaction / Message Change


Section
1.0 Various Various Minor updates (e.g., spelling) to achieve consistency between
WSDL, class diagrams, and attribute tables.

1.0 Various Various Enhanced attribute descriptions, defined enumerations where


appropriate, added specific datatypes, made datatypes
consistent with XSDs

1.0 Various Various Renamed businessTransactionHeader.B2BCustomerID to


businessTransactionHeader.B2BPartnerID to better describe the
attribute.

1.0 Pre-Submit Service validateSLServiceAvailability Added to validationResponseHeader the following attributes:


Availability Validation Response earliestCRD, latestCRD
(New TN)

1.0 Pre-Submit Service validateSLServiceAvailability Added to validationResponseHeader the following attributes:


Availability Validation Response earliestCRD, latestCRD
(Port-In)

1.0 Pre-Submit Portability validateSLServiceAvailability Added to validationResponseHeader the following attributes:


Validation Response earliestCRD, latestCRD

Page 3 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Revision Transaction / Message Change


Section
1.0 Pre-Submit Service validateSLServiceAvailability Added to portabilityAnalysisResult the following attributes:
Availability Validation Response fromLECCompanyCode, toLECCompanyCode
(Port-In)

1.0 Pre-Submit Portability validateSLServiceAvailability Added to portabilityAnalysisResult the following attributes:


Validation Response fromLECCompanyCode, toLECCompanyCode

1.0 Pre-Submit Service validateSLServiceAvailability Added rateCenter object within portabilityAnalysisResult, with
Availability Validation Response following attributes: rateCenterAbbreviation, LATA, stateCode
(Port-In)

1.0 Pre-Submit Portability validateSLServiceAvailability Added rateCenter object within portabilityAnalysisResult, with
Validation Response following attributes: rateCenterAbbreviation, LATA, stateCode

1.0 Submit New Install createSLOrder Removed from customerProfileDefaultOverrides the following
Order attributes: LNPNotificationEmail, OrderFullmentEmail,
customerRespForPIC

1.0 Submit New Install createSLOrder Removed from serviceOrderHeader the following attributes:
Order requestorName, requestorEmail

1.0 Submit Supplement of createSLOrder Removed from serviceOrderHeader the following attributes:
Install Order; requestorName, requestorEmail

1.0 Submit Cancel of Install createSLOrder Removed from serviceOrderHeader the following attributes:
Order requestorName, requestorEmail

1.0 Submit New Disconnect createSLOrder Removed from serviceOrderHeader the following attributes:
Order requestorName, requestorEmail

1.0 Submit Cancel of createSLOrder Removed from serviceOrderHeader the following attributes:
Disconnect Order requestorName, requestorEmail

1.0 Submit Cancel of Install createSLOrder Added to serviceOrderHeader the following attributes:
Order reasonCode, reasonComments.

1.0 Submit New Disconnect createSLOrder Added to serviceOrderHeader the following attributes:
Order reasonCode, reasonComments.

1.0 Submit Cancel of createSLOrder Added to serviceOrderHeader the following attributes:


Disconnect Order reasonCode, reasonComments.

1.0 Submit New Install postSLOrderStatus Added to subscriberLine the following attributes:
Order fromLECCompanyCode, toLECCompanyCode (LNP Orders only)

1.0 Submit New Install createSLOrder Modified subscriberLine such that CNAM attributes (CNAM,
Order blockCNAM, block3rdParty, blockCollect) are managed as a
separate object. These attributes are replaced by a reference
(CNAMInformation) to a new object containing those attributes

1.0 Submit New Install createSLOrder Removed object PICInformation and subscriberLine reference to
Order PICInformation.

1.0 Submit New Install createSLOrder Removed billingAddress object and subscriberSite reference to
Order billingAddress.

1.0 Submit Cancel of Install createSLOrder Removed from serviceOrderHeader attribute CRD
Order

1.0 Submit Cancel of createSLOrder Removed from serviceOrderHeader attribute CRD


Disconnect Order

1.0 Submit New Install postSLOrderStatus Added to subscriberLine the following attributes:
Order fromLECCompanyCode, toLECCompanyCode (LNP Orders only)

1.0 Submit Supplement of postSLOrderStatus Added to subscriberLine the following attributes:


Install Order; fromLECCompanyCode, toLECCompanyCode (LNP Orders only)

1.0 Submit Cancel of Install postSLOrderStatus Added to subscriberLine the following attributes:
Order fromLECCompanyCode, toLECCompanyCode (LNP Orders only)

1.0 Submit New Disconnect postSLOrderStatus Added to subscriberLine the following attributes:
Order fromLECCompanyCode, toLECCompanyCode (LNP Orders only)

1.0 Submit Cancel of postSLOrderStatus Added to subscriberLine the following attributes:


Disconnect Order fromLECCompanyCode, toLECCompanyCode (LNP Orders only)

Page 4 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Revision Transaction / Message Change


Section
1.0 Submit New Install postSLOrderStatus Added rateCenter object within portabilityAnalysisResult, with
Order following attributes: rateCenterAbbreviation, LATA, stateCode

1.0 Submit Supplement of postSLOrderStatus Added rateCenter object within portabilityAnalysisResult, with
Install Order; following attributes: rateCenterAbbreviation, LATA, stateCode

1.0 Submit Cancel of Install postSLOrderStatus Added rateCenter object within portabilityAnalysisResult, with
Order following attributes: rateCenterAbbreviation, LATA, stateCode

1.0 Submit New Disconnect postSLOrderStatus Added rateCenter object within portabilityAnalysisResult, with
Order following attributes: rateCenterAbbreviation, LATA, stateCode

1.0 Submit Cancel of postSLOrderStatus Added rateCenter object within portabilityAnalysisResult, with
Disconnect Order following attributes: rateCenterAbbreviation, LATA, stateCode

2.0 Reserve TN n/a Added new business transaction

2.0 Read Order n/a Added new business transaction

2.0 Read Service Image n/a Added new business transaction

2.0 Provide Status n/a Added new business transaction


Notification

2.0 Pre-Submit Service validateSLServiceAvailability Added new capability to specify quantity of TNs to return for
Availability Validation selection and hold. This is supported by the new attributes added
(New TN) to validationHeader object: returnTNQuantityForSelection and
externalOrderID.

2.0 Pre-Submit Service validateSLServiceAvailability Added new capability to return 0 or more TNs with related
Availability Validation Response rateCenter information to support requests for list of TNs for
(New TN) selection and hold. This is supported by the new attributes within
validationResponseHeader: listOfTNsHeldForSelection,
expirationDateTime, as well as the new objects TNResult,
RateCenter, and WTN may be conditionally returned by this
transaction.

2.0 Submit New Install createSLOrder Added new capability to Non-LNP order to install specified TN
Order after validating against reservations.

2.0 Pre-Submit Service validateSLServiceAvailability Removed redundant attribute LNPIndicator from


Availability Validation validationHeader.
(New TN)

2.0 Pre-Submit Service validateSLServiceAvailability Changed name of portabilityAnalysisResult object to TNResult to


Availability Validation Response better reflect its new generalized purpose.
(Port-In)

2.0 Pre-Submit Portability validateSLServiceAvailability Changed name of portabilityAnalysisResult object to TNResult to


Validation Response better reflect its new generalized purpose.

2.0 Pre-Submit Service validateSLServiceAvailability Added new class diagram


Availability Validation Response
(New TN)

2.0 Pre-Submit Service validateSLServiceAvailability Added new class diagram


Availability Validation Response
(Port-In)

2.0 Pre-Submit Portability validateSLServiceAvailability Added new class diagram


Validation Response

2.0 Submit New Install postSLOrderStatus Added new class diagram


Order

2.0 Submit Supplement of postSLOrderStatus Added new class diagram


Install Order;

2.0 Submit Cancel of Install postSLOrderStatus Added new class diagram


Order

2.0 Submit New Disconnect postSLOrderStatus Added new class diagram


Order

2.0 Submit Cancel of postSLOrderStatus Added new class diagram


Disconnect Order

Page 5 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Revision Transaction / Message Change


Section
2.0 Various Various Added optional errorContext attribute to error object to clarify the
source of the error

2.0 Submit New Install postSLOrderStatus Added notificationHeader object with notificationType and
Order dateTime attributes to clarify context of status notification.

2.0 Submit Supplement of postSLOrderStatus Added notificationHeader object with notificationType and
Install Order; dateTime attributes to clarify context of status notification.

2.0 Submit Cancel of Install postSLOrderStatus Added notificationHeader object with notificationType and
Order dateTime attributes to clarify context of status notification.

2.0 Submit New Disconnect postSLOrderStatus Added notificationHeader object with notificationType and
Order dateTime attributes to clarify context of status notification.

2.0 Submit Cancel of postSLOrderStatus Added notificationHeader object with notificationType and
Disconnect Order dateTime attributes to clarify context of status notification.

2.0 WSDL Listing n/a Consolidated 3 separate WSDLs into one WSDL

2.0 Error Codes n/a Added several new error codes

2.0 Success Codes n/a Broke out success codes from error code section into new
success codes section

2.0 Schema Listings n/a Added new schemas to reflect addition of new transactions

2.0 Schema Listings n/a Consolidated separate request and response schemas into one.

2.1 Various requestMessageHeader Removed responseURL, since it is to be maintained in a new


Partner Management System. In a related change,
businessTransactionHeader.B2BPartnerID and
validationHeader.B2BPartnerID are to be redefined to
correspond to a partner profile within the Partner
ManagementSystem, where partner profile corresponds to a
target environment. This is where an environment-specific
responseURL will be maintained.

2.1 Provide CSR n/a Added new business transaction


Notification

2.1 Various Various Added externalBusinessTransactionID to all messages

2.1 Various Various Removed externalBusinessTransactionVersion from all


messages

2.1 Pre-Submit Service validateSLServiceAvailability Removed productID from TNResult


Availability Validation Response
(New TN)

2.1 Pre-Submit Service validateSLServiceAvailability Removed productID from TNResult


Availability Validation Response
(Port-In)

2.1 Pre-Submit Portability validateSLServiceAvailability Removed productID from TNResult


Validation Response

2.1 Submit New Install createSLOrder Removed endNum from WTN


Order

2.1 Reserve TN reserveTN Removed endNum from WTN

2.1 Various postSLOrderStatus Renamed rateCenter.stateCode to state

2.1 Various validateSLServiceAvailability Renamed rateCenter.stateCode to state


Response

2.1 Various Various Changed error.errorCode datatype from integer to string(20).

2.1 Various Various Changed requestStatusMessage.code datatype from number to


string(20).

2.1 Submit New Disconnect CreateSLOrder Removed directoryListingInformation class and


Order subscriberLine.directoryListingInformation attribute.

2.1 Submit New Install CreateSLOrder Removed directoryListingInformation.listingAddress


Order

Page 6 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Revision Transaction / Message Change


Section
2.1 Read Order ReadOrderResponse Removed directoryListingInformation.listingAddress

2.1 Read Service Image ReadServiceImageResponse Removed directoryListingInformation.listingAddress

2.1 Submit New Install CreateSLOrder Removed customerProfileDefaultOverrides and corresponding


Order attributes

2.1 n/a n/a Added order lifecycle state transition diagram to cover non-LNP /
new TN scenarios.

2.1 n/a n/a Added order lifecycle state transition diagram to cover LNP
scenarios.

2.1 n/a n/a Consolidated separated WSDL and XSD files into one WSDL file.

2.1 Various Various Replaced ErrorCode, RequestStatus, and


RequestStatusMessage objects with ResultCode in Output,
Input-callback and Output-callback messages

2.1 Various Various Replaced references to ErrorCode (e.g. listOfErrorCodes) with


references to ResultCode (e.g. listOfResultCodes)

2.1 Various Various Add originalMessageID attribute to responseMessageHeader for


all Input-callback messages. This will help ensure a consistent
means for partner to correlate async callbacks for all async
business transactions.

2.1 Submit New Install createSLOrder, Added externalOrderVersion to serviceOrderHeader


Order postSLOrderStatus

2.1 Submit Supplement of createSLOrder, Added externalOrderVersion to serviceOrderHeader


Install Order; postSLOrderStatus

2.1 Submit Cancel of Install createSLOrder, Added externalOrderVersion to serviceOrderHeader


Order postSLOrderStatus

2.1 Submit New Disconnect createSLOrder, Added externalOrderVersion to serviceOrderHeader


Order postSLOrderStatus

2.1 Submit Cancel of createSLOrder, Added externalOrderVersion to serviceOrderHeader


Disconnect Order postSLOrderStatus

2.1 Read Order readOrder Added externalOrderVersion to serviceOrderHeader

2.1 Read Order readOrderResponse Added externalOrderVersion to serviceOrderHeader

2.1 Various postSLOrderStatus Added externalOrderVersion to serviceOrderHeader

2.1 Pre-Submit Service validateSLServiceAvailability Removed externalOrderID


Availability Validation
(New TN)

2.1 Reserve TN reserveTN Removed externalOrderID

2.1 Release TN n/a Added new transaction


Reservation

2.1 n/a n/a Redefined correlation between list of TNs generated and held by
Service Availability Validation, Reserve TN, and Submit New
Install Order transactions to be performed using
externalBusinessTransactionID values, instead of
externalOrderID.

2.1.1 Submit New Install createSLOrder Changed parameter element name from createSLOrderRequest
Order to createSLOrder

2.1.1 Submit Supplement of createSLOrder Changed parameter element name from createSLOrderRequest
Install Order; to createSLOrder

2.1.1 Submit Cancel of Install createSLOrder Changed parameter element name from createSLOrderRequest
Order to createSLOrder

2.1.1 Submit New Disconnect createSLOrder Changed parameter element name from createSLOrderRequest
Order to createSLOrder

2.1.1 Submit Cancel of createSLOrder Changed parameter element name from createSLOrderRequest
Disconnect Order to createSLOrder

Page 7 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Revision Transaction / Message Change


Section
2.2 Create New Install createSLOrder Added TPVPVN attribute to LNPInformation
Order

2.2 Read Order readOrderResponse Added TPVPVN attribute to LNPInformation

2.2 Various Various Made responseMessageHeader.organization optional

2.2 Various Various Made responseMessageHeader.department optional

2.2 Various Various Made responseMessageHeader.application optional

2.2 Provide Customer postSLOrderStatus Moved CSRInformation from subscriberLine to


Service Record (CSR) serviceOrderHeader.
Notification

2.2.1 Provide Customer postSLOrderStatus Added WTN to CSRInformation


Service Record (CSR)
Notification

2.2.2 Provide Order Status postSLOrderStatus Documentation change: ResultCode only required for error
Notification notifications. Not applicable otherwise.

2.2.3.0 N/A N/A Added version attribute to <xsd:schema> element in WSDLs to


simplify sync-up with specification docs.

2.2.3.0 Title Page N/A Changed version to 4 levels: A.B.W.S, where A.B corresponds to
the namespace version, W denotes to the WSDL version (see
<xsd:schema version=”A.B.W”>), and S is the Specification
version.

2.2.3.0 Various Various Clarified resultCode class description to state how many
resultCode instances are expected upon success and error
conditions.

2.2.3.0 Error Codes N/A Updated error codes

2.2.3.0 Various Various Corrected case of orderAction and orderType enumeration


values. Should be Init-cap (e.g. Install, not install).

2.2.4.0 Pre-Submit Service validateSLServiceAvailability Removed userID from requestMessageHeader; No longer used,
Availability Validation but API will still accept value.
(New TN)

2.2.4.0 Pre-Submit Service validateSLServiceAvailability Removed userID from requestMessageHeader; No longer used,
Availability Validation but API will still accept value.
(Port-In)

2.2.4.0 Pre-Submit Portability validateSLServiceAvailability Removed userID from requestMessageHeader; No longer used,
Validation but API will still accept value.

2.2.4.0 Pre-Submit Service validateSLServiceAvailability Changed ExpirationDateTime to ReservationExpirationDateTime


Availability Validation Response
(New TN)

2.2.4.0 Reserve TN reserveTN Changed name of ServiceOrderHeader object to


ReservationHeader

2.2.4.0 ReserveTN reserveTN Moved WTN reference from SubscriberLine to ListOfWTNs from
ReservationHeader

2.2.4.0 ReserveTN reserveTN Removed SubscriberLine object

2.2.4.0 ReserveTN reserveTNResponse Added ReservationHeader object (required, 1-1 with respect to
BusinessTransactionHeader)

2.2.4.0 ReserveTN reserveTNResponse Made ResultCode a child of ReservationHeader

2.2.4.0 ReserveTN reserveTNResponse Added ListOfWTNs as a child of ReservationHeader

2.2.4.0 Submit New Install createSLOrder Added BTN to ServiceOrderHeader


Order

2.2.4.0 Read Order readOrderResponse Added BTN to ServiceOrderHeader

2.2.4.0 Submit New Install createSLOrder Removed BTN from SubscriberLine; No longer used, but API will
Order still accept value.

Page 8 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Revision Transaction / Message Change


Section
2.2.4.0 Read Order readOrderResponse Removed BTN from SubscriberLine

2.2.4.0 Read Service Image readServiceImageResponse Removed BTN from SubscriberLine

2.2.4.0 Submit Supplement of createSLOrder Removed PartnerSubgroupID from ServiceOrderHeader; No


Install Order; longer used, but API will still accept value.

2.2.4.0 Submit Cancel of Install createSLOrder Removed PartnerSubgroupID from ServiceOrderHeader; No


Order longer used, but API will still accept value.

2.2.4.0 Submit New Disconnect createSLOrder Removed PartnerSubgroupID from ServiceOrderHeader; No


Order longer used, but API will still accept value.

2.2.4.0 Submit Cancel of createSLOrder Removed PartnerSubgroupID from ServiceOrderHeader; No


Disconnect Order longer used, but API will still accept value.

2.2.4.0 Submit Supplement of createSLOrder Removed LEVEL3ParentOrderID from ServiceOrderHeader; No


Install Order; longer used, but API will still accept value.

2.2.4.0 Submit Cancel of Install createSLOrder Removed LEVEL 3ParentOrderID from ServiceOrderHeader; No
Order longer used, but API will still accept value.

2.2.4.0 Submit Cancel of createSLOrder Removed LEVEL 3ParentOrderID from ServiceOrderHeader; No


Disconnect Order longer used, but API will still accept value.

2.2.5.0 Submit New Install createSLOrder Removed BTN from ServiceOrderHeader


Order

2.2.5.0 Read Order readOrderResponse Removed BTN from ServiceOrderHeader

2.2.5.0 Submit New Install createSLOrder Restored BTN to SubscriberLine.


Order

2.2.5.0 Read Order readOrderResponse Restored BTN to SubscriberLine

2.2.5.0 Read Service Image readServiceImageResponse Restored BTN to SubscriberLine

2.2.5.0 Pre-Submit Service validateSLServiceAvailability Changed ReservationExpirationDateTime to ExpirationDateTime


Availability Validation Response
(New TN)

2.2.5.1 Submit New Install N/A Added clarification text to introduce Sample Usage diagram.
Order

2.2.5.1 Submit Supplement of N/A Added clarification text to introduce Sample Usage diagram.
Install Order;

2.2.5.1 Submit Cancel of Install N/A Added clarification text to introduce Sample Usage diagram.
Order

2.2.5.1 Submit New Disconnect N/A Added clarification text to introduce Sample Usage diagram.
Order

2.2.5.1 Submit Cancel of N/A Added clarification text to introduce Sample Usage diagram.
Disconnect Order

2.2.5.1 Result Codes N/A Updated result codes

2.2.5.1 Read Order N/A Updated description to note transaction only valid for B2B orders

2.2.5.1 Read Service Image N/A Updated description to note transaction only valid for B2B orders

2.2.5.1 Provide Customer N/A Updated description to note CSR Notification is only sent only if
Service Record (CSR) Donor LEC issues porting exception
Notification

2.2.5.1 N/A N/A Updated LNP state transition diagram to note CSR Notification is
only sent only if Donor LEC issues porting exception.

2.2.5.2 Submit New Install createSLOrder Removed Block3rdParty and BlockCollect from
Order CNAMInformation. Change should not impact existing partner
code, since submitted values for these attributes will be
unconditionally overwritten with Y by Level 3.

2.2.5.2 Submit New Disconnect createSLOrder Changed default ReasonCode valid value “Customer Initiated” to
Order “Channel Partner Init.” Added 2 new values: “CustInit Chg Srvc.”,
“MSAG ERROR”. These new values apply only to Submit New

Page 9 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Revision Transaction / Message Change


Section
Disconnect Order. “Channel Partner Init.” Is the only valid value
for ReasonCode in other transactions.

3.0.0.0 Submit New Change N/A Added new transaction


Order

3.0.0.0 Submit Cancel of N/A Added new transaction


Change Order

3.0.0.0 Submit New Install createSLOrder Moved LNPInformation reference from SubscriberLine to
Order ServiceOrderHeader

3.0.0.0 Read Order readOrderResponse Moved LNPInformation reference from SubscriberLine to


ServiceOrderHeader

3.0.0.0 Submit New Install createSLOrder Removed BTN from SubscriberLine


Order

3.0.0.0 Read Order readOrderResponse Removed BTN from SubscriberLine

3.0.0.0 Read Service Image readServiceImageResponse Removed BTN from SubscriberLine

3.0.0.0 Submit New Install createSLOrder Added BTNOldCarrier to LNPInformation


Order

3.0.0.0 Read Order readOrderResponse Added BTNOldCarrier to LNPInformation

3.0.0.0 Submit New Change postSLOrderStatus Added OrderSummary object and ListOfOrderSummary
Order reference to this object in SubscriberLine.

3.0.0.0 Read Order readOrderResponse Added OrderSummary object and ListOfOrderSummary


reference to this object in SubscriberLine.

3.0.0.0 Pre-Submit Service validateSLServiceAvailability Changed ExpirationDateTime to ReservationExpirationDateTime


Availability Validation Response
(New TN)

3.0.0.0 Read Order readServiceImageResponse Removed Block3rdParty and BlockCollect from


CNAMInformation

3.0.0.0 Read Service Image readServiceImageResponse Removed Block3rdParty and BlockCollect from
CNAMInformation

3.0.1.0 Submit New Install postSLOrderStatus Renamed OrderSummary.text attribute to changeType


Order

3.0.1.0 Read Order readOrderResponse Renamed OrderSummary.text attribute to changeType

3.0.1.0 Reserve TN reserveTNResponse Changed resultCode cardinality to 1..1

3.0.1.0 Submit New Install createSLOrder Removed duplicate orderType attribute documentation from
Order message parameters section

3.0.1.0 Submit New Change createSLOrder Added orderType to message parameters section.
Order

3.0.1.0 Reserve TN reserveTN Added missing WTN attributes to message parameters section

3.0.1.0 Reserve TN reserveTNResponse Added missing WTN attributes to message parameters section

3.0.1.0 Reserve TN reserveTNResponse Added missing Result Code attributes to message parameters
section

3.0.1.0 WSDL Listings N/A Restructured to include references to annotated and non-
annotated WSDLs for both Level 3 and Partner-side WSDLs.

3.0.2.0 Release TN releaseTN Removed releaseTN.serviceOrderHeader from WSDL. Does not


Reservation impact documentation.

3.0.3.0 Submit Supplement of N/A Changed intro text. Level 3® VoIP Enhanced Local supps apply
Install Order; only to LNP (not New TN).

3.0.3.0 Read Order readOrderResponse orderSummary object contains object of type listOfChangeTypes,
not changeType

3.0.3.0 Submit New Change postSLOrderStatus orderSummary object contains object of type listOfChangeTypes,
Order not changeType

Page 10 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Revision Transaction / Message Change


Section
3.0.3.0 Reserve TN N/A Removed business transaction

3.0.3.0 Release TN N/A Removed business transaction


Reservation

3.0.3.0 Enumeration Values N/A ChangeType value “Service Package” applies only to certain
products.

3.0.3.0 Result Codes N/A Updated result codes

3.1.0.0 Pre-Submit Service validateSLServiceAvailability Added concatenatedAddress to address object and removed
Availability Validation notParsedAddressFlag.
(New TN)

3.1.0.0 Pre-Submit Service validateSLServiceAvailability Added concatenatedAddress to address object and removed
Availability Validation notParsedAddressFlag.
(Port-In)

3.1.0.0 Submit New Install createSLOrder Added concatenatedAddress to address object and removed
Order notParsedAddressFlag.

3.1.0.0 Submit New Install createSLOrder Updated servicePackage to be a required attribute for all
Order products.

3.1.0.0 Submit New Install createSLOrder Added customerServiceName to subscriberLine object.


Order

3.1.0.0 Submit Supplement of createSLOrder Added LNPInformation object


Install Order;

3.1.0.0 Submit Supplement of createSLOrder Added subscriberLine object


Install Order;

3.1.0.0 Submit Supplement of createSLOrder Added WTN object


Install Order;

3.1.0.0 Submit Supplement of createSLOrder Added CNAMInformation object


Install Order;

3.1.0.0 Submit Supplement of createSLOrder Added subscriber object


Install Order;

3.1.0.0 Submit Supplement of postSLOrderStatus Added orderSummary to subscriberLine object


Install Order;

3.1.0.0 Submit Supplement of postSLOrderStatus Added orderSummary object


Install Order;

3.1.0.0 Submit Supplement of postSLOrderStatus Added suppType object


Install Order;

3.1.0.0 Read Order readOrder Added flexibleAttribute object

3.1.0.0 Read Order readOrderResponse Added reasonCode to serviceOrderHeader object

3.1.0.0 Read Order readOrderResponse Added reasonComments to serviceOrderHeader object

3.1.0.0 Read Order readOrderResponse Added customerServiceName to subscribeLine object

3.1.0.0 Read Order readOrderResponse Added concatenatedAddress to address object

3.1.0.0 Read Order readOrderResponse Added orderSummary object

3.1.0.0 Read Order readOrderResponse Added suppType object

3.1.0.0 Read Order readOrderResponse Added jeopardyInformation object

3.1.0.0 Read Order readOrderResponse Added csrInformation object

3.1.0.0 Read Order readOrderResponse Added featureFlag object

3.1.0.0 Read Service Image readServiceImageResponse Added concatenatedAddress to address object

3.1.0.0 Provide Order Status postSLOrderStatus Added customerServiceName to subscribeLine object


Notification

Page 11 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Revision Transaction / Message Change


Section
3.1.0.0 Provide Order Status postSLOrderStatus Added orderSummary object
Notification

3.1.0.0 Provide Order Status postSLOrderStatus Added LNPInformation object


Notification

3.1.0.0 Provide Order Status postSLOrderStatus Added jeopardyInformation object


Notification

3.1.0.0 Provide Order Status postSLOrderStatus Added CSRInformation object


Notification

3.1.0.0 Provide Order Status postSLOrderStatus Added featureFlag object


Notification

3.1.0.0 Provide Order Status postSLOrderStatus Added changeType object


Notification

3.1.0.0 Provide Order Status postSLOrderStatus Added suppType object


Notification

3.1.0.0 Submit New Change createSLOrder Added directoryListingInformation object


Order

3.1.0.0 Submit New Change createSLOrder Added concatenatedAddress to address object and removed
Order notParsedAddressFlag.

3.1.0.0 Submit Real-Time Port N/A Added new business transaction


Request

3.1.0.0 Provide Level3 Action N/A Added new business transaction


Notification

3.1.0.1 Introduction N/A Added scope clarification in section 1.2.1

3.1.0.1 Pre-Submit Service validateSLServiceAvailability Added customerServiceName to validationHeader


Availability Validation
(New TN)

3.1.0.1 Pre-Submit Service validateSLServiceAvailability Added customerServiceName to validationHeader


Availability Validation
(Port-In)

3.1.0.1 Pre-Submit Portability validateSLServiceAvailability Added customerServiceName to validationHeader


Validation

3.1.0.2 Reserve TN reserveTN Added transaction description to document

reserveTNResponse

3.1.0.2 Release TN releaseTN Added transaction description to document

releaseTNResponse

3.1.0.3 All Transactions N/A Added expected results to transaction description.

3.1.0.3 Various Various Clarified messageID description to state partner is required to


keep this value unique

3.1.0.3 Various Various Clarified userID description to state that field is logged but not
returned to partner.

3.1.0.3 Various Various Clarified externalBusinessTransactionID description to state that


partner is required to keep this value unique per new order life-
cycle transaction.

3.1.0.3 Various Various Clarified returnTNQuantityforSelection description to state that


attribute is utilized for HomeTone only.

3.1.0.3 Various Various Clarified customerServiceName description.

3.1.0.3 Various Various Clarified serviceAvailable description to state when ‘Y’ will be
returned vs. ‘N.”

3.1.0.3 Various Various Clarified reservationExpirationDateTime description to state that


attribute is utilized for HomeToneSM only.

Page 12 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Revision Transaction / Message Change


Section
3.1.0.3 Various Various Clarified listOfResponseAddresses description to state when
Level 3 will return this list.

3.1.0.3 Various Various Changed portable description to state that this attribute is not
currently in use.

3.1.0.3 Various Various Clarified businessName description.

3.1.0.3 Various Various Clarified firstName description.

3.1.0.3 Various Various Changed middleInitial description to state that this attribute is
currently not in use.

3.1.0.3 Various Various Clarified lastName description.

3.1.0.3 Various Various Clarified CTI description.

3.1.0.3 Various Various Clarified LEVEL 3SubscriberLineID to state when attribute will be
returned to partner.

3.1.0.3 Submit New Install postSLOrderStatus Added missing attributes to attribute table: businessName,
Order firstName, lastName, CTI, CNAMInformation, and
directoryListingInformation.

3.1.0.3 Supplement of Install createSLOrder Added missing attribute to attribute table: LEVEL 3ParentOrderID
Order
Clarified CTI description to state it is required if supplementing
subscriber name.

3.1.0.3 Supplement of Install postSLOrderStatus Added missing attribute to attribute table: legalBinder,
Order serviceAddress, endNum, CNAMInformation, and
directoryListingInformation.

3.1.0.3 Submit Cancel of Install createSLOrder Added missing attribute to attribute table: LEVEL 3ParentOrderID
Order

3.1.0.3 Submit Cancel of Install postSLOrderStatus Added missing attributes to attribute table: legalBinder,
Order serviceAddress, endNum, CNAMInformation, and
directoryListingInformation.

3.1.0.3 Submit New Disconnect postSLOrderStatus Added missing attributes to attribute table: reasonCode,
Order FOCDate, billStopDate

3.1.0.3 Submit New Change createSLOrder Clarified descriptions for subscriber, businessName, firstName,
Order middleInitial, lastName, serviceAddress, servicePackage,
CNAMInformation, directoryListingInformation, and type to state
when they are required for change orders.

3.2.0.0 Pre-Submit Service validateSLServiceAvailability Added E911Option to ValidationHeader object.


Availability Validation
(New TN) Added TNLocationInformation object.

3.2.0.0 Pre-Submit Service validateSLServiceAvailability Added E911CoverageIndicator, GITNIndicator, and


Availability Validation Response E911Disclaimer to ValidationResponseHeader object.
(New TN)

3.2.0.0 Pre-Submit Service validateSLServiceAvailability Added E911Option to ValidationHeader object.


Availability Validation
(Port-In)

3.2.0.0 Pre-Submit Service validateSLServiceAvailability Added E911CoverageIndicator, GITNIndicator, and


Availability Validation Response E911Disclaimer to ValidationResponseHeader object.
(Port-In)

3.2.0.0 Pre-Submit Portability N/A This transaction will not be supported for this version or future
Validation versions, but will still be supported for previous versions.

3.2.0.0 Submit New Install createSLOrder Added E911Option to ServiceOrderHeader object.


Order
Added TNLocationInformation object.

3.2.0.0 Submit New Install postSLOrderStatus Added E911Disclaimer, E911Option, GITNIndicator, and
Order E911CoverageIndicator to ServiceOrderHeader object.

3.2.0.0 Provide Order Status postSLOrderStatus Added E911Disclaimer, E911Option, GITNIndicator, and
Notifications E911CoverageIndicator to ServiceOrderHeader object.

Page 13 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Revision Transaction / Message Change


Section
3.2.0.0 Read Order readOrderResponse Added E911Option to ServiceOrderHeader object.

3.2.0.0 Read Service Image readServiceImageResponse Added E911Option to ServiceOrderHeader object.

3.2.1.0 Pre-Submit Service validateSLServiceAvailability Added flexibleAttribute object.


Availability Validation
(Port-In)

3.2.1.0 Submit New Change createSLOrder Added ability to change E911Option.


Order

3.2.1.0 Submit New Change createSLOrder Added ability to change serviceAddress to a different rate center.
Order

3.2.1.0 Submit New Change postSLOrderStatus Added text for a directory listing disclaimer within E911Disclaimer
Order attribute.

3.2.1.0 Read Order readOrderResponse Added new enumeration value for changeName attribute.

3.3.0.0 Request CSR requestCSR New transaction.

3.3.0.0 Pre-Submit Service validateSLServiceAvailability Added LNPOption object.


Availability Validation Response
(Port-In) Added InternalPortFlag to TNResult object.

3.3.0.0 Read Order ReadOrderResponse Added InternalPortFlag and LECResponseDate attributes to


ServiceOrderHeaderObject.
Added LNPEvents object and LNPOption object.

3.3.0.1 Scope Text change only. Added text to clarify scope of Directory Listing
change functionality.
Submit New Change createSLOrder
Order

4.0.0.0 Install Order (LNP) createSLOrder Added the ability to port multiple WTNs associated with one BTN.

postSLOrderStatus

4.0.0.0 Install Order (LNP) createSLOrder Changed all attributes beginning with ‘L3’ to ‘Level3’.

Install Order (New TN) postSLOrderStatus

Supplement of Install readOrder


Order (LNP)
readOrderResponse
Cancel of Install Order
(LNP) readServiceImage

Change Order readServiceImageResponse

Cancel of Change portTN


Order
portTNResponse
Read Order

Read Service Image


Real-Time Port Request

4.0.0.0 Install Order (New TN) createSLOrder Changed required value format for
directoryListingInformation.firstName when dualNameListing = Y.
Change Order
Format changed from ‘John and Jane’ to ‘John & Jane’.

4.0.0.1 Various Added Product ID to Enumeration value table. Clarified Product


ID value description for various transactions

4.1.0.0 Various Release Date Feb 16, 2008

4.1.0.0 Install Order (LNP) createSLOrder Added Wireless LNP functionality description

4.1.0.0 Holidays Holiday listing Added list of observed holidays for 2008

4.1.0.0 Various Various Added Local Inbound service

4.1.0.0 Various Various Removed portDirection, as it is no longer required

Page 14 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Contents
REFERENCED DOCUMENTATION ..................................................................................................................... 19
1 INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................................................... 20
1.1 OVERVIEW ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 20
1.2 SCOPE ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 20
1.2.1 Functionality included in this release..................................................................................................20
1.3 KEY TERMS ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 21
2 USAGE SCENARIOS AND IMPLEMENTATION .............................................................................................. 22
2.1 OVERVIEW OF SUPPORTED BUSINESS TRANSACTIONS ............................................................................................................................. 22
2.2 BUSINESS TRANSACTION DETAILS ........................................................................................................................................................... 28
2.2.1 Service Availability Validation (New TN)...................................................................................................29
2.2.1.1 Sample Usage................................................................................................................................................... 30
2.2.1.2 Class Diagrams ................................................................................................................................................ 31
2.2.1.2.1 validateSLServiceAvailability Element ..................................................................................................... 31
2.2.1.2.2 validateSLServiceAvailabilityResponse Element ...................................................................................... 32
2.2.1.3 Input Message Parameters - validateSLServiceAvailability ............................................................................ 33
2.2.1.4 Output Message Parameters - validateSLServiceAvailabilityResponse........................................................... 37
2.2.2 Service Availability Validation (LNP) .................................................................................................46
2.2.2.1 Sample Usage................................................................................................................................................... 47
2.2.2.2 Class Diagrams ................................................................................................................................................ 48
2.2.2.2.1 validateSLServiceAvailability Element ..................................................................................................... 48
2.2.2.2.2 validateSLServiceAvailabilityResponse Element ...................................................................................... 49
2.2.2.3 Input Message Parameters - validateSLServiceAvailability ............................................................................ 50
2.2.2.4 Output Message Parameters - validateSLServiceAvailabilityResponse........................................................... 54
2.2.3 Install Order (New TN)........................................................................................................................60
2.2.3.1 Sample Usage................................................................................................................................................... 62
2.2.3.1.1 Install Order – New TN.............................................................................................................................. 62
2.2.3.2 Class Diagrams ................................................................................................................................................ 63
2.2.3.2.1 createSLOrder Element .............................................................................................................................. 63
2.2.3.2.2 createSLOrderResponse Element............................................................................................................... 64
2.2.3.2.3 postSLOrderStatus Element ....................................................................................................................... 65
2.2.3.2.4 postSLOrderStatusResponse Element ........................................................................................................ 66
2.2.3.3 Input Message Parameters - createSLOrder ..................................................................................................... 67
2.2.3.4 Output Message Parameters - createSLOrderResponse ................................................................................... 77
2.2.3.5 Input Callback Message Parameters – postSLOrderStatus............................................................................... 78
2.2.3.6 Output Callback Message Parameters - postSLOrderStatusResponse ............................................................. 86
2.2.4 Install Order (LNP) .............................................................................................................................88
2.2.4.1 Sample Usage................................................................................................................................................... 90
2.2.4.1.1 Install Order - LNP .................................................................................................................................... 90
2.2.4.2 Class Diagrams ................................................................................................................................................ 91
2.2.4.2.1 createSLOrder Element .............................................................................................................................. 91
2.2.4.2.2 createSLOrderResponse Element............................................................................................................... 92
2.2.4.2.3 postSLOrderStatus Element ....................................................................................................................... 93
2.2.4.2.4 postSLOrderStatusResponse Element ........................................................................................................ 94
2.2.4.3 Input Message Parameters - createSLOrder ..................................................................................................... 95
2.2.4.4 Output Message Parameters - createSLOrderResponse ................................................................................. 104
2.2.4.5 Input Callback Message Parameters – postSLOrderStatus............................................................................. 104
2.2.4.6 Output Callback Message Parameters - postSLOrderStatusResponse ........................................................... 112
2.2.5 Supplement of Install Order (LNP)....................................................................................................113
2.2.5.1 Sample Usage................................................................................................................................................. 116
2.2.5.1.1 Supp – Scenario 1 .................................................................................................................................... 116
2.2.5.1.2 Supp – Scenario 2 .................................................................................................................................... 117
2.2.5.2 Class Diagrams .............................................................................................................................................. 118
2.2.5.2.1 createSLOrder Element ............................................................................................................................ 118
2.2.5.2.2 createSLOrderResponse Element............................................................................................................. 119
2.2.5.2.3 postSLOrderStatus Element ..................................................................................................................... 120
2.2.5.2.4 postSLOrderStatusResponse Element ...................................................................................................... 121

Page 15 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.5.3 Input Message Parameters – createSLOrder .................................................................................................. 122


2.2.5.4 Output Message Parameters - createSLOrderResponse ................................................................................. 126
2.2.5.5 Input Callback Message Parameters - postSLOrderStatus ............................................................................. 127
2.2.5.6 Output Callback Message Parameters – postSLOrderStatusResponse........................................................... 134
2.2.6 Cancel of Install Order (LNP) ...........................................................................................................136
2.2.6.1 Sample Usage................................................................................................................................................. 138
2.2.6.1.1 Cancel – Scenario 1.................................................................................................................................. 138
2.2.6.1.2 Cancel – Scenario 2.................................................................................................................................. 139
2.2.6.2 Class Diagrams .............................................................................................................................................. 140
2.2.6.2.1 createSLOrder Element ............................................................................................................................ 140
2.2.6.2.2 createSLOrderResponse Element............................................................................................................. 141
2.2.6.2.3 postSLOrderStatus Element ..................................................................................................................... 142
2.2.6.2.4 postSLOrderStatusResponse Element ...................................................................................................... 143
2.2.6.3 Input Message Parameters - createSLOrder ................................................................................................... 144
2.2.6.4 Output Message Parameters - createSLOrderResponse ................................................................................. 145
2.2.6.5 Input Callback Message Parameters - postSLOrderStatus ............................................................................. 146
2.2.6.6 Output Callback Message Parameters - postSLOrderStatusResponse ........................................................... 154
2.2.7 Disconnect Order...............................................................................................................................155
2.2.7.1 Sample Usage................................................................................................................................................. 157
2.2.7.2 Class Diagrams .............................................................................................................................................. 158
2.2.7.2.1 createSLOrder Element ............................................................................................................................ 158
2.2.7.2.2 createSLOrderResponse Element............................................................................................................. 159
2.2.7.2.3 postSLOrderStatus Element ..................................................................................................................... 160
2.2.7.2.4 postSLOrderStatusResponse Element ...................................................................................................... 161
2.2.7.3 Input Message Parameters - createSLOrder ................................................................................................... 162
2.2.7.4 Output Message Parameters - createSLOrderResponse ................................................................................. 164
2.2.7.5 Input Callback Message Parameters - postSLOrderStatus ............................................................................. 165
2.2.7.6 Output Callback Message Parameters - postSLOrderStatusResponse ........................................................... 170
2.2.8 Cancel of Disconnect Order ..............................................................................................................172
2.2.8.1 Sample Usage................................................................................................................................................. 173
2.2.8.2 Class Diagrams .............................................................................................................................................. 174
2.2.8.2.1 createSLOrder Element ............................................................................................................................ 174
2.2.8.2.2 createSLOrderResponse Element............................................................................................................. 175
2.2.8.2.3 postSLOrderStatus Element ..................................................................................................................... 176
2.2.8.2.4 postSLOrderStatusResponse Element ...................................................................................................... 177
2.2.8.3 Input Message Parameters - createSLOrder ................................................................................................... 178
2.2.8.4 Output Message Parameters - createSLOrderResponse ................................................................................. 179
2.2.8.5 Input Callback Message Parameters - postSLOrderStatus ............................................................................. 180
2.2.8.6 Output Callback Message Parameters - postSLOrderStatusResponse ........................................................... 184
2.2.9 Change Order ....................................................................................................................................186
2.2.9.1 Sample Usage................................................................................................................................................. 188
2.2.9.2 Class Diagrams .............................................................................................................................................. 189
2.2.9.2.1 createSLOrder Element ............................................................................................................................ 189
2.2.9.2.2 createSLOrderResponse Element............................................................................................................. 190
2.2.9.2.3 postSLOrderStatus Element ..................................................................................................................... 191
2.2.9.2.4 postSLOrderStatusResponse Element ...................................................................................................... 192
2.2.9.3 Input Message Parameters - createSLOrder ................................................................................................... 193
2.2.9.4 Output Message Parameters - createSLOrderResponse ................................................................................. 202
2.2.9.5 Input Callback Message Parameters - postSLOrderStatus ............................................................................. 202
2.2.9.6 Output Callback Message Parameters - postSLOrderStatusResponse ........................................................... 208
2.2.10 Cancel of Change Order....................................................................................................................209
2.2.10.1 Sample Usage ............................................................................................................................................ 210
2.2.10.2 Class Diagrams .......................................................................................................................................... 211
2.2.10.2.1 createSLOrder Element .......................................................................................................................... 211
2.2.10.2.2 createSLOrderResponse Element........................................................................................................... 212
2.2.10.2.3 postSLOrderStatus Element ................................................................................................................... 213
2.2.10.2.4 postSLOrderStatusResponse Element .................................................................................................... 214
2.2.10.3 Input Message Parameters - createSLOrder............................................................................................... 215
2.2.10.4 Output Message Parameters - createSLOrderResponse ............................................................................. 216
2.2.10.5 Input Callback Message Parameters - postSLOrderStatus......................................................................... 217

Page 16 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.10.6 Output Callback Message Parameters - postSLOrderStatusResponse ....................................................... 221


2.2.11 Read Order ........................................................................................................................................223
2.2.11.1 Sample Usage ............................................................................................................................................ 224
2.2.11.2 Class Diagrams .......................................................................................................................................... 225
2.2.11.2.1 readOrder Element ................................................................................................................................. 225
2.2.11.2.2 readOrderResponse Element .................................................................................................................. 226
2.2.11.3 Input Message Parameters - readOrder ...................................................................................................... 227
2.2.11.4 Output Message Parameters - readOrderResponse .................................................................................... 229
2.2.12 Read Service Image ...........................................................................................................................242
2.2.12.1 Sample Usage ............................................................................................................................................ 243
2.2.12.2 Class Diagrams .......................................................................................................................................... 244
2.2.12.2.1 readServiceImage Element..................................................................................................................... 244
2.2.12.2.2 readServiceImageResponse Element...................................................................................................... 245
2.2.12.3 Input Message Parameters - readServiceImage ......................................................................................... 246
2.2.12.4 Output Message Parameters - readServiceImageResponse........................................................................ 247
2.2.13 Real-Time Port Request .....................................................................................................................255
2.2.13.1 Sample Usage ............................................................................................................................................ 256
2.2.13.2 Class Diagrams .......................................................................................................................................... 257
2.2.13.2.1 portTN Element...................................................................................................................................... 257
2.2.13.2.2 portTNResponse Element ...................................................................................................................... 258
2.2.13.3 Input Message Parameters - portTN .......................................................................................................... 259
2.2.13.4 Output Message Parameters - portTNResponse......................................................................................... 261
2.2.14 CSR Request.......................................................................................................................................264
2.2.14.1 Sample Usage ............................................................................................................................................ 265
2.2.14.2 Class Diagrams .......................................................................................................................................... 266
2.2.14.2.1 requestCSR ............................................................................................................................................ 266
2.2.14.2.2 requestCSRResponse ............................................................................................................................. 267
2.2.14.2.3 postCSR ................................................................................................................................................. 268
2.2.14.2.4 postCSRResponse .................................................................................................................................. 269
2.2.14.3 Input Message Parameters - requestCSR ................................................................................................... 270
2.2.14.4 Output Message Parameters – requestCSRResponse................................................................................. 274
2.2.14.5 Input Callback Message Parameters – postCSR ........................................................................................ 275
2.2.14.6 Output Callback Message Parameters - postCSRResponse ....................................................................... 280
2.2.15 Order Status Notifications .................................................................................................................283
2.2.15.1 Sample Usage ............................................................................................................................................ 285
2.2.15.1.1 New TN Install....................................................................................................................................... 285
2.2.15.1.2 LNP Install ............................................................................................................................................. 286
2.2.15.1.3 Disconnect.............................................................................................................................................. 287
2.2.15.2 Class Diagrams .......................................................................................................................................... 288
2.2.15.2.1 postSLOrderStatus Element ................................................................................................................... 288
2.2.15.2.2 postSLOrderStatusResponse Element .................................................................................................... 289
2.2.15.3 Input Message Parameters – postSLOrderStatus ....................................................................................... 290
2.2.15.4 Output Message Parameters - postSLOrderStatusResponse ...................................................................... 301
2.2.16 CSR Notification ................................................................................................................................303
2.2.16.1 Sample Usage ............................................................................................................................................ 304
2.2.16.1.1 LNP Install ............................................................................................................................................. 304
2.2.16.2 Class Diagrams .......................................................................................................................................... 305
2.2.16.2.1 postSLOrderStatus Element ................................................................................................................... 305
2.2.16.2.2 postSLOrderStatusResponse Element .................................................................................................... 306
2.2.16.3 Input Message Parameters - postSLOrderStatus........................................................................................ 307
2.2.16.4 Output Message Parameters - postSLOrderStatusResponse ...................................................................... 314
2.2.17 Level 3 Action Notification ................................................................................................................316
2.2.17.1 Sample Usage ............................................................................................................................................ 317
2.2.17.2 Class Diagrams .......................................................................................................................................... 318
2.2.17.2.1 postSLOrderStatus Element ................................................................................................................... 319
2.2.17.2.2 postSLOrderStatusResponse Element .................................................................................................... 320
2.2.17.3 Input Callback Message Parameters - postSLOrderStatus......................................................................... 321
2.2.17.4 Output Callback Message Parameters - postSLOrderStatusResponse ....................................................... 325
2.3 RESULT CODES ........................................................................................................................................................................................326
2.4 ENUMERATION VALUES ..........................................................................................................................................................................326

Page 17 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.5 WSDL LISTING .......................................................................................................................................................................................331


2.6 SCHEMA DESCRIPTIONS ..........................................................................................................................................................................332
2.6.1 validateSLServiceAvailability ............................................................................................................332
2.6.1.1 Class Diagram - validateSLServiceAvailability............................................................................................. 332
2.6.1.2 Class Diagram - validateSLServiceAvailabilityResponse.............................................................................. 333
2.6.2 createSLOrder ...................................................................................................................................334
2.6.2.1 Class Diagram – createSLOrder..................................................................................................................... 334
2.6.2.2 Class Diagram – createSLOrderResponse...................................................................................................... 335
2.6.3 postSLOrderStatus.............................................................................................................................336
2.6.3.1 Class Diagram – postSLOrderStatus.............................................................................................................. 336
2.6.3.2 Class Diagram - postSLOrderStatusResponse ............................................................................................... 337
2.6.4 readOrder ..........................................................................................................................................338
2.6.4.1 Class Diagram – readOrder ............................................................................................................................ 338
2.6.4.2 Class Diagram – readOrderResponse............................................................................................................. 339
2.6.5 readServiceImage ..............................................................................................................................340
2.6.5.1 Class Diagram – readServiceImage ............................................................................................................... 340
2.6.5.2 Class Diagram – readServiceImageResponse ................................................................................................ 341
2.6.6 portTN................................................................................................................................................342
2.6.6.1 Class Diagram – portTN ................................................................................................................................ 342
2.6.6.2 Class Diagram – portTNResponse ................................................................................................................. 343
2.6.7 requestCSR ........................................................................................................................................344
2.6.7.1 Class Diagram – requestCSR ......................................................................................................................... 344
2.6.7.2 Class Diagram – requestCSRResponse .......................................................................................................... 345
2.6.7.3 Class Diagram – postCSR.............................................................................................................................. 346
2.6.7.4 Class Diagram – postCSRResponse............................................................................................................... 347
3 APPENDICES ........................................................................................................................................ 348
3.1 GLOSSARY ...............................................................................................................................................................................................348
3.2 HOLIDAY LISTING ....................................................................................................................................................................................350
3.3 FORM FOR REVIEW COMMENTS ..............................................................................................................................................................350

Page 18 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Referenced Documentation

Documentation Title Author URL


Specification Basic Profile 1.0 WS-I http://www.ws-i.org/Profiles/BasicProfile-1.0-2004-04-16

Page 19 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

1 Introduction
1.1 Overview
This document describes an Application Programming Interface (API) to enable electronic commerce
between Level 3 and its business partners. It defines the technical design and implementation of Level 3’s
order services for voice products and largely reflects design, implementation and deployment approaches
that conform to WS-I Basic Profile 1.0 for Web services. This document supplements the Level 3 B2B
Implementation Guide, which describes Level 3’s B2B infrastructure, standards, and operating policies.
To facilitate clarity, diagrams in this document provide multiple views of the business transactions and
application mechanics, including overviews of business processes; interfaces, roles and responsibilities;
rules to facilitate WSDL design; and validations that are enforced on data content and format. If individual
diagrams or specifications appear to conflict, the WSDL documents provide the definitive description and
take precedence over other specifications.
This guide is written expressly for a technical audience who is familiar with e-commerce practices and the
jargon of the telecom industry. The services described in this document are available for use by
confirmed Level 3 partners. Please note that certain contractual stipulations, such as credit checks, may
pertain to some Level 3 partners and may affect the behavior of some transactions.

1.2 Scope
The document applies to Level 3’s suite of order services for voice services delivered in February 2008.
These services include business transactions for order validation and submission relating to Level 3®
VoIP Enhanced Local Level 3® Local Inbound.
Services and capabilities that are planned for future phases of the B2B implementation include order
entry for additional voice services, order management, and multiple services or voice lines on a single
order.

1.2.1 Functionality included in this release


This API provides the following capabilities:

Install Orders
• Local Number Portability and new telephone numbers (non-LNP)
• Single telephone number per order
• Port multiple TNs belonging to the same billing TN on the same order
• Supplement (Supp) Customer Request Date, Billing Telephone Number (BTN), Customer Type
Indicator (CTI), and Subscriber Name, with ability to supp CNAM at the same time
• Order cancellation
• Initiate real-time port requests
• Geographically Independent Telephone Numbers (GITN)

Disconnect Orders
• Disconnect a single TN
• Cancellation of a prior disconnection request
• Notification of successful TN deprovisioning with bill stop date

Page 20 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Change Orders
• Change of CNAM information on an existing service
• Change of Directory Listing information on an existing service
• Change of Service Address for an existing service within the same rate center
• Change of E-911 option on an existing service
• Change of Service Address to a different rate center when E-911 option allows
• Change of subscriber’s Service Package on an existing service

Other Services
• Validate subscriber address for an order pre-submit
• Validate subscriber address and TN portability for an order pre-submit
• Read information for specific in-flight order
• Read information for specific completed order service image (TN or Subscriber Line)
• Receive post-order submit notifications for Order Installation, CSR, FOC, Order
Completion/Activation, Disconnect, and critical post-submit errors.
• Receive post-order CSR information when donor LEC can provide.
• Ability to request subscriber’s Customer Service Record (CSR) information prior to submitting an LNP
install request.
• Ability to submit LNP requests for Wireless Numbers

1.3 Key Terms

Term Description
Partner The commercial organization engaged in reselling Level 3’s services to subscribers.
Subscriber User of the products and services provided jointly by Level 3 and its partner.
TN Telephone Number.

Page 21 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2 Usage Scenarios and Implementation


The business transactions, operations, message types and other relevant information for the B2B Services are outlined in the sections below.
These sections specify key details to be defined in the associated WSDL file(s). The exact structure of these files is to be resolved as part of the
implementation.

2.1 Overview of Supported Business Transactions


The following business transactions will be supported. Valid options for attributes that describe these business transactions are listed below.

• Usage Scenario: Synchronous, Asynchronous

• Message Type: Input, Output. Note that handlers for asynchronous callback messages such as postSLOrderStatus are to be
implemented by partner; message type designation (input/output) for such messages is defined from the perspective of the partner-
implemented systems.

• Message Style: Document/Literal

• Message Pattern: Query/Response, Request/Response, Request/Confirm, Information Distribution, Notification, Commercial Transaction.

Business WSDL Message


Usage Scenario Initiator Message Style Message Pattern WSDL Message Message Element
Transaction Operation Type

Pre-Submit
Service
Availability Synchronous
Validation (New
TN)

validateSLSer
Partner input document/literal Request/Response validateSLServiceAvailability validateSLServiceAvailability
viceAvailability

validateSLSer validateSLServiceAvailability validateSLServiceAvailabilityResp


Level 3 output document/literal Request/Response
viceAvailability Output onse

Pre-Submit
Service
Availability Synchronous
Validation (Port-
In)

Page 22 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

validateSLSer
Partner input document/literal Request/Response validateSLServiceAvailability validateSLServiceAvailability
viceAvailability

validateSLSer validateSLServiceAvailability validateSLServiceAvailabilityResp


Level 3 output document/literal Request/Response
viceAvailability Output onse

Pre-Submit
Portability Synchronous
Validation

validateSLSer
Partner input document/literal Request/Response validateSLServiceAvailability validateSLServiceAvailability
viceAvailability

validateSLSer validateSLServiceAvailability validateSLServiceAvailabilityResp


Level 3 output document/literal Request/Response
viceAvailability Output onse

Submit New
Asynchronous
Install Order

Commercial
createSLOrder Partner input document/literal createSLOrder createSLOrder
Transaction

Commercial
createSLOrder Level 3 output document/literal createSLOrderOutput createSLOrderResponse
Transaction

postSLOrderS input Commercial


Level 3 document/literal postSLOrderStatus postSLOrderStatus
tatus (callback) Transaction

postSLOrderS output Commercial


Partner document/literal postSLOrderStatusOutput postSLOrderStatusResponse
tatus (callback) Transaction

Supplement of
Asynchronous
Install Order

Commercial
createSLOrder Partner input document/literal createSLOrder createSLOrder
Transaction

Commercial
createSLOrder Level 3 output document/literal createSLOrderOutput createSLOrderResponse
Transaction

postSLOrderS input Commercial


Level 3 document/literal postSLOrderStatus postSLOrderStatus
tatus (callback) Transaction

Page 23 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

postSLOrderS output Commercial


Partner document/literal postSLOrderStatusOutput postSLOrderStatusResponse
tatus (callback) Transaction

Submit Cancel of
Asynchronous
Install Order

Commercial
createSLOrder Partner input document/literal createSLOrder createSLOrder
Transaction

Commercial
createSLOrder Level 3 output document/literal createSLOrderOutput createSLOrderResponse
Transaction

postSLOrderS input Commercial


Level 3 document/literal postSLOrderStatus postSLOrderStatus
tatus (callback) Transaction

postSLOrderS output Commercial


Partner document/literal postSLOrderStatusOutput postSLOrderStatusResponse
tatus (callback) Transaction

Submit New
Asynchronous
Disconnect Order

Commercial
createSLOrder Partner input document/literal createSLOrder createSLOrder
Transaction

Commercial
createSLOrder Level 3 output document/literal createSLOrderOutput createSLOrderResponse
Transaction

postSLOrderS input Commercial


Level 3 document/literal postSLOrderStatus postSLOrderStatus
tatus (callback) Transaction

postSLOrderS output Commercial


Partner document/literal postSLOrderStatusOutput postSLOrderStatusResponse
tatus (callback) Transaction

Submit New
Cancel of
Disconnect Order Asynchronous

Commercial
createSLOrder Partner input document/literal createSLOrder createSLOrder
Transaction

Commercial
createSLOrder Level 3 output document/literal createSLOrderOutput createSLOrderResponse
Transaction

Page 24 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

postSLOrderS input Commercial


Level 3 document/literal postSLOrderStatus postSLOrderStatus
tatus (callback) Transaction

postSLOrderS output Commercial


Partner document/literal postSLOrderStatusOutput postSLOrderStatusResponse
tatus (callback) Transaction

Read Order Synchronous

readOrder Partner input document/literal Request/Response readOrder readOrder

readOrder Level 3 output document/literal Request/Response readOrderOutput readOrderResponse

Read Service
Synchronous
Image

readServiceIm
Partner input document/literal Request/Response readServiceImage readServiceImage
age

readServiceIm
Level 3 output document/literal Request/Response readServiceImageOutput readServiceImageResponse
age

Provide Order
Synchronous
Status Notification

postSLOrderS
Level 3 input document/literal Notification postSLOrderStatus postSLOrderStatus
tatus

postSLOrderS
Partner output document/literal Notification postSLOrderStatusOutput postSLOrderStatusResponse
tatus

Provide Customer
Service Record Synchronous
(CSR) Notification

postSLOrderS
Level 3 input document/literal Notification postSLOrderStatus postSLOrderStatus
tatus

postSLOrderS
Partner output document/literal Notification postSLOrderStatusOutput postSLOrderStatusResponse
tatus

Submit New
Asynchronous
Change Order

Page 25 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Commercial
createSLOrder Partner input document/literal createSLOrder createSLOrder
Transaction

Commercial
createSLOrder Level 3 output document/literal createSLOrderOutput createSLOrderResponse
Transaction

postSLOrderS input Commercial


Level 3 document/literal postSLOrderStatus postSLOrderStatus
tatus (callback) Transaction

postSLOrderS output Commercial


Partner document/literal postSLOrderStatusOutput postSLOrderStatusResponse
tatus (callback) Transaction

Submit Cancel of
Asynchronous
Change Order

Commercial
createSLOrder Partner input document/literal createSLOrder createSLOrder
Transaction

Commercial
createSLOrder Level 3 output document/literal createSLOrderOutput createSLOrderResponse
Transaction

postSLOrderS input Commercial


Level 3 document/literal postSLOrderStatus postSLOrderStatus
tatus (callback) Transaction

postSLOrderS output Commercial


Partner document/literal postSLOrderStatusOutput postSLOrderStatusResponse
tatus (callback) Transaction

Submit Real-Time
Synchronous
Port Request

portTN Partner input document/literal Request/Response portTN portTN

portTNRespon
Level 3 output document/literal Request/Response portTNOutput portTNResponse
se

Provide Level 3
Synchronous
Action Notification

postSLOrderS
Level 3 input document/literal Notification postSLOrderStatus postSLOrderStatus
tatus

postSLOrderS Partner output document/literal Notification postSLOrderStatusOutput postSLOrderStatusResponse

Page 26 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

tatus

CSR Request Asynchronous

Commercial
requestCSR Partner input document/literal requestCSR requestCSR
Transaction

Commercial
requestCSR Level 3 output document/literal requestCSROutput requestCSRResponse
Transaction

input Commercial
postCSR Level 3 document/literal postCSR postCSR
(callback) Transaction

output Commercial
postCSR Partner document/literal postCSROutput postCSRResponse
(callback) Transaction

Page 27 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2 Business Transaction Details


This section describes in detail each business transaction supported by Level 3 B2B services. The following information may be provided for each
business transaction:

• Description

• Prerequisites

• Expected Results

• Sample Usage

• Process Flow

• Class Diagram

• Input Parameters

• Output Parameters.

Validations are performed in serial fashion; an error encountered at any step in this process is immediately reported, preempting subsequent
validations. This B2B interface is applicable to the VoIP Enhanced Local and Local Inbound services offered by Level 3.

General Requirements

• Partner has completed integration testing with Level 3.

• Partner is established in Level 3 systems to access B2B interface; i.e., customer profile is established and B2B access has been set up.

• Partner is set up in the Rate Center/market; i.e., partner has a completed service order for the appropriate market.

Page 28 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.1 Service Availability Validation (New TN)


Description
This business transaction provides a Level 3 partner with the ability to verify the availability of a new telephone number to a subscriber's specified
address.

ƒ The following messages are required for this business transactions:

o validateSLServiceAvailability – sent by partner to verify address

o validateSLServiceAvailabilityResponse – sent by Level 3 to respond with processing results

Prerequisites
ƒ Partner is set up in the rate center/market; i.e., partner has TNs allocated in appropriate market.

Expected Results
ƒ Successful validation – service is available and a TN can be assigned at a specified address.

ƒ Failed validation – see error message for reason.

Page 29 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.1.1 Sample Usage

Page 30 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.1.2 Class Diagrams

The class diagram below describes the objects involved in the WSDL messages that are exchanged as a
part of this business transaction and the relationships that exist among them.

2.2.1.2.1 validateSLServiceAvailability Element

Page 31 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.1.2.2 validateSLServiceAvailabilityResponse Element

Page 32 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.1.3 Input Message Parameters - validateSLServiceAvailability

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

requestMessageHeader information may be utilized by partner and


Level 3 for general purposes such as reporting and auditing. These
values are determined by the transaction initiator and are not enforced
requestMessageHeader
by Level 3 beyond datatype and optionality; however Level 3
recommends that careful consideration be given to the definition and
consistent use of these values to derive maximum benefit.

organization string (256) Code designating partner organization submitting a given message.

Code designating partner department within an organization that


department string (256)
submits a given message.

application string (256) Code designating partner application submitting a given message.

Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema dateTime


datatype. Format: CCYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssZ, with T acting as a
timeStamp √ dateTime separating character between date and time. 24H time format
required. Z denotes time zone. Example: 2001-12-01T15:20:23-05:00
(where -05:00 is explicit time zone used).

Partner-generated and -managed message identifier. Same


messageID submitted in input and input-callback messages are
messageID √ string (32) returned in output and output-callback messages. Partner is required
to keep this value unique per message for correlation and auditing
purposes.

Partner user identifier. Used for Level 3 auditing purposes only. Value
userID string (32)
is logged in Level 3 systems, but is not sent back to the partner.

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner


√ profile is established in Level 3 systems. A partner may have multiple
B2BPartnerID string(40)
profiles active at any given point, where the URL to respond to is
defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which consists


externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40) of one or more individual business transactions or dialogues (for new,
supp, or cancel).

Page 33 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and


auditing purposes. ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name (ex.
Level3_123456)

validationHeader

productID √ string(4) ProductID Level 3 identification for a service

serviceAddress √ address

The Customer Service Name is a customer-definable field that


identifies a particular IP address and routing policy. When applied to a
subscriber order, this routing information defines the IP address or
addresses to send traffic, or how to balance traffic across several IP
customerServiceName √ String(15)
addresses. The typical customer scenario involves a single Customer
Service Name definition, but multiple Customer Service Names may
be set up based on customer needs. Please contact your Account
Manager for more information on this configuration.

Specifies the 911 solution the subscriber opts to use. Valid values for
E911Option √ string(60) E911Option
E-911Option are: E911 Static, E911 VPC, E911 Customer Provided.

TNLocationInformation TNLocationInformation

Partner may specify either TNCity, TNState, and TNZip OR TNNPA


and TNNXX to request a GITN.
This information will be used to identify a rate center from which a TN
TNLocationInformation will be selected. Available NPA/NXX combinations may or may not
match what is specified in the request. This location information is
applicable to these E-911 options: E911 VPC and E911 Customer
Provided.

TNCity string(25) City

TNState string(2) State State Abbreviation

TNZip string(5) 5-digit Zip Code

Exchange portion of NADP telephone number of the form


TNNPA string(3)
NPA-NXX-XXXX

TNNXX string(3) Exchange portion of NADP telephone number of the form

Page 34 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

NPA-NXX-XXXX

address (serviceAddress) One address within one validation header

Street number prefix.


EXAMPLE: 25 W
streetNumPrefix string(5) Where 25W is the street number prefix for the following address
example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12,
Building 2, Suite 23A.

streetNum √ string(10) Street number

Street number suffix. Optional when StreetNum is populated.


Otherwise, ignored.
EXAMPLE: 1/2
streetNumSuffix string(4)
Where 1/2 is the street number suffix for the following address
example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12,
Building 2, Suite 23A.

Street directional prefix


EXAMPLE: SW
Where SW is the Street directional prefix or pre-directional for the
preDirectional string(2) Directional following address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane
NW, Floor 12, Building 2
Valid values: N|NE|NW|S|SE|SW|E|W

streetName √ string(44) Street Name

Street suffix (i.e. ST, PL, CT, AVE)


EXAMPLE: LN
streetSuffix string(6) StreetSuffix Where LN is the street suffix for the following address example: 25W
450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite
23A.

Street directional suffix


EXAMPLE: NW
Where NW is the Street directional suffix or post-directional for the
postDirectional string(2) Directional following address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane
NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.
Valid values: N|NE|NW|S|SE|SW|E|W

room string(10) Room Designation. Distinct from Unit. Sample use: Room within a

Page 35 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Unit, i.e. Room 100, Hangar A.

Floor Designation
EXAMPLE: 12
floor string(10)
Where 12 is the floor for the following address example: 25W 450 1/2
SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Building Designation
EXAMPLE: 2
building string(10)
Where 2 is building for the following address example: 25W 450 1/2
SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Secondary Location Description.


EXAMPLE: STE
secondaryLocationDescription string(4) LocDescriptor Where STE is the secondary location description for the following
address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor
12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Unit or Secondary Location Number.


EXAMPLE: 23A
unit string(10) Where 23A is the unit number for the following address example: 25W
450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite
23A.

city √ string(25) City

state √ string(2) State State Abbreviation

country √ string(25) Country. Valid value is ‘USA’.

zipCode √ string(5) 5-digit Zip Code

zipPlus4 string(4) 4-digit Zip Code extension

comments string(512)

Ability to specify an unparsed street address.


If concatenatedAddress is used be sure to populate City, State and
concatenatedAddress string(256)
Zipcode as well.
Concatenated address applicable to productID 2042 only

Page 36 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.1.4 Output Message Parameters - validateSLServiceAvailabilityResponse

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

responseMessageHeader

√ Time that message is submitted, in standard XML


timeStamp dateTime
Schema dateTime datatype.

√ Same as requestMessageHeader.messageID of
messageID string (32)
responded-to message

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner


√ after partner profile is established in Level 3 systems.
B2BPartnerID string(40)
A partner may have multiple profiles active at any
given point, where the URL to respond to is defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-


cycletransaction, which consists of one or more
individual business transactions or dialogues (for new,
externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40) supp, or cancel).
Partner is required to keep this value unique for
correlation and auditing purposes. ID should begin
with Partner’s initials or name (ex. Level3_123456)

validationHeader
(originalValidationHeader)

√ Same as validationHeader.productID of responded-to


productID string(4) ProductID
message.

serviceAddress √ address

address (serviceAddress) One address within one validation header.

Street number prefix.


EXAMPLE: 25 W
streetNumPrefix string(5) Where 25W is the street number prefix for the
following address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino
Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Page 37 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

streetNum √ string(10) Street number

Street number suffix. Optional when StreetNum is


populated. Otherwise, ignored.
EXAMPLE: 1/2
streetNumSuffix string(4)
Where 1/2 is the street number suffix for the following
address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon
Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Street directional prefix


EXAMPLE: SW
Where SW is the Street directional prefix or pre-
preDirectional string(2) Directional directional for the following address example: 25W 450
1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building
2
Valid values: N|NE|NW|S|SE|SW|E|W

streetName √ string(44) Street Name

Street suffix (i.e. ST, PL, CT, AVE)


EXAMPLE: LN
streetSuffix string(6) StreetSuffix Where LN is the street suffix for the following address
example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW,
Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Street directional suffix


EXAMPLE: NW
Where NW is the Street directional suffix or post-
postDirectional string(2) Directional directional for the following address example: 25W 450
1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building
2, Suite 23A.
Valid values: N|NE|NW|S|SE|SW|E|W

Room Designation. Distinct from Unit. Sample use:


room string(10)
Room within a Unit, i.e. Room 100, Hangar A.

Floor Designation
EXAMPLE: 12
floor string(10) Where 12 is the floor for the following address
example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW,
Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Page 38 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Building Designation
EXAMPLE: 2
building string(10) Where 2 is building for the following address example:
25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12,
Building 2, Suite 23A.

Secondary Location Description.


EXAMPLE: STE
Where STE is the secondary location description for
secondaryLocationDescription string(4) LocDescriptor
the following address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW
Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite
23A.

Unit or Secondary Location Number.


EXAMPLE: 23A
unit string(10) Where 23A is the unit number for the following
address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon
Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

city √ string(25) City

state √ string(2) State State Abbreviation

country √ string(25) Country. Valid value is ‘USA’.

zipCode √ string(5) 5-digit Zip Code

zipPlus4 string(4) 4-digit Zip Code extension

comments string(512)

Ability to specify an unparsed street address.


If concatenatedAddress is used be sure to populate
concatenatedAddress string(256) City, State and Zipcode as well.
Concatenated address applicable to productID 2042
only

validationResponseHeader

Page 39 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Y indicates a valid matching address is found or a


valid similar address is found, no errors are returned,
and the single valid address is returned in
listOfResponseAddresses. N indicates the address is
serviceAvailable √ string(1) invalid, an error condition is generated, and 0
addresses are returned in listOfResponseAddresses.
In some cases, N will indicate that a range of similar
addresses has been found and will be returned in
listOfResponseAddresses.

Earliest customer request date for subsequent order


submission from this address, in standard XML
earliestCRD date
Schema date format. Required if serviceAvailable = Y.
Null otherwise.

Latest customer request date for subsequent order


submission from this address, in standard XML
latestCRD date
Schema date format. Required if serviceAvailable = Y.
Null otherwise.

listOfResults includes either 0 or one resultCode


listOfResultCodes listOfResultCodes
element.

listOfResponseAddresses includes 0 to many address


elements. Please note: in near-miss scenarios, one or
more candidate address records may be returned,
including a range of numbers for the streetNum
listOfResponseAddresses listOfResponseAddresses
attribute within a single address record. In such
scenarios, partner must be careful not to resubmit the
streetNum range as returned by transaction, but
instead, a street num that falls within that range.

listOfTNsHeldForSelection includes 0 to many


listOfTNsHeldForSelection listOfTNResults
TNResult elements.

Disclaimer associated with chosen E-911Option. The


specific text included is:
E911 Static: This subscriber will be activated using
√ E-911. In the event a Public Safety Answering Point is
E911Disclaimer string(1000) not E-911-enabled, your subscriber will be activated
using a permanent 911 solution to the extent
technically feasible. All 911 Services and E-911
Services provided by Level 3 are provided by Level 3
Communications, LLC and are subject to applicable

Page 40 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

tarrifs.
E911 VPC: Level 3 has accepted this order. Your
company is responsible for ensuring the information
for the subscriber associated with this Telephone
Number is provided to the VPC. Your subscriber will
not be provisioned with 911 service until your company
has provisioned them with your VPC.
E911 Customer Provided: Level 3 is not providing a
911 solution to this subscriber. Per the terms of your
agreement with Level 3, your company is responsible
for providing 911 to this subscriber.

Y indicates the requested E-911Option is available.


N indicates the requested E-911Option is unavailable.
E911CoverageIndicator string(7) E911CoverageIndicator
Future functionality may require the use of additional
values.

Y indicates that service address and TN location are in


different rate centers and thus require a GITN.
GITNIndicator string(1)
N indicates that service address and TN location are in
the same rate center and a GITN is not needed.

listOfResultCodes

resultCode √ resultCode

Indicator of success or failure of an overall business


resultCode transaction or specific aspect of a given business
transaction

On successful transactions, only one resultCode (the


success code) will be returned.
√ On error situations, only one resultCode is currently
code string(20)
returned; however, future functionality may support the
return of one or more codes for transactions that may
raise several exceptions.

√ Description of result code; required when resultCode is


message string(256)
present

Contextual addendum to description, clarifying the


context string(256)
source of the resultCode

Page 41 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

If no error is generated, a valid address is returned


that may be an exact match or a similar match to the
originalValidationHeader.serviceAddress. If an error is
listOfResponseAddresses
generated, the interface will return either 0 addresses
or a range of addresses from which a candidate may
be selected for resubmission.

responseAddress √ address

One address within one validation header. 0 to many


address (responseAddress)
within a given validationResponseHeader.

Street number prefix


EXAMPLE: 25 W
streetNumPrefix string(5) Where 25W is the street number prefix for the
following address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino
Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

streetNum √ string(10) Street number

Street number suffix. Optional when StreetNum is


populated. Otherwise, ignored.
EXAMPLE: 1/2
streetNumSuffix string(4)
Where 1/2 is the street number suffix for the following
address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon
Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Street directional prefix


EXAMPLE: SW
Where SW is the Street directional prefix or pre-
preDirectional string(2) Directional directional for the following address example: 25W 450
1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2
Valid values: N|NE|NW|S|SE|SW|E|W

streetName √ string(44) Street Name

Street suffix (i.e. ST, PL, CT, AVE)


EXAMPLE: LN
streetSuffix string(6) StreetSuffix Where LN is the street suffix for the following address
example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW,
Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Page 42 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Street directional suffix


EXAMPLE: NW
Where NW is the Street directional suffix or post-
postDirectional string(2) Directional directional for the following address example: 25W 450
1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building
2, Suite 23A.
Valid values: N|NE|NW|S|SE|SW|E|W

Room Designation. Distinct from Unit. Sample use:


room string(10)
Room within a Unit, i.e. Room 100, Hangar A.

Floor Designation
EXAMPLE: 12
floor string(10) Where 12 is the floor for the following address
example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW,
Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Building Designation
EXAMPLE: 2
building string(10) Where 2 is building for the following address example:
25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12,
Building 2, Suite 23A.

Secondary Location Description.


EXAMPLE: STE
Where STE is the secondary location description for
secondaryLocationDescription string(4) LocDescriptor
the following address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW
Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite
23A.

Unit or Secondary Location Number.


EXAMPLE: 23A
unit string(10) Where 23A is the unit number for the following
address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon
Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

city √ string(25) City

state √ string(2) State State Abbreviation

country √ string(25) Country. Valid value is ‘USA’.

Page 43 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

zipCode √ string(5) 5-digit Zip Code

zipPlus4 string(4) 4-digit Zip Code extension

comments string(512)

listOfTNResults
(listOfTNsHeldForSelection)

TNResult √ TNResult

TNResult 0 to many within a given validationResponseHeader.

listOfResultCodes includes either one error resultCode


listOfResultCodes listOfResultCodes
or one success resultCode.

rateCenter √ rateCenter

listOfResultCodes

resultCode √ resultCode

Indicator of success or failure of an overall business


resultCode transaction or specific aspect of a given business
transaction

On successful transactions, only one resultCode (the


success code) will be returned.
√ On error situations, only one resultCode is currently
code string(20)
returned; however, future functionality may support the
return of one or more codes for transactions that may
raise several exceptions.

√ Description of result code; required when resultCode is


message string(256)
present.

Contextual addendum to description, clarifying the


context string(256)
source of the resultCode

rateCenter One to one within a given TNResult

Page 44 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

rateCenterAbbreviation √ string(35) Rate center abbreviation as defined in LERG

LATA √ string(5) 3- to 5-digit industry-standard integer value

state √ string(2) State State Abbreviation

Page 45 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.2 Service Availability Validation (LNP)


Description
This business transaction provides a Level 3 partner with the ability to verify that one or more specified telephone numbers at a specified address
can be ported to Level 3.

ƒ The following messages are required for this business transactions:

o validateSLServiceAvailability – sent by partner to verify address and TN portability

o validateSLServiceAvailabilityResponse – sent by Level 3 to respond with processing results

Expected Results
ƒ Successful validation – the specified telephone number at a specified address can be ported to Level 3, and the address as specified is a
valid postal address.

ƒ Failed validation – see error message for reason

Page 46 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.2.1 Sample Usage

Page 47 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.2.2 Class Diagrams

The class diagram below describes the objects involved in the WSDL messages that are exchanged as
part this business transaction and the relationships that exist among them.

2.2.2.2.1 validateSLServiceAvailability Element

RequestMessageHeader
-MessageID
-Organization
-Department
-Application
-TimeStamp

BusinessTransactionHeader
-B2BPartnerID
-ExternalBusinessTransactionID

1
1

ValidationHeader
-ProductID
-LNPIndicator WTN
FlexibleAttr -ListOfWTNs
-NPA
-ServiceAddress
-Name -NXX
-ReturnTNQuantityForSelection
-Value 0..* 1 1 0..* -StartNum
-CustomerServiceName
-EndNum
-E911Option
-TNLocationInformation 1
-ListOfFlexibleAttrs

1 TNLocationInformation
-TNCity
0..1
-TNState
-TNZip
Address 0..1 -TNNPA
-StreetNumPrefix -TNNXX
-StreetNum
-StreetNumSuffix
-PreDirectional
-StreetName
-StreetSuffix
-PostDirectional
-Room
-Floor
-Building
-SecondaryLocationDescription
-Unit
-City
-State
-ZipCode
-ZipPlus4
-Country
-Comments
-ConcatenatedAddress

Page 48 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.2.2.2 validateSLServiceAvailabilityResponse Element

ResponseMessageHeader
-MessageID
-TimeStamp

1
1 BusinessTransactionHeader
OriginialValidationHeader
-B2BPartnerID
-ExternalBusinessTransactionID

1
1
ResultCode
ValidationResponseHeader -Code
-ServiceAvailable -Message
-ListOfResultCodes 0..1 -Context
-ListOfResponseAddresses
-ListOfPortabilityAnalysisResults 0..1
-EarliestCRD 1
1 1
-LatestCRD
-E911CoverageIndicator
-GITNIndicator TNResult
-E911Disclaimer -Portable
0..* -ListOfResultCodes
1 -WTN
-FromLECCompanyCode
-ToLECCompanyCode
-RateCenter
-WirelessLNPIndicator

0..* 1 1
1 1
Address
-StreetNumPrefix RateCenter
WTN
-StreetNum -RateCenterAbbreviation
-NPA
-StreetNumSuffix -LATA
-NXX
-PreDirectional -State
-StartNum
-StreetName -EndNum
-StreetSuffix
-PostDirectional
-Room
-Floor
-Building
-SecondaryLocationDescription
-Unit
-City
-State
-ZipCode
-ZipPlus4
-Country
-Comments
-ConcatenatedAddress

Page 49 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.2.3 Input Message Parameters - validateSLServiceAvailability

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

requestMessageHeader information may be utilized by partner


and Level 3 for general purposes such as reporting and auditing.
These values are determined by the transaction initiator and are
requestMessageHeader not enforced by Level 3 beyond datatype and optionality; however
Level 3 recommends that careful consideration be given to the
definition and consistent use of these values to derive maximum
benefit.

Code designating partner organization submitting a given


organization string (256)
message

Code designating partner department within an organization that


department string (256)
submits a given message

application string (256) Code designating partner application submitting a given message

Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema


dateTime datatype. Format: CCYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssZ, with T
timeStamp √ dateTime acting as a separating character between date and time. 24H time
format required. Z denotes time zone. Example: 2001-12-
01T15:20:23-05:00 (where -05:00 is explicit time zone used).

Partner-generated and -managed message identifier. Same


messageID submitted in input and input-callback messages are
messageID √ string (32) returned in output and output-callback messages. Partner is
required to keep this value unique per message for correlation
and auditing purposes.

Partner user identifier. Used for auditing purposes only. Value is


userID string (32)
logged in Level 3 systems, but is not sent back to the partner.

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner


√ profile is established in Level 3 systems. A partner may have
B2BPartnerID string(40)
multiple profiles active at any given point, where the URL to
respond to is defined.

√ Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which


externalBusinessTransactionID string(40)
consists of one or more individual business transactions or

Page 50 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

dialogues (for new, supp, or cancel).


Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and
auditing purposes. ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name
(ex. Level3_123456)

validationHeader

productID √ string(4) ProductID Level 3 identification for a service

LNPIndicator √ string(1) Y for LNP validation

listOfWTNs √ listOfWTNs listOfWTNs includes one to many WTN elements

serviceAddress √ address

The Customer Service Name is a customer-definable field that


identifies a particular IP address and routing policy. When applied
to a subscriber order, this routing information defines the IP
address or addresses to send traffic, or how to balance traffic
customerServiceName √ String(15) across several IP addresses. The typical customer scenario
involves a single Customer Service Name definition, but multiple
Customer Service Names may be set up based on customer
needs. Please contact your Account Manager for more
information on this configuration.

Specifies the 911 solution the subscriber opts to use. Valid values
E911Option √ string(60) E911Option for E-911Option are: E911 Static, E911 VPC, E911 Customer
Provided.

listOfFlexibleAttributes listOfFlexibleAttributes

listOfWTNs

WTN √ WTN

WTN One to many WTNs within a given validationHeader

NPA √ string(3)

NXX √ string(3)

Page 51 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

startNum √ string(4)

Used to specify a sequence of contiguous TNs to validate. Must


endNum string(4) be different from StartNum. Can be used in validation API but not
in order entry API

address (serviceAddress) One address within one validation header

Street number prefix


EXAMPLE: 25 W
streetNumPrefix string(5) Where 25W is the street number prefix for the following address
example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12,
Building 2, Suite 23A.

streetNum √ string(10) Street number

Street number suffix. Optional when StreetNum is populated.


Otherwise, ignored.
EXAMPLE: 1/2
streetNumSuffix string(4)
Where 1/2 is the street number suffix for the following address
example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12,
Building 2, Suite 23A.

Street directional prefix


EXAMPLE: SW
Where SW is the Street directional prefix or pre-directional for the
preDirectional string(2) Directional following address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon
Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2
Valid values: N|NE|NW|S|SE|SW|E|W

streetName √ string(44) Street Name

Street suffix (i.e. ST, PL, CT, AVE)


EXAMPLE: LN
streetSuffix string(6) StreetSuffix Where LN is the street suffix for the following address example:
25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2,
Suite 23A.

Street directional suffix


EXAMPLE: NW
postDirectional string(2) Directional
Where NW is the Street directional suffix or post-directional for
the following address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon

Page 52 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.


Valid values: N|NE|NW|S|SE|SW|E|W

Room Designation. Distinct from Unit. Sample use: Room within a


room string(10)
Unit, i.e. Room 100, Hangar A.

Floor Designation
EXAMPLE: 12
floor string(10) Where 12 is the floor for the following address example: 25W 450
1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite
23A.

Building Designation
EXAMPLE: 2
building string(10) Where 2 is building for the following address example: 25W 450
1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite
23A.

Secondary Location Description


EXAMPLE: STE
secondaryLocationDescription string(4) LocDescriptor Where STE is the secondary location description for the following
address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW,
Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Unit or Secondary Location Number


EXAMPLE: 23A
unit string(10) Where 23A is the unit number for the following address example:
25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2,
Suite 23A.

city √ string(25) City

state √ string(2) State State Abbreviation

country √ string(25) Country. Valid value is ‘USA’.

zipCode √ string(5) 5-digit Zip Code

zipPlus4 string(4) 4-digit Zip Code extension

comments string(512)

Page 53 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Ability to specify an unparsed street address.


If concatenatedAddress is used be sure to populate City, State
concatenatedAddress string(256)
and Zipcode as well.
Concatenated address applicable to productID 2042 only.

listOfFlexibleAttributes

flexibleAttribute flexibleAttribute

flexibleAttribute

name string(80) FlexibleAttr.Name Specifies the Name for the flexible attribute Name/Value pair

value string(80) FlexibleAttr.Value Specifies the Value for the flexible attribute Name/Value pair

2.2.2.4 Output Message Parameters - validateSLServiceAvailabilityResponse

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

responseMessageHeader

timeStamp √ dateTime Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema dateTime datatype.

messageID √ string (32) Same as requestMessageHeader.messageID of responded-to message

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner profile is


B2BPartnerID √ string(40) established in Level 3 systems. A partner may have multiple profiles active at any
given point, where the URL to respond to is defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which consists of one or


externalBusinessTr more individual business transactions or dialogues (for new, supp, or cancel).
√ string(40)
ansactionID Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and auditing
purposes. ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name (ex. Level3_123456)

validationHeader
(originalValidationHeader)

Page 54 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

productID √ string(4) ProductID Same as validationHeader.productID of responded-to message.

serviceAddress √ address

listOfWTNs listOfWTNs listOfWTNs includes 0 to many WTN elements.

LNPIndicator √ string(1) Y for LNP validation

validationResponseHeader

Y indicates a valid matching address is found or a valid similar address is found,


no errors are returned, and the single valid address is returned in
√ listOfResponseAddresses. N indicates the address is invalid, an error condition is
serviceAvailable string(1)
generated, and 0 addresses are returned in listOfResponseAddresses. In some
cases, N will indicate that a range of similar addresses has been found and will
be returned in listOfResponseAddresses.

Earliest customer request date for subsequent order submission from this
earliestCRD date address, in standard XML Schema date format. Required if serviceAvailable = Y.
Null otherwise.

Latest customer request date for subsequent order submission from this address,
latestCRD date in standard XML Schema date format. Required if serviceAvailable = Y. Null
otherwise.

listOfResultCo listOfResultCodes includes either one error resultCode or one success


listOfResultCodes
des resultCode.

listOfResponseAddresses includes 0 to many address elements. Please note: in


near-miss scenarios, one or more candidate address records may be returned,
listOfResponseAdd listOfRespons including a range of numbers for the streetNum attribute within a single address
resses eAddresses record. In such scenarios, partner must be careful not to resubmit the streetNum
range as returned by transaction, but instead, a street num that falls within that
range.

listOfPortabilityAnal
TNResult listOfPortabilityAnalysisResults includes 0 to many TNResult elements.
ysisResults

listOfTNsHeldForS
TNResult listOfTNsHeldForSelection includes 0 to many TNResult elements.
election

Page 55 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Disclaimer associated with chosen E-911Option. The specific text included is:
E911 Static: This subscriber will be activated using
E-911. In the event a Public Safety Answering Point is not E-911-enabled, your
subscriber will be activated using a permanent 911 solution to the extent
technically feasible. All 911 Services and E-911 Services provided by Level 3 are
provided by Level 3 Communications, LLC and are subject to applicable tarrifs.
E911Disclaimer √ string(1000) E911 VPC: Level 3 has accepted this order. Your company is responsible for
ensuring the information for the subscriber associated with this Telephone
Number is provided to the VPC. Your subscriber will not be provisioned with 911
service until your company has provisioned them with your VPC.
E911 Customer Provided: Level 3 is not providing a 911 solution to this
subscriber. Per the terms of your agreement with Level 3, your company is
responsible for providing 911 to this subscriber.

Y indicates the requested E-911Option is available.


E911CoverageIndic E911CoverageI N indicates the requested E-911Option is unavailable.
string(7)
ator ndicator
Future functionality may require the use of additional values.

Y indicates that service address and TN location are in different rate centers and
thus require a GITN.
GITNIndicator string(1)
N indicates that service address and TN location are in the same rate center and
a GITN is not needed.

LNPOption

OptionValue string(50) Available based on partner profile.

One address within one validation header. 0 to many within a given


address (responseAddress)
validationResponseHeader.

Street number prefix


EXAMPLE: 25 W
streetNumPrefix string(5)
Where 25W is the street number prefix for the following address example: 25W
450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

streetNum √ string(10) Street number

Street number suffix. Optional when StreetNum is populated. Otherwise, ignored.


EXAMPLE: 1/2
streetNumSuffix string(4)
Where 1/2 is the street number suffix for the following address example: 25W 450
1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Page 56 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Street directional prefix


EXAMPLE: SW
Where SW is the Street directional prefix or pre-directional for the following
preDirectional string(2) Directional address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building
2
Valid values: N|NE|NW|S|SE|SW|E|W

streetName √ string(44) Street Name

Street suffix (i.e. ST, PL, CT, AVE)


EXAMPLE: LN
streetSuffix string(6) StreetSuffix
Where LN is the street suffix for the following address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW
Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Street directional suffix


EXAMPLE: NW
Where NW is the Street directional suffix or post-directional for the following
postDirectional string(2) Directional address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building
2, Suite 23A.
Valid values: N|NE|NW|S|SE|SW|E|W

Room Designation. Distinct from Unit. Sample use: Room within a Unit, i.e. Room
room string(10)
100, Hangar A.

Floor Designation
EXAMPLE: 12
floor string(10)
Where 12 is the floor for the following address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW
Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Building Designation
EXAMPLE: 2
building string(10)
Where 2 is building for the following address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino
Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Secondary Location Description.


EXAMPLE: STE
secondaryLocation
string(4) LocDescriptor Where STE is the secondary location description for the following address
Description
example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite
23A.

Unit or Secondary Location Number.


unit string(10) EXAMPLE: 23A
Where 23A is the unit number for the following address example: 25W 450 1/2

Page 57 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

city √ string(25) City

state √ string(2) State State Abbreviation

country √ string(25) Country. Valid value is ‘USA’.

zipCode √ string(5) 5-digit Zip Code

zipPlus4 string(4) 4-digit Zip Code extension

comments string(512)

TNResult
(listOfPortabilityAnalysisResul 0 to many within a given validationResponseHeader.
ts)

Indicates whether the TN on the request is currently active on the Level 3


internalPortFlag string(1) yesNo
network. This impacts the time to port the number to the new provider.

fromLECCompany NPAC Company code of carrier from which number is to be ported. Required if
string(50)
Code serviceOrder.LNPIndicator = Y

toLECCompanyCo NPAC Company code of carrier to which number is to be ported. Required if


string(50)
de serviceOrder.LNPIndicator = Y

wirelessLNPIndicat
string(1) yesNo Indicates whether the TN on the request is wireless TN.
or

TNResult
0 to many within a given validationResponseHeader.
(listOfTNsHeldForSelection)

rateCenter √ rateCenter

Indicator of success or failure of an overall business transaction or specific aspect


resultCode
of a given business transaction

Page 58 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

On successful transactions, only one resultCode (the success code) will be


returned.
code √ string(20) On error situations, only one resultCode is currently returned; however, future
functionality may support the return of one or more codes for transactions that
may raise several exceptions.

message √ string(256) Description of result code; required when resultCode is present.

context string(256) Contextual addendum to description, clarifying the source of the resultCode

WTN One to one within a given listOfWTNs.

NPA √ string(3)

NXX √ string(3)

startNum √ string(4)

endNum string(4) Can be used in validation API but not in order entry API

rateCenter One to one within a given TNResult

rateCenterAbbrevia √ string(35) Rate center abbreviation as defined in LERG


tion

LATA √ string(5) 3- to 5-digit industry-standard integer value

state √ string(2) State State Abbreviation

Page 59 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.3 Install Order (New TN)


Description
This business transaction enables a Level 3 partner to submit a request for Level 3 to provide a new telephone number at the subscriber's
specified address.

ƒ The following messages are required for this business transactions:

o createSLOrder – sent by partner to request new TN

o createSLOrderResponse – sent by Level 3 to acknowledge receipt of partner’s request

o postSLOrderStatus – notification sent by Level 3 to notify partner with processing results and order status (see Expected Results
for all postSLOrderStatus messages for this transaction)

o postSLOrderStatusResponse – sent by partner to acknowledge receipt of Level 3’s notification

ƒ If partner chooses to implement the New TN ordering capability, implementation of the Service Availability, Change Order, and Disconnect
Order transactions are required.

ƒ If an error is generated, the order is rejected and is not persisted within the Level 3 systems, and may require further action from partner.

ƒ Submit notification (input-callback message) returns an active TN for the ordered subscriber line when no errors are encountered. At that
point, the Order is in ACCEPTED status. Once the Customer Commitment Date is set by Level 3 and sent to the partner as the FOC date
within the FOC notification, the order is moved to INSTALLED status.

ƒ Only the Submit notification is detailed for this business transaction. Other notifications will be issued throughout the course of processing
this transaction. For more information, please refer to the sample usage diagrams and the Order Status Notification section.

ƒ This transaction also supports the ability to order a Geographically Independent Telephone Number (GITN). The directory listing feature is
not available if subscriber chooses a GITN.

Prerequisites
ƒ For new TN orders, partner must be set up in the rate center/market; i.e., partner has TNs allocated in appropriate market.

Expected Results
Note: Notifications may occur in a different sequence or at the same time.
ƒ Submit notification (postSLOrderStatus message) - successful order submission

Page 60 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

ƒ FOC notification (postSLOrderStatus message) – expected date of order completion

ƒ Install notification (postSLOrderStatus message) - successful installation of order (service activated on Level 3 Network). For LNP Orders
this notification will indicate that Porting has completed.

ƒ Complete notification (postSLOrderStatus message) - successful completion of order, including all post-install steps such as 911
provisioning on Level 3 Network and billing commencement

ƒ Error notification (postSLOrderStatus message)

o Validation error provided in lieu of the Submit notification if order validations fail. The request is not processed in Level 3 systems.

o 911 Automatic Location Information (ALI) error provided if address cannot be validated in Master Street Address Guide (MSAG).
(may occur at any point in the order flow)

ƒ Level 3 action notification (postSLOrderStatus message)

o Will be provided if Level 3 must take proactive action on any order currently processing.

Page 61 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.3.1 Sample Usage

Please note that other notifications may be issued throughout the course of processing this transaction.
For more information, please refer to the state transition diagrams and the sample usage diagrams for the
Provide Order Status Notification and Provide Customer Service Record (CSR) Notification transactions.

2.2.3.1.1 Install Order – New TN

Page 62 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.3.2 Class Diagrams

The class diagram below describes the objects involved in the WSDL messages that are exchanged as a
part of this business transaction and the relationships that exist among them.

2.2.3.2.1 createSLOrder Element

LNPInformation
RequestMessageHeader -PortDirection
-MessageID -LOA
-Organization -LOADateTime
-Department -TPVPVN
-Application -TPVSentDateTime
-TimeStamp -BTNOldCarrier
-UserID

1 0..1

TNLocationInformation 1
-TNCity
-TNState BusinessTransactionHeader
-TNZip -B2BPartnerID WTN
-TNNPA -ExternalBusinessTransactionID
-TNNXX -NPA
-NXX
1 -StartNum
1

0..1 ServiceOrderHeader 0..1


1
-ProductID
1 -OrderAction
-OrderType
-CRD
-PartnerSubGroupID
1
FlexibleAttr -ExternalOrderID
-Comments
-Name -LNPIndicator SubscriberLine
-Value 0..* 1 -Subscriber
1..* -ServicePackage
-ListOfSubscriberLines 1
-CTI
-ExternalOrderVersion
-WTN 1
-LNPInformation
1 -DirectoryListingInformation
1 -TNLocationInformation
-CNAMInformation
-E911Option
-CustomerServiceName
-ListOfFlexibleAttrs
Subscriber
-BusinessName 1
-FirstName 0..1 1
-MiddleInitial
-LastName
-Level3SubscriberID Address DirectoryListingInformation CNAMInformation
-ExternalSubscriberId -StreetNumPrefix -TreatmentFlag -CNAM
-SubscriberSite -StreetNum -Type -BlockCNAM
-StreetNumSuffix -FirstName
1 -PreDirectional -LastName
-StreetName -DualNameListing
1 -LOA
-StreetSuffix
-PostDirectional -ListedAddressIndicator
SubscriberSite
-Room
-Level3SubscriberSiteId -Floor
-MainCallBackNumber -Building
-ServiceAddress 1 1 -SecondaryLocationDescription
-Unit
-City
-State
-ZipCode
-ZipPlus4
-Country
-Comments
-ConcatenatedAddress

Page 63 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.3.2.2 createSLOrderResponse Element

Page 64 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.3.2.3 postSLOrderStatus Element

RequestMessageHeader
-MessageID
-Organization
-Department
-Application
-TimeStamp
-UserID
-OriginalMessageID

BusinessTransactionHeader
-B2BPartnerID
-ExternalBusinessTransactionID
-LegalBinder

1
1

NotificationHeader
-NotificationType
-DateTime

1
1

WTN
ServiceOrderHeader
-NPA
-ProductID
-NXX
-OrderAction
-StartNum
-OrderType
1 -CRD
-ExternalOrderID 0..1
-LNPIndicator
Subscriber 1
-OrderStatus
-Level3SubscriberID -Subscriber
-ExternalSubscriberId -ListOfResultCodes SubscriberLine
-SubscriberSite 1 -ListOfSubscriberLines 1..* -Level3SubscriberLineID
-ExternalOrderVersion -WTN
1
1 -Level3ParentOrderID -FromLECCompanyCode
-PartnerSubGroupID -ToLECCompanyCode
-E911Disclaimer -RateCenter
-E911Option
-GITNIndicator
1
-E911CoverageIndicator

1 1

SubscriberSite 0..* RateCenter


1
-Level3SubscriberSiteId -RateCenterAbbreviation
ResultCode -LATA
-Code -State
-Message
-Context

Page 65 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.3.2.4 postSLOrderStatusResponse Element

Page 66 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.3.3 Input Message Parameters - createSLOrder

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

requestMessageHeader information may be utilized by


partner and Level 3 for general purposes such as reporting
and auditing. These values are determined by the
transaction initiator and are not enforced by Level 3
requestMessageHeader
beyond datatype and optionality; however Level 3
recommends that careful consideration be given to the
definition and consistent use of these values to derive
maximum benefit.

Code designating partner organization submitting a given


organization string (256)
message

Code designating partner department within an


department string (256)
organization that submits a given message

Code designating partner application submitting a given


application string (256)
message

Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema


dateTime datatype. Format: CCYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssZ,
√ with T acting as a separating character between date and
timeStamp dateTime
time. 24H time format required. Z denotes time zone.
Example: 2001-12-01T15:20:23-05:00 (where -05:00 is
explicit time zone used).

Partner-generated and -managed message identifier.


Same messageID submitted in input and input-callback
messageID √ string (32) messages are returned in output and output-callback
messages. Partner is required to keep this value unique
per message for correlation and auditing purposes.

Partner user identifier. Used for auditing purposes only.


userID string (32) Value is logged in Level 3 systems, but is not sent back to
the partner.

Page 67 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after


√ partner profile is established in Level 3 systems. A partner
B2BPartnerID string(40)
may have multiple profiles active at any given point, where
the URL to respond to is defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction,


which consists of one or more individual business
transactions or dialogues (for new, supp, or cancel).
externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40)
Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation
and auditing purposes. ID should begin with Partner’s
initials or name (ex. Level3_123456)

serviceOrderHeader

productID √ string(4) Level 3 identification for a service.

√ Level 3 identifier used to indicate the action an order will


orderAction string(20) OrderAction
initiate. 'Install' for new install order.

Level 3 identifier used to indicate the type of an order


orderType √ string(20) OrderType action. 'New' for New Install order. 'New' for New Change
order.

Customer Requested Date in standard XML Schema


CRD √ date dateTime datatype.
CRD must not be a weekend or holiday.

partnerSubGroupID string(60) Channel Partner's Reseller Group ID

Partner Order ID stored by Level 3 systems. Level 3 does


externalOrderID string(60) not enforce or utilize this value for any purpose other than
partner-requested reporting.

Partner Order Version stored by Level 3 systems. Level 3


externalOrderVersion string(20) does not enforce or utilize this value for any purpose other
than partner-requested reporting.

comments string(512)

Page 68 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

LNPIndicator √ string(1) Y: LNP Install. N: New install.

√ One and only one subscriber included within a


subscriber subscriber
serviceOrderHeader

√ A listOfSubscriberLines includes one to many


listOfSubscriberLines listOfSubscriberLines
subscriberLines

Specifies the 911 solution the subscriber opts to use. Valid


E911Option √ string(60) E911Option values for E-911Option are: E911 Static, E911 VPC, E911
Customer Provided.

TNLocationInformation TNLocationInformation

listOfFlexibleAttributes listOfFlexibleAttributes

Partner may specify either TNCity, TNState, and TNZip


OR TNNPA and TNNXX to request a GITN for a new TN.
This information will be used to identify a rate center from
which a TN will be selected. Available NPA/NXX
TNLocationInformation
combinations may or may not match what is specified in
the request. This location information is applicable to these
E-911 options: E911 VPC and E911 Customer Provided.
This information is not needed for LNP install transactions.

TNCity string(25) City

TNState string(2) State State Abbreviation

TNZip string(5) 5-digit Zip Code

Exchange portion of NADP telephone number of the form


TNNPA string(3)
NPA-NXX-XXXX

Exchange portion of NADP telephone number of the form


TNNXX string(3)
NPA-NXX-XXXX

Page 69 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

One and only one subscriber within a given


subscriber serviceOrderHeader. Titles are to be prepended to
firstName and suffixes are to be appended to lastName.

Required if subscriber has one or more subscriber lines


businessName string(50)
where CTI = B. Invalid if CTI = R

Required if subscriber has one or more subscriber lines


where CTI = R. Invalid if CTI = B
Middle initial is to be included with first name in this format:
First_M
firstName string(50) Titles are to be prepended to firstName. First + Middle +
Last less than or equal to 25 chars for LNP orders. This
restriction is imposed by LSOG repository. LSOG
mismatches are common reasons for LNP failures. To
help ensure LSOG hits, partners are advised to use
subscriber name as it appears in existing phone bills.

First + Middle + Last less than or equal to 25 chars


middleInitial string(1)
This field is currently inactive.

Required if subscriber has one or more subscriber lines


where CTI = R. Invalid if CTI = B.
lastName string(50)
Suffixes are to be appended to lastName. First + Middle +
Last less than or equal to 25 chars

Level 3 subscriber identifier, stored in Level 3 systems for


partner's reporting and querying purposes. If partner does
Level3SubscriberID integer not specify this value, a new subscriber record (and
identifier) is generated and returned within the
postSLOrderStatus callback message.

Partner subscriber identifier, stored in Level 3 systems for


externalSubscriberID string(50)
partner's reporting and querying purposes.

subscriberSite √ subscriberSite

Page 70 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

subscriberSite One and only one subscriberSite within a given subscriber

Level 3 subscriber site identifier, stored in Level 3 systems


for partner's reporting and querying purposes. Only need
to populate if installing additional service on a location. If
Level3SubscriberSiteID integer
partner does not specify this value, a new subscriber site
record (and identifier) is generated and returned within the
postSLOrderStatus callback message.

mainCallBackNumber string(18) Main call-back number to be used in case of Business

serviceAddress √ address See serviceAddress Class

address (serviceAddress)

Street number prefix


EXAMPLE: 25 W
streetNumPrefix string(5) Where 25W is the street number prefix for the following
address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane
NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

streetNum √ string(10) Street number

Street number suffix. Optional when StreetNum is


populated. Otherwise, ignored.
EXAMPLE: 1/2
streetNumSuffix string(4)
Where 1/2 is the street number suffix for the following
address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane
NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Street directional prefix


EXAMPLE: SW
Where SW is the Street directional prefix or pre-directional
preDirectional string(2) Directional for the following address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW
Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2
Valid values: N|NE|NW|S|SE|SW|E|W

streetName √ string(44) Street Name

Street suffix (i.e. ST, PL, CT, AVE)


streetSuffix string(6) StreetSuffix EXAMPLE: LN
Where LN is the street suffix for the following address

Page 71 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW,


Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Street directional suffix


EXAMPLE: NW
Where NW is the Street directional suffix or post-
postDirectional string(2) Directional directional for the following address example: 25W 450 1/2
SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite
23A.
Valid values: N|NE|NW|S|SE|SW|E|W

Room Designation. Distinct from Unit. Sample use: Room


room string(10)
within a Unit, i.e. Room 100, Hangar A.

Floor Designation
EXAMPLE: 12
floor string(10) Where 12 is the floor for the following address example:
25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12,
Building 2, Suite 23A.

Building Designation
EXAMPLE: 2
building string(10) Where 2 is building for the following address example:
25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12,
Building 2, Suite 23A.

Secondary Location Description


EXAMPLE: STE
secondaryLocationDescription string(4) LocDescriptor Where STE is the secondary location description for the
following address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino
Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Unit or Secondary Location Number


EXAMPLE: 23A
unit string(10) Where 23A is the unit number for the following address
example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW,
Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

city √ string(25) City

state √ string(2) State State Abbreviation

country √ string(25) Country. Valid value is ‘USA’.

Page 72 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

zipCode √ string(5) 5-digit Zip Code

zipPlus4 string(4) 4-digit Zip Code extension

comments string(512)

Ability to specify an unparsed street address.


If concatenatedAddress is used be sure to populate City,
concatenatedAddress string(256)
State and Zipcode as well.
Concatenated address applicable to productID 2042 only

listOfSubscriberLines

subscriberLine √ subscriberLine

1 to many subscriberLines within a given


serviceOrderHeader. Note that current release only
subscriberLine
supports one and only one subscriberLine within a given
serviceOrderHeader for this transaction.

Required field describing selected pricing plan. Service


servicePackage √ string(60) SvcPackage
package values will be provided to partner by Level 3.

Customer Type Indicator. B=Business, R=Residential

CTI √ string(1) CTI Maintained by Level 3 systems at subscriberLine level to


support home-office scenarios, where both business and
residential lines may exist.

• If serviceOrderHeader.LNPIndicator = N and
WTN is defined, this is an order for a new,
partner-specified TN. If the TN is currently
reserved, the externalBusinessTransactionID
submitted with the reservation request must
match the externalBusinessTransactionID of this
WTN WTN Submit New Install Order transaction, for this
B2BPartnerID.

• If serviceOrderHeader.LNPIndicator = N and
WTN is not defined, this order is for a new TN
that will be determined by Level 3.

Page 73 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

• If serviceOrderHeader.LNPIndicator = Y and
WTN is defined, this is an LNP order.

• If serviceOrderHeader.LNPIndicator = Y and
WTN is not defined, this is not valid.

CNAMInformation CNAMInformation

directoryListingInformation directoryListingInformation

The Customer Service Name is a customer-definable field


that identifies a particular IP address and routing policy.
When applied to a subscriber order, this routing
information defines the IP address or addresses to send
traffic, or how to balance traffic across several IP
customerServiceName √ String(15)
addresses. The typical customer scenario involves a
single Customer Service Name definition, but multiple
Customer Service Names may be set up based on
customer needs. Please contact your Account Manager for
more information on this configuration.

WTN

NPA √ string(3)

NXX √ string(3)

startNum √ string(4)

CNAMInformation

Not required if BlockCNAM = 'Y'. CNAM calculation rules


follow the Verisign convention: uppercase LASTNAME
CNAM string(15)
FIRSTNAME, truncated to 15 characters. Symbols and
special characters are not permitted

blockCNAM √ string(1)

directoryListingInformation

Page 74 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Only ‘Add’ listing treatment is supported for New TNs


scenarios.

√ Only 'Keep' and 'Remove' listing treatments are supported


treatmentFlag string(10) ListingTreatment
for port-in scenarios.
Only ‘Change’ listing treatment is supported for Change
scenarios.

Required if treatmentFlag = Add. Valid values (use


number only): 1 (List and Publish); 2 (List Only); 3 (Do Not
List or Publish)
DL is not supported for a GITN (Geographically
type string(1) ListingTreatmentType Independent Telephone Number). Type = ‘3’.
If a subscriber’s directory listing is LISTED, it will be
available by calling 411.
If a subscriber’s directory listing is PUBLISHED, it will be
printed in the local phone book.

Required if 'Treatment Flag' = Add. Identifies the


continuation of the name for Business listings. For
residence listings it identifies the title(s), first name(s),
middle name(s) and initials. If there is no continuation of
the name for the Business listing or if the residence listing
has no first name, this field is not required. The following
characters are not valid and will not print in a directory:

• , comma
firstName string(100)
• + plus sign

• ; semicolon

• = equal sign

• - - consecutive hyphens

Page 75 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Required if 'Treatment Flag' = Add. Indicates the full last


name (surname) and suffix(es) for a Residential listing; or
the first word for Business listings the following special
characters are not allowed in this field:

• ; semicolon

• , comma

• + plus sign

• ; semicolon
lastName string(50)
• = equal sign

• # pound sign

• ? question mark

• $ dollar sign

• ampersand

• - - consecutive hyphens

Valid if CTI = R. dualNameListing = 'Y' indicates


dualNameListing string(1) yesNo directoryListingInformation.firstName should be interpreted
as two first names (e.g. firstName = John & Jane).

√ Indicates whether authorization to publish or list number


LOA string(1) yesNo
has been granted. Required if 'Treatment Flag' = Add.

listedAddressIndicator √ string(1) yesNo Indicates that client wants address included in listing

listOfFlexibleAttributes

flexibleAttribute flexibleAttribute

flexibleAttribute

Page 76 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

name string(80) FlexibleAttr.Name

value string(80) FlexibleAttr.Value

2.2.3.4 Output Message Parameters - createSLOrderResponse

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

responseMessageHeader

timeStamp √ dateTime Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema dateTime datatype.

messageID √ string (32) Same as requestMessageHeader.messageID of responded-to message

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner profile is


B2BPartnerID √ string(40) established in Level 3 systems. A partner may have multiple profiles active at any
given point, where the URL to respond to is defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which consists of one or


more individual business transactions or dialogues (for new, supp, or cancel).
externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40)
Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and auditing purposes.
ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name (ex. Level3_123456)

Indicator of success or failure of an overall business transaction or specific aspect


resultCode
of a given business transaction

On successful transactions, only one resultCode (the success code) will be


returned.
code √ string(20) On error situations, only one resultCode is currently returned; however, future
functionality may support the return of one or more codes for transactions that
may raise several exceptions.

message √ string(256) Description of result code; required when resultCode is present

context string(256) Contextual addendum to description, clarifying the source of the resultCode

Page 77 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.3.5 Input Callback Message Parameters – postSLOrderStatus

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

requestMessageHeader information may be utilized by


partner and Level 3 for general purposes such as reporting
and auditing. These values are determined by the
requestMessageHeader transaction initiator and are not enforced by Level 3 beyond
datatype and optionality; however Level 3 recommends that
careful consideration be given to the definition and
consistent use of these values to derive maximum benefit.

Code designating partner organization submitting a given


organization string (256)
message

Code designating partner department within an organization


department string (256)
that submits a given message

Code designating partner application submitting a given


application string (256)
message

Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema


dateTime datatype. Format: CCYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssZ,
√ with T acting as a separating character between date and
timeStamp dateTime
time. 24H time format required. Z denotes time zone.
Example: 2001-12-01T15:20:23-05:00 (where -05:00 is
explicit time zone used).

Partner-generated and -managed message identifier. Same


messageID submitted in input and input-callback messages
messageID √ string (32) are returned in output and output-callback messages.
Partner is required to keep this value unique per message
for correlation and auditing purposes.

Same as requestMessageHeader.messageID of
√ corresponding input message. Valid for callback messages
originalMessageID string (32)
only. Partner is advised to use this value to correlate a
callback or notification to the related original message.

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after


B2BPartnerID √ string(40) partner profile is established in Level 3 systems. A partner
may have multiple profiles active at any given point, where

Page 78 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

the URL to respond to is defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction,


which consists of one or more individual business
transactions or dialogues (for new, supp, or cancel).
externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40)
Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation
and auditing purposes. ID should begin with Partner’s
initials or name (ex. Level3_123456)

Fixed-value text describing the legally binding agreement


entered into by this commercial transaction. The specific
text included is:

This notice acknowledges receipt of your Customer Order


for the Services described herein. Subject to the terms set
forth in this communication, Level 3 accepts the Customer
Order, and this notice constitutes delivery of a Welcome
√ Letter and memorializes Level 3’s acceptance of your
legalBinder string(1000)
Customer Order. The Services identified in this notice are
governed by and subject to the master agreement between
Level 3 and Customer (or its affiliate, if applicable). In the
event that Level 3 and Customer (or its affiliate) have not
executed a master agreement and/or applicable Service
Schedule(s) with respect to the Services, then Level 3's
standard Master Service Agreement and Service Schedules
(as of the date of this notice) shall govern, copies of which
are available upon request.

notificationHeader

notificationType √ string(40) NotificationType Types are listed in Enumeration Values section.

dateTime √ dateTime

serviceOrderHeader

Identifier assigned by Level 3 systems when the order is


accepted. May be utilized by partner for subsequent
reporting, correlation or other related purposes.
Level3ParentOrderID √ string(60)
This ID will be assigned in the Submit notification. If order
receives an Error notification in lieu of a Submit notification,
the ID will not be assigned.

Page 79 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

productID √ string(4) Level 3 identification for a service

√ Level 3 identifier used to indicate the action an order will


orderAction string(20) OrderAction
initiate

orderType √ string(20) OrderType Level 3 identifier used to indicate the type of an order action

Customer Requested Date in standard XML Schema


CRD √ date dateTime datatype.
CRD must not be a weekend or holiday.

partnerSubGroupID string(60) Channel Partner's Reseller Group ID

Partner Order ID stored by Level 3 systems. Level 3 does


externalOrderID string(60) not enforce or utilize this value for any purpose other than
partner-requested reporting.

Partner Order Version stored by Level 3 systems. Level 3


externalOrderVersion string(20) does not enforce or utilize this value for any purpose other
than partner-requested reporting.

LNPIndicator √ string(1) Y: LNP Install. N: New install.

√ See state transition diagrams for specific values that can be


orderStatus string(25)
expected.

√ One and only one subscriber included within a


subscriber subscriber
serviceOrderHeader

√ A listOfSubscriberLines includes one to many


listOfSubscriberLines listOfSubscriberLines
subscriberLines

listOfResultCodes listOfResultCodes A listOfResultCodes includes 0 or one result code element

Specifies the 911 solution the subscriber opts to use. Valid


E911Option √ string(60) E911Option values for E-911Option are: E911 Static, E911 VPC, E911
Customer Provided.

√ Y indicates the requested E-911Option is available.


E911CoverageIndicator string(7) E911CoverageIndicator
N indicates the requested E-911Option is unavailable.

Page 80 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Future functionality may require the use of additional


values.

Y indicates that service address and TN location are in


√ different rate centers and thus require a GITN.
GITNIndicator string(1)
N indicates that service address and TN location are in the
same rate center and a GITN is not needed.

Disclaimer associated with chosen E-911Option. The text


included is:
E911 Static: This subscriber will be activated using E-911.
In the event a Public Safety Answering Point is not E-911-
enabled, your subscriber will be activated using a
permanent 911 solution to the extent technically feasible.
All 911 Services and E-911 Services provided by Level 3
are provided by Level 3 Communications, LLC and are
subject to applicable tarrifs.
E911 Disclaimer √ string(1000) E911 VPC: Level 3 has accepted this order. Your company
is responsible for ensuring the information for the
subscriber associated with this Telephone Number is
provided to the VPC. Your subscriber will not be
provisioned with 911 service until your company has
provisioned them with your VPC.
E911 Customer Provided: Level 3 is not providing a 911
solution to this subscriber. Per the terms of your agreement
with Level 3, your company is responsible for providing 911
to this subscriber.

One and only one subscriber within a given


subscriber
serviceOrderHeader.

Required if subscriber has one or more subscriber lines


businessName string(50)
where CTI = B. Invalid if CTI = R.

Required if subscriber has one or more subscriber lines


where CTI = R. Invalid if CTI = B.
Middle initial is to be included with first name in this format:
First_M
firstName string(50)
Titles are to be prepended to firstName. First + Middle +
Last less than or equal to 25 chars for LNP orders. This
restriction is imposed by LSOG repository. LSOG
mismatches are common reasons for LNP failures. To help

Page 81 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

ensure LSOG hits, partners are advised to use subscriber


name as it appears in existing phone bills.

Required if subscriber has one or more subscriber lines


where CTI = R. Invalid if CTI = B.
lastName string(50)
Suffixes are to be appended to lastName. First + Middle +
Last less than or equal to 25 chars.

Same as subscriber.Level3SubscriberID within


√ createSLOrder message if specified there by partner.
Level3SubscriberID integer
Otherwise, generated by Level 3 systems for new
subscriber record.

Partner subscriber identifier, stored in Level 3 systems for


externalSubscriberID string(50)
partner's reporting and querying purposes.

subscriberSite √ subscriberSite

subscriberSite One and only one subscriberSite within a given subscriber

Same as subscriberSite.Level3SubscriberISiteID within


√ createSLOrder message if specified there by partner.
Level3SubscriberSiteID integer
Otherwise, generated by Level 3 systems for new
subscriber site record.

listOfSubscriberLines

subscriberLine √ subscriberLine

One to many subscriberLines within a given


serviceOrderHeader. Note that current release only
subscriberLine
supports one and only one subscriberLine within a given
serviceOrderHeader for this transaction.

Required field describing selected pricing plan. Service


servicePackage √ string(60) SvcPackage
package values will be provided to partner by Level 3.

Customer Type Indicator. B=Business, R=Residential

CTI √ string(1) CTI Maintained by Level 3 systems at subscriberLine level to


support home office scenarios, where both business and
residential lines may exist.

Page 82 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Identifier generated by Level 3 systems for this subscriber


line. This attribute will not be seen until the Complete
Level3SubscriberLineID integer
notification is received. May be utilized by partner for
subsequent reporting, correlation or other related purposes.

Required if no errors encountered. For new TN (i.e. Non-


WTN WTN LNP) Orders, this is the ready-to-use TN for the ordered
subscriber line.

The Customer Service Name is a customer-definable field


that identifies a particular IP address and routing policy.
When applied to a subscriber order, this routing information
defines the IP address or addresses to send traffic, or how
to balance traffic across several IP addresses. The typical
customerServiceName √ String(15)
customer scenario involves a single Customer Service
Name definition, but multiple Customer Service Names may
be set up based on customer needs. Please contact your
Account Manager for more information on this
configuration.

CNAMInformation CNAMInformation See CNAMInformation class.

directoryListingInformation directoryListingInformation See directoryListinginformation class.

rateCenter √ rateCenter

WTN Required within subscriberLine if no errors encountered

NPA √ string(3)

NXX √ string(3)

startNum √ string(4)

CNAMInformation

Not required if BlockCNAM = ‘Y’. CNAM calculation rules


follow the Verisign convention: uppercase LASTNAME
CNAM string(15)
FIRSTNAME, truncated to 15 characters. Symbols and
special characters are not permitted.

Page 83 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

blockCNAM √ string(1)

directoryListingInformation

Only ‘Add’ listing treatment is supported for New TNs


scenarios.
Only 'Keep' and 'Remove' listing treatments are supported
treatmentFlag √ string(10) ListingTreatment
for port-in scenarios.
Only ‘Change’ listing treatment is supported for Change
scenarios.

Required if treatmentFlag = Add. Valid values (use number


only): 1 (List and Publish); 2 (List Only); 3 (Do Not List or
Publish)
DL is not supported for a GITN (Geographically
type string(1) ListingTreatmentType Independent Telephone Number). Type = ‘3’.
If a subscriber’s directory listing is LISTED, it will be
available by calling 411.
If a subscriber’s directory listing is PUBLISHED, it will be
printed in the local phone book.

Required if 'Treatment Flag' = Add. Identifies the


continuation of the name for Business listings. For
residence listings it identifies the title(s), first name(s),
middle name(s) and initials. If there is no continuation of the
name for the Business listing or if the residence listing has
no first name, this field is not required. The following
characters are not valid and will not print in a directory:

• , comma
firstName string(100)
• + plus sign

• ; semicolon

• = equal sign

• - - consecutive hyphens

lastName string(50) Required if 'Treatment Flag' = Add. Indicates the full last

Page 84 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

name (surname) and suffix(es) for a Residential listing; or


the first word for Business listings the following special
characters are not allowed in this field:

• ; semicolon

• , comma

• + plus sign

• ; semicolon

• = equal sign

• # pound sign

• ? question mark

• $ dollar sign

• ampersand

• - - consecutive hyphens

Valid if CTI = R. dualNameListing = 'Y' indicates


dualNameListing string(1) yesNo directoryListingInformation.firstName should be interpreted
as two first names (e.g. firstName = John & Jane).

√ Indicates whether authorization to publish or list number


LOA string(1) yesNo
has been granted. Required if 'Treatment Flag' = Add.

listedAddressIndicator √ string(1) yesNo Indicates that client wants address included in Listing

rateCenter One to one within a given subscriberLine

rateCenterAbbreviation √ string(35) Rate center abbreviation as defined in LERG

LATA √ string(5) 3- to 5-digit industry-standard integer value

state √ string(2) State State Abbreviation

Page 85 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

listOfResultCodes

resultCode √ resultCode

Indicator of success or failure of an overall business


resultCode transaction or specific aspect of a given business
transaction

On successful transactions, only one resultCode (the


success code) will be returned.
√ On error situations, only one resultCode is currently
code string(20)
returned; however, future functionality may support the
return of one or more codes for transactions that may raise
several exceptions.

√ Description of result code; required when resultCode is


message string(256)
present

Contextual addendum to description, clarifying the source


context string(256)
of the resultCode

2.2.3.6 Output Callback Message Parameters - postSLOrderStatusResponse

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

responseMessageHeader

timeStamp √ dateTime Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema dateTime datatype

messageID √ string (32) Same as requestMessageHeader.messageID of responded-to message

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner profile is


B2BPartnerID √ string(40) established in Level 3 systems. A partner may have multiple profiles active at any
given point, where the URL to respond to is defined.

Page 86 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which consists of one or


more individual business transactions or dialogues (for new, supp, or cancel).
externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40)
Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and auditing purposes.
ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name (ex. Level3_123456)

Indicator of success or failure of an overall business transaction or specific aspect


resultCode
of a given business transaction

On successful transactions, only one resultCode (the success code) will be


returned.
code √ string(20) On error situations, only one resultCode is currently returned; however, future
functionality may support the return of one or more codes for transactions that
may raise several exceptions.

message √ string(256) Description of result code; required when resultCode is present

context string(256) Contextual addendum to description, clarifying the source of the resultCode

Page 87 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.4 Install Order (LNP)


Description
This business transaction enables a Level 3 partner to submit a request for Level 3 to port-in an existing telephone number (either Wireline TN or
Wireless TN), at the subscriber's specified address.

ƒ The following messages are required for this business transactions:

o createSLOrder – sent by partner to request the port of an active TN

o createSLOrderResponse – sent by Level 3 to acknowledge receipt of partner’s request

o postSLOrderStatus – notification sent by Level 3 to notify partner with processing results and order status (see Expected Results
for all postSLOrderStatus messages for this transaction)

o postSLOrderStatusResponse – sent by partner to acknowledge receipt of Level 3’s notification

ƒ If partner chooses to implement the LNP ordering capability, implementation of the Service Availability, Supplement of Install Order
(Supp), Cancel of Install Order, Level 3 Action notification, Change Order, Disconnect Order, and Request CSR transactions are required.

ƒ If an error is generated, the order is rejected and is not persisted within the Level 3 systems, and may require further action from partner.

ƒ Only the Submit notification is detailed for this business transaction. Other notifications will be issued throughout the course of processing
this transaction. For more information, please refer to the sample usage diagrams and the Order Status Notification and Customer Service
Record (CSR) Notification sections.

ƒ This transaction also supports the use of Geographically Independent Telephone Numbers (GITN). The directory listing feature is not
available if subscriber chooses a GITN.

ƒ Multi-line porting:

o TNs must have same billing TN

o TNs will port together

o Action on order results in all TNs being affected (Supp, Cancel, Jeopardy/Warning, etc.)

o Cannot mix Wireless TNs and Wireline TNs on the same order request.

Page 88 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Prerequisites
ƒ For new TN orders, partner must be set up in the rate center/market; i.e., partner has TNs allocated in appropriate market.

Expected Results
Note: Notifications may occur in a different sequence or at the same time.
ƒ Submit notification (postSLOrderStatus message) - successful order submission

ƒ FOC notification (postSLOrderStatus message) - availability of FOC date from donor LEC

ƒ Install notification (postSLOrderStatus message) - successful installation of order (service activated on Level 3 Network)

ƒ Complete notification (postSLOrderStatus message) - successful completion of order, including all post-install steps such as 911
provisioning on Level 3 Network and billing commencement

ƒ Error notification (postSLOrderStatus message)

o Validation error provided in lieu of the Submit notification if order validations fail. The request is not processed in Level 3 systems.
If the install request was a multi-line port and at least one TN failed validation, then only one error notification will be provided for
all TNs on the order.

o LNP error provided requiring partner action to resolve the problem (may occur at any point in the order flow). If the install request
was a multi-line port and at least one TN caused an LNP error, then an error notification will be provided for all TNs on the order.

o LNP error provided not requiring partner action (may occur at any point in the order flow). If the install request was a multi-line
port and at least one TN caused an LNP error, then an error notification will be provided for all TNs on the order.

o 911 Automatic Location Information (ALI) error provided if address cannot be validated in Master Street Address Guide (MSAG).
(may occur at any point in the order flow)

ƒ Level 3 action notification (postSLOrderStatus message)

o Will be provided if Level 3 must take proactive action on any order currently processing.

Page 89 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.4.1 Sample Usage

Please note that other notifications may be issued throughout the course of processing this transaction.
For more information, please refer to the state transition diagrams and the sample usage diagrams for the
Provide Order Status Notification and Provide Customer Service Record (CSR) Notification transactions.

2.2.4.1.1 Install Order - LNP

Page 90 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.4.2 Class Diagrams

The class diagram below describes the objects involved in the WSDL messages that are exchanged as a
part of this business transaction and the relationships that exist among them.

2.2.4.2.1 createSLOrder Element

Page 91 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.4.2.2 createSLOrderResponse Element

Page 92 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.4.2.3 postSLOrderStatus Element

RequestMessageHeader
-MessageID
-Organization
-Department
-Application
-TimeStamp
-UserID
-OriginalMessageID

BusinessTransactionHeader
-B2BPartnerID
-ExternalBusinessTransactionID
-LegalBinder

1
1

NotificationHeader
-NotificationType
-DateTime

1
1

ServiceOrderHeader WTN
-ProductID -NPA
-OrderAction -NXX
-OrderType -StartNum
1 -CRD
-ExternalOrderID 0..1
-LNPIndicator
Subscriber -OrderStatus 1
-L3SubscriberID -Subscriber
-ExternalSubscriberId -ListOfResultCodes SubscriberLine
-SubscriberSite 1 -ListOfSubscriberLines
1..* -L3SubscriberLineID
-ExternalOrderVersion
-L3ParentOrderID -WTN
1
1 -PartnerSubGroupID -FromLECCompanyCode
-E911Disclaimer -ToLECCompanyCode
-E911Option -RateCenter
-GITNIndicator
-E911CoverageIndicator 1
-wirelessLNPIndicator
1
1
SubscriberSite 0..* RateCenter
1
-L3SubscriberSiteId -RateCenterAbbreviation
ResultCode -LATA
-Code -State
-Message
-Context

Page 93 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.4.2.4 postSLOrderStatusResponse Element

Page 94 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.4.3 Input Message Parameters - createSLOrder

Require
Class Attribute Datatype Enumeration Description
d

requestMessageHeader information may be utilized by


partner and Level 3 for general purposes such as reporting
and auditing. These values are determined by the
transaction initiator and are not enforced by Level 3
requestMessageHeader
beyond datatype and optionality; however Level 3
recommends that careful consideration be given to the
definition and consistent use of these values to derive
maximum benefit.

Code designating partner organization submitting a given


organization string (256)
message

Code designating partner department within an


department string (256)
organization that submits a given message

Code designating partner application submitting a given


application string (256)
message

Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema


dateTime datatype. Format: CCYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssZ,
√ with T acting as a separating character between date and
timeStamp dateTime
time. 24H time format required. Z denotes time zone.
Example: 2001-12-01T15:20:23-05:00 (where -05:00 is
explicit time zone used).

Partner-generated and -managed message identifier.


Same messageID submitted in input and input-callback
messageID √ string (32) messages are returned in output and output-callback
messages. Partner is required to keep this value unique
per message for correlation and auditing purposes.

Partner user identifier. Used for auditing purposes only.


userID string (32) Value is logged in Level 3 systems, but is not sent back to
the partner.

Page 95 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after


√ partner profile is established in Level 3 systems. A partner
B2BPartnerID string(40)
may have multiple profiles active at any given point, where
the URL to respond to is defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction,


which consists of one or more individual business
transactions or dialogues (for new, supp, or cancel).
externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40)
Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation
and auditing purposes. ID should begin with Partner’s
initials or name (ex. Level3_123456)

serviceOrderHeader

productID √ string(4) Level 3 identification for a service

√ Level 3 identifier used to indicate the action an order will


orderAction string(20) OrderAction
initiate. 'Install' for new install order.

Level 3 identifier used to indicate the type of an order


orderType √ string(20) OrderType action. 'New' for New Install order. 'New' for New Change
order.

Customer Requested Date in standard XML Schema


dateTime datatype.
CRD must not be a weekend or holiday.
When order is an internal port, CRD must not be on a
Monday, weekend, or holiday. See internalPortFlag
CRD √ date attribute definition in Service Availability Validation (LNP),
Output Message Paramenters section
When an order is a Wireless LNP request, the date can be
the current day’s date (weekend/holiday rules still apply).
Then 120 Minutes will be added to the time the request
was received. If the resulting time is after 5:00PM MST,
then the date will advance to the next business day

partnerSubGroupID string(60) Channel Partner's Reseller Group ID

externalOrderID string(60) Partner Order ID stored by Level 3 systems. Level 3 does

Page 96 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

not enforce or utilize this value for any purpose other than
partner-requested reporting.

Partner Order Version stored by Level 3 systems. Level 3


externalOrderVersion string(20) does not enforce or utilize this value for any purpose other
than partner-requested reporting.

comments string(512)

LNPIndicator √ string(1) Y: LNP Install. N: New install.

√ One and only one subscriber included within a


subscriber subscriber
serviceOrderHeader

√ A listOfSubscriberLines includes one to many


listOfSubscriberLines listOfSubscriberLines
subscriberLines

LNPInformation LNPInformation Required if serviceOrderHeader.LNPInidicator = Y

Specifies the 911 solution the subscriber opts to use. Valid


E911Option √ string(60) E911Option values for E-911Option are: E911 Static, E911 VPC, E911
Customer Provided.

listOfFlexibleAttributes listOfFlexibleAttributes

One and only one subscriber within a given


subscriber serviceOrderHeader. Titles are to be prepended to
firstName and suffixes are to be appended to lastName.

Required if subscriber has one or more subscriber lines


businessName string(50)
where CTI = B. Invalid if CTI = R

Required if subscriber has one or more subscriber lines


where CTI = R. Invalid if CTI = B
Middle initial is to be included with first name in this format:
First_M
firstName string(50) Titles are to be prepended to firstName. First + Middle +
Last less than or equal to 25 chars for LNP orders. This
restriction is imposed by LSOG repository. LSOG
mismatches are common reasons for LNP failures. To help
ensure LSOG hits, partners are advised to use subscriber
name as it appears in existing phone bills.

Page 97 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

First + Middle + Last less than or equal to 25 chars


middleInitial string(1)
This field is currently inactive.

Required if subscriber has one or more subscriber lines


where CTI = R. Invalid if CTI = B.
lastName string(50)
Suffixes are to be appended to lastName. First + Middle +
Last less than or equal to 25 chars

Level 3 subscriber identifier, stored in Level 3 systems for


partner's reporting and querying purposes. If partner does
Level3SubscriberID integer not specify this value, a new subscriber record (and
identifier) is generated and returned within the
postSLOrderStatus callback message.

Partner subscriber identifier, stored in Level 3 systems for


externalSubscriberID string(50)
partner's reporting and querying purposes.

subscriberSite √ subscriberSite

subscriberSite One and only one subscriberSite within a given subscriber

Level 3 subscriber site identifier, stored in Level 3 systems


for partner's reporting and querying purposes. Only need to
populate if installing additional service on a location. If
Level3SubscriberSiteID integer
partner does not specify this value, a new subscriber site
record (and identifier) is generated and returned within the
postSLOrderStatus callback message.

mainCallBackNumber string(18) Main call-back number to be used in case of Business

serviceAddress √ address See serviceAddress Class

address (serviceAddress)

Street number prefix


EXAMPLE: 25 W
streetNumPrefix string(5) Where 25W is the street number prefix for the following
address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane
NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

streetNum √ string(10) Street number

Page 98 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Street number suffix. Optional when StreetNum is


populated. Otherwise, ignored.
EXAMPLE: 1/2
streetNumSuffix string(4)
Where 1/2 is the street number suffix for the following
address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane
NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Street directional prefix


EXAMPLE: SW
Where SW is the Street directional prefix or pre-directional
preDirectional string(2) Directional for the following address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW
Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2
Valid values: N|NE|NW|S|SE|SW|E|W

streetName √ string(44) Street Name

Street suffix (i.e. ST, PL, CT, AVE)


EXAMPLE: LN
streetSuffix string(6) StreetSuffix Where LN is the street suffix for the following address
example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW,
Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Street directional suffix


EXAMPLE: NW
Where NW is the Street directional suffix or post-directional
postDirectional string(2) Directional for the following address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW
Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.
Valid values: N|NE|NW|S|SE|SW|E|W

Room Designation. Distinct from Unit. Sample use: Room


room string(10)
within a Unit, i.e. Room 100, Hangar A.

Floor Designation
EXAMPLE: 12
floor string(10) Where 12 is the floor for the following address example:
25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12,
Building 2, Suite 23A.

Building Designation
EXAMPLE: 2
building string(10) Where 2 is building for the following address example:
25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12,
Building 2, Suite 23A.

Page 99 of 350
Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Secondary Location Description


EXAMPLE: STE
secondaryLocationDescription string(4) LocDescriptor Where STE is the secondary location description for the
following address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino
Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Unit or Secondary Location Number


EXAMPLE: 23A
unit string(10) Where 23A is the unit number for the following address
example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW,
Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

city √ string(25) City

state √ string(2) State State Abbreviation

country √ string(25) Country. Valid value is ‘USA’.

zipCode √ string(5) 5-digit Zip Code

zipPlus4 string(4) 4-digit Zip Code extension

comments string(512)

Ability to specify an unparsed street address.


If concatenatedAddress is used be sure to populate City,
concatenatedAddress string(256)
State and Zipcode as well.
Concatenated address applicable to productID 2042 only

listOfSubscriberLines

subscriberLine √ subscriberLine

1 to many subscriberLines within a given


serviceOrderHeader. One WTN per subscriberLine
subscriberLine element. Multiple subscriberLines are required to port
multiple TNs per BTN.

servicePackage √ string(60) SvcPackage Required field describing selected pricing plan. Service

Page 100 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

package values will be provided to partner by Level 3.

Customer Type Indicator. B=Business, R=Residential

CTI √ string(1) CTI Maintained by Level 3 systems at subscriberLine level to


support home-office scenarios, where both business and
residential lines may exist.

One WTN per subscriberLine element. Multiple


subscriberLines are required to port multiple TNs per BTN.

• If serviceOrderHeader.LNPIndicator = N and
WTN is defined, this is an order for a new,
partner-specified TN. If the TN is currently
reserved, the externalBusinessTransactionID
submitted with the reservation request must
match the externalBusinessTransactionID of this
Submit New Install Order transaction, for this
B2BPartnerID.
WTN WTN
• If serviceOrderHeader.LNPIndicator = N and
WTN is not defined, this order is for a new TN
that will be determined by Level 3.

• If serviceOrderHeader.LNPIndicator = Y and
WTN is defined, this is an LNP order.

• If serviceOrderHeader.LNPIndicator = Y and
WTN is not defined, this is not valid.

CNAMInformation CNAMInformation

directoryListingInformation directoryListingInformation

The Customer Service Name is a customer-definable field


that identifies a particular IP address and routing policy.
When applied to a subscriber order, this routing information
defines the IP address or addresses to send traffic, or how
customerServiceName √ String(15) to balance traffic across several IP addresses. The typical
customer scenario involves a single Customer Service
Name definition, but multiple Customer Service Names
may be set up based on customer needs. Please contact
your Account Manager for more information on this

Page 101 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

configuration.

One WTN per subscriberLine element. Multiple


WTN subscriberLines are required to port multiple TNs per BTN.

NPA √ string(3)

NXX √ string(3)

startNum √ string(4)

CNAMInformation

Not required if BlockCNAM = ‘Y’. CNAM calculation rules


follow the Verisign convention: uppercase LASTNAME
CNAM string(15)
FIRSTNAME, truncated to 15 characters. Symbols and
special characters are not permitted.

blockCNAM √ string(1)

directoryListingInformation

Only 'Keep' and 'Remove' listing treatments are supported


for port-in scenarios.

√ Only ‘Add’ listing treatment is supported for New TNs


treatmentFlag string(10) ListingTreatment
scenarios.
Only ‘Change’ listing treatment is supported for Change
scenarios.

Information needed to process LNP orders. Required if


LNPInformation
serviceOrderHeader.LNPIndicator = Y

Indicates whether authorization to port number has been


LOA string(1) yesNo granted. Required when TPVPVN is not provided; must be
Y for LNP orders.

Timestamp when LNP LOA received, in standard XML


LOADateTime dateTime Schema dateTime datatype. Required when TPVPVN is
not provided.

Page 102 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Reference number for Third Party Validation record.


Required when LOA and LOADateTime not provided. Use
TPVPVN number(10)
in place of LOA /LOADateTime only when contractually
permitted.

Timestamp when TPV Sent. Must be GMT. Required when


TPVSentDateTime dateTime LOA and LOADateTime not provided. Use in place of
LOA/LOADateTime only when contractually permitted.

Required for LNP Orders. Subscriber’s BTN (Billing


BTNOldCarrier string(10) Telephone Number) with the old carrier. It may or may not
be the same as the porting TN.

Required for wireless LNP.If TN is wireless, either Wireless


Subscriber SSN OR wirelessSubscriberAccountNumber
must be popluated.

wirelessSubscriberSSN √ string(11) Proper Format (include zeros where shown, where 1234
would be the actual values for subscriber
000-00-1234 for SSN (individual)
00-0001234 for Tax ID number (business)

Required for wireless LNP.If TN is wireless, either Wireless


Subscriber SSN OR wirelessSubscriberAccountNumber
wirelessSubscriberAccountNumber √ string(20) must be popluated.
Proper Format = Last 4 digits only (along with leading
zeros)

Optional - if the subscriber is entering their Wireless


Account Number AND the subscriber has set up a
WirelessSubscriberAccountPIN string(15)
password or PIN with their wireless carrier then the PIN is
required

listOfFlexibleAttributes

flexibleAttribute flexibleAttribute

flexibleAttribute

name string(80) FlexibleAttr.Name

value string(80) FlexibleAttr.Value

Page 103 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.4.4 Output Message Parameters - createSLOrderResponse

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

responseMessageHeader

timeStamp √ dateTime Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema dateTime datatype.

messageID √ string (32) Same as requestMessageHeader.messageID of responded-to message

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner profile is


B2BPartnerID √ string(40) established in Level 3 systems. A partner may have multiple profiles active at any
given point, where the URL to respond to is defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which consists of one or


more individual business transactions or dialogues (for new, supp, or cancel).
externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40)
Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and auditing purposes.
ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name (ex. Level3_123456)

Indicator of success or failure of an overall business transaction or specific aspect


resultCode
of a given business transaction

On successful transactions, only one resultCode (the success code) will be


returned.
code √ string(20) On error situations, only one resultCode is currently returned; however, future
functionality may support the return of one or more codes for transactions that
may raise several exceptions.

message √ string(256) Description of result code; required when resultCode is present

context string(256) Contextual addendum to description, clarifying the source of the resultCode

2.2.4.5 Input Callback Message Parameters – postSLOrderStatus

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

requestMessageHeader requestMessageHeader information may be utilized by

Page 104 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

partner and Level 3 for general purposes such as reporting


and auditing. These values are determined by the
transaction initiator and are not enforced by Level 3 beyond
datatype and optionality; however Level 3 recommends that
careful consideration be given to the definition and
consistent use of these values to derive maximum benefit.

Code designating partner organization submitting a given


organization string (256)
message

Code designating partner department within an organization


department string (256)
that submits a given message

Code designating partner application submitting a given


application string (256)
message

Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema


dateTime datatype. Format: CCYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssZ,
√ with T acting as a separating character between date and
timeStamp dateTime
time. 24H time format required. Z denotes time zone.
Example: 2001-12-01T15:20:23-05:00 (where -05:00 is
explicit time zone used).

Partner-generated and -managed message identifier. Same


messageID submitted in input and input-callback messages
messageID √ string (32) are returned in output and output-callback messages.
Partner is required to keep this value unique per message
for correlation and auditing purposes.

Same as requestMessageHeader.messageID of
√ corresponding input message. Valid for callback messages
originalMessageID string (32)
only. Partner is advised to use this value to correlate a
callback or notification to the related original message.

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after


√ partner profile is established in Level 3 systems. A partner
B2BPartnerID string(40)
may have multiple profiles active at any given point, where
the URL to respond to is defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction,


externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40) which consists of one or more individual business
transactions or dialogues (for new, supp, or cancel).

Page 105 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation


and auditing purposes. ID should begin with Partner’s
initials or name (ex. Level3_123456)

Fixed-value text describing the legally binding agreement


entered into by this commercial transaction. The specific
text included is:

This notice acknowledges receipt of your Customer Order


for the Services described herein. Subject to the terms set
forth in this communication, Level 3 accepts the Customer
Order, and this notice constitutes delivery of a Welcome
√ Letter and memorializes Level 3’s acceptance of your
legalBinder string(1000)
Customer Order. The Services identified in this notice are
governed by and subject to the master agreement between
Level 3 and Customer (or its affiliate, if applicable). In the
event that Level 3 and Customer (or its affiliate) have not
executed a master agreement and/or applicable Service
Schedule(s) with respect to the Services, then Level 3's
standard Master Service Agreement and Service Schedules
(as of the date of this notice) shall govern, copies of which
are available upon request.

notificationHeader

notificationType √ string(40) NotificationType Types are listed in Enumeration Values section.

dateTime √ dateTime

serviceOrderHeader

Identifier assigned by Level 3 systems when the order is


accepted. May be utilized by partner for subsequent
reporting, correlation or other related purposes.
Level3ParentOrderID √ string(60)
This ID will be assigned in the Submit notification. If order
receives an Error notification in lieu of a Submit notification,
the ID will not be assigned.

productID √ string(4) Level 3 identification for a service

√ Level 3 identifier used to indicate the action an order will


orderAction string(20) OrderAction
initiate

Page 106 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

orderType √ string(20) OrderType Level 3 identifier used to indicate the type of an order action

Customer Requested Date in standard XML Schema


CRD √ date dateTime datatype.
CRD must not be a weekend or holiday.

partnerSubGroupID string(60) Channel Partner's Reseller Group ID

Partner Order ID stored by Level 3 systems. Level 3 does


externalOrderID string(60) not enforce or utilize this value for any purpose other than
partner-requested reporting.

Partner Order Version stored by Level 3 systems. Level 3


externalOrderVersion string(20) does not enforce or utilize this value for any purpose other
than partner-requested reporting.

LNPIndicator √ string(1) Y: LNP Install. N: New install.

√ See state transition diagrams for specific values that can be


orderStatus string(25)
expected.

√ One and only one subscriber included within a


subscriber subscriber
serviceOrderHeader

√ A listOfSubscriberLines includes one to many


listOfSubscriberLines listOfSubscriberLines
subscriberLines

listOfResultCodes listOfResultCodes A listOfResultCodes includes 0 or one result code element

Specifies the 911 solution the subscriber opts to use. Valid


E911Option √ string(60) E911Option values for E-911Option are: E911 Static, E911 VPC, E911
Customer Provided.

Y indicates the requested E-911Option is available.


N indicates the requested E-911Option is unavailable.
E911CoverageIndicator √ string(7) E911CoverageIndicator
Future functionality may require the use of additional
values.

Y indicates that service address and TN location are in


GITNIndicator √ string(1) different rate centers and thus require a GITN.
N indicates that service address and TN location are in the

Page 107 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

same rate center and a GITN is not needed.

Disclaimer associated with chosen E-911Option. The text


included is:
E911 Static: This subscriber will be activated using E-911.
In the event a Public Safety Answering Point is not E-911-
enabled, your subscriber will be activated using a
permanent 911 solution to the extent technically feasible.
All 911 Services and E-911 Services provided by Level 3
are provided by Level 3 Communications, LLC and are
subject to applicable tarrifs.
E911 Disclaimer √ string(1000) E911 VPC: Level 3 has accepted this order. Your company
is responsible for ensuring the information for the
subscriber associated with this Telephone Number is
provided to the VPC. Your subscriber will not be
provisioned with 911 service until your company has
provisioned them with your VPC.
E911 Customer Provided: Level 3 is not providing a 911
solution to this subscriber. Per the terms of your agreement
with Level 3, your company is responsible for providing 911
to this subscriber.

Value returned based on whether or not the TN is wireless


wirelessLNPIndicator √ string(1) YesNo
LNP.

One and only one subscriber within a given


subscriber
serviceOrderHeader.

Required if subscriber has one or more subscriber lines


businessName string(50)
where CTI = B. Invalid if CTI = R.

Required if subscriber has one or more subscriber lines


where CTI = R. Invalid if CTI = B.
Middle initial is to be included with first name in this format:
First_M
firstName string(50) Titles are to be prepended to firstName. First + Middle +
Last less than or equal to 25 chars for LNP orders. This
restriction is imposed by LSOG repository. LSOG
mismatches are common reasons for LNP failures. To help
ensure LSOG hits, partners are advised to use subscriber
name as it appears in existing phone bills.

Page 108 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Required if subscriber has one or more subscriber lines


where CTI = R. Invalid if CTI = B.
lastName string(50)
Suffixes are to be appended to lastName. First + Middle +
Last less than or equal to 25 chars.

Same as subscriber.Level3SubscriberID within


√ createSLOrder message if specified there by partner.
Level3SubscriberID integer
Otherwise, generated by Level 3 systems for new
subscriber record.

Partner subscriber identifier, stored in Level 3 systems for


externalSubscriberID string(50)
partner's reporting and querying purposes.

subscriberSite √ subscriberSite

subscriberSite One and only one subscriberSite within a given subscriber

Same as subscriberSite.Level3SubscriberISiteID within


√ createSLOrder message if specified there by partner.
Level3SubscriberSiteID integer
Otherwise, generated by Level 3 systems for new
subscriber site record.

listOfSubscriberLines

subscriberLine √ subscriberLine

One to many subscriberLines within a given


subscriberLine
serviceOrderHeader.

Required field describing selected pricing plan. Service


servicePackage √ string(60) SvcPackage
package values will be provided to partner by Level 3.

Customer Type Indicator. B=Business, R=Residential

CTI √ string(1) CTI Maintained by Level 3 systems at subscriberLine level to


support home office scenarios, where both business and
residential lines may exist.

Identifier generated by Level 3 systems for this subscriber


line. This attribute will not be seen until the Complete
Level3SubscriberLineID integer
notification is received. May be utilized by partner for
subsequent reporting, correlation or other related purposes.

Page 109 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Required if no errors encountered. For new TN (i.e. Non-


WTN WTN LNP) Orders, this is the ready-to-use TN for the ordered
subscriber line.

The Customer Service Name is a customer-definable field


that identifies a particular IP address and routing policy.
When applied to a subscriber order, this routing information
defines the IP address or addresses to send traffic, or how
to balance traffic across several IP addresses. The typical
customerServiceName √ String(15)
customer scenario involves a single Customer Service
Name definition, but multiple Customer Service Names may
be set up based on customer needs. Please contact your
Account Manager for more information on this
configuration.

CNAMInformation CNAMInformation See CNAMInformation class.

directoryListingInformation directoryListingInformation See directoryListinginformation class.

NPAC Company code of carrier from which number is to be


fromLECCompanyCode string(50)
ported. Required if serviceOrder.LNPIndicator = Y

NPAC Company code of carrier to which number is to be


toLECCompanyCode string(50)
ported. Required if serviceOrder.LNPIndicator = Y

rateCenter √ rateCenter

WTN Required within subscriberLine if no errors encountered

NPA √ string(3)

NXX √ string(3)

startNum √ string(4)

CNAMInformation

Not required if BlockCNAM = ‘Y’. CNAM calculation rules


follow the Verisign convention: uppercase LASTNAME
CNAM string(15)
FIRSTNAME, truncated to 15 characters. Symbols and
special characters are not permitted.

Page 110 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

blockCNAM √ string(1)

directoryListingInformation

Only 'Keep' and 'Remove' listing treatments are supported


for port-in scenarios.
Only ‘Add’ listing treatment is supported for New TNs
treatmentFlag √ string(10) ListingTreatment
scenarios.
Only ‘Change’ listing treatment is supported for Change
scenarios.

rateCenter One to one within a given subscriberLine

rateCenterAbbreviation √ string(35) Rate center abbreviation as defined in LERG

LATA √ string(5) 3- to 5-digit industry-standard integer value

state √ string(2) State State Abbreviation

listOfResultCodes

resultCode √ resultCode

Indicator of success or failure of an overall business


resultCode transaction or specific aspect of a given business
transaction

On successful transactions, only one resultCode (the


success code) will be returned.
√ On error situations, only one resultCode is currently
code string(20)
returned; however, future functionality may support the
return of one or more codes for transactions that may raise
several exceptions.

√ Description of result code; required when resultCode is


message string(256)
present

Contextual addendum to description, clarifying the source


context string(256)
of the resultCode

Page 111 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.4.6 Output Callback Message Parameters - postSLOrderStatusResponse

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

responseMessageHeader

timeStamp √ dateTime Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema dateTime datatype

messageID √ string (32) Same as requestMessageHeader.messageID of responded-to message

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner profile is


B2BPartnerID √ string(40) established in Level 3 systems. A partner may have multiple profiles active at any
given point, where the URL to respond to is defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which consists of one or


more individual business transactions or dialogues (for new, supp, or cancel).
externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40)
Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and auditing purposes.
ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name (ex. Level3_123456)

Indicator of success or failure of an overall business transaction or specific aspect


resultCode
of a given business transaction

On successful transactions, only one resultCode (the success code) will be


returned.
code √ string(20) On error situations, only one resultCode is currently returned; however, future
functionality may support the return of one or more codes for transactions that
may raise several exceptions.

message √ string(256) Description of result code; required when resultCode is present

context string(256) Contextual addendum to description, clarifying the source of the resultCode

Page 112 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.5 Supplement of Install Order (LNP)


Description
This business transaction enables a Level 3 partner to perform the following actions on a submitted install order:

• change the CRD (customer request date)

• change the BTN (billing telephone number)

• change the CTI (customer type indicator (residential or business))

• change the Subscriber Name.

Note the following:

• The following messages are required for this business transactions:

o createSLOrder – sent by partner to Supp an LNP order

o createSLOrderResponse – sent by Level 3 to acknowledge receipt of partner’s request

o postSLOrderStatus – notification sent by Level 3 to notify partner with processing results and order status (see Expected Results
for all postSLOrderStatus messages for this transaction)

o postSLOrderStatusResponse – sent by partner to acknowledge receipt of Level 3’s notification

• For Level 3 VoIP Enhanced Local and Local Inbound services, this transaction applies only to LNP orders.

• Supplementing a multi-line LNP order will cause all TNs on the order to be supped.

• CRD may be changed to an earlier date, but the likelihood of an error being generated is progressively higher the further you pull in that
date.

• Once a FOC date is received only a supp for CRD is allowed.

• CNAM can be changed only when a supp for subscriber name is submitted. A supp for CNAM only is not supported.

o If the CNAM information is populated on a Supp for Subscriber Name, the system will store that CNAM value in place of what
existed on the previous version of the order.

Page 113 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

o If the CNAM information is NOT populated on a Supp for Subscriber Name, the system will store either the lastname, firstname
(truncated to 15 characters) for CTI=R, or the businessName (truncated to 15 characters) for CTI=B as the new CNAM value in
place of what existed on the previous version of the order.

o If a Supp for CTI, BTN, or CRD is requested (not a Supp for Subscriber Name) then the existing CNAM is not impacted as a
result of the Supp.

• If submitting a Supp transaction on Subscriber Name, note that the CTI field is required.

• The latest that a Supp transaction may be performed is 2 business days (48 hours, Greenwich Mean Time) before the FOC date returned
by the FOC notification.

• This B2B interface is applicable to the Level 3 VoIP Enhanced Local and Local Inbound services.

• For Level 3 VoIP Enhanced Local and Local Inbound services, this transaction applies only to LNP orders.

• Supplements, install cancellations, disconnect cancellations, and change cancellations are related to the transactions they operate on via
businessTransactionHeader.externalBusinessTransactionID.

• The suppAllowedIndicator on the Read Order response will identify which Supp actions are available on an in-progress order.

Prerequisites
• A previous order has been successfully submitted and accepted by Level 3 systems.

• Service order is not in Installed order status (reported in serviceOrderHeader.orderStatus within postSLOrderStatus message).

• For LNP orders, “Current Date” is three business days before FOC date (if FOC is already received).

Expected Results
Note: Notifications may occur in a different sequence or at the same time.
• Submit notification (postSLOrderStatus)

• FOC notification (postSLOrderStatus)

• Install notification (postSLOrderStatus)

• Complete notification (postSLOrderStatus)

Page 114 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

• Error notification (postSLOrderStatus) – will be provided in lieu of Submit notification if order validations fail.

Page 115 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.5.1 Sample Usage

Please note that other notifications may be issued throughout the course of processing this transaction.
For more information, please refer to the state transition diagrams and the sample usage diagrams for the
Provide Order Status Notification and Provide Customer Service Record (CSR) Notification transactions.

2.2.5.1.1 Supp – Scenario 1

Partner Order System Level 3 Order Gateway

Partner requests LNP Install - createSLOrder

Level 3 request acknowledgement- createSLOrderResponse

Process INSTALL Request

Level 3 SUBMIT Notification - postSLOrderStatus

Partner receipt acknowledgement - postSLOrderStatusResponse

Partner requests SUPP of LNP Install - createSLOrder

Level 3 request acknowledgement- createSLOrderResponse

Process SUPP Request

Level 3 SUBMIT Notification - postSLOrderStatus

Partner receipt acknowledgement - postSLOrderStatusResponse

Level 3 CSR Notification - postSLOrderStatus

Partner receipt acknowledgement - postSLOrderStatusResponse

Level 3 FOC Notification - postSLOrderStatus

Partner receipt acknowledgement - postSLOrderStatusResponse

Supps may be submitted up to 48


hours before FOC date (GMT).

Level 3 INSTALL Notification - postSLOrderStatus

Partner receipt acknowledgement - postSLOrderStatusResponse

Level 3 COMPLETE Notification - postSLOrderStatus

Partner receipt acknowledgement - postSLOrderStatusResponse

Note: Notifications may occur in a different sequence or at the same time.

Page 116 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.5.1.2 Supp – Scenario 2

Partner Order System Level 3 Order Gateway

Partner requests LNP Install - createSLOrder

Level 3 request acknowledgement- createSLOrderResponse

Process INSTALL Request

Level 3 SUBMIT Notification - postSLOrderStatus

Partner receipt acknowledgement - postSLOrderStatusResponse

Level 3 CSR Notification - postSLOrderStatus

Partner receipt acknowledgement - postSLOrderStatusResponse

Level 3 FOC Notification - postSLOrderStatus

Partner receipt acknowledgement - postSLOrderStatusResponse

Partner requests SUPP of LNP Install - createSLOrder

Level 3 request acknowledgement- createSLOrderResponse

Process SUPP Request

Level 3 SUBMIT Notification - postSLOrderStatus

Partner receipt acknowledgement - postSLOrderStatusResponse

Level 3 FOC Notification - postSLOrderStatus

Partner receipt acknowledgement - postSLOrderStatusResponse

Supps may be submitted up to 48


hours before FOC date (GMT).
Level 3 INSTALL Notification - postSLOrderStatus

Partner receipt acknowledgement - postSLOrderStatusResponse

Level 3 COMPLETE Notification - postSLOrderStatus

Partner receipt acknowledgement - postSLOrderStatusResponse

Note: Notifications may occur in a different sequence or at the same time.

Page 117 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.5.2 Class Diagrams

The class diagram below describes the objects involved in the WSDL messages that are exchanged as a
part of this business transaction and the relationships that exist among them.

2.2.5.2.1 createSLOrder Element

RequestMessageHeader
-MessageID
-Organization
-Department
-Application
-TimeStamp

BusinessTransactionHeader
-B2BPartnerID
-ExternalBusinessTransactionID

ServiceOrderHeader
1 0..1 LNPInformation
-Level3ParentOrderID
-ProductID -BTNOldCarrier WTN
Subscriber -OrderAction -NPA
-OrderType 0..1 -NXX
-BusinessName
-CRD -StartNum
-FirstName 1
-ExternalOrderID -EndNum
-MiddleInitial 1 0..1
0..1 -Comments 1 SubscriberLine
-LastName
-Subscriber -CTI 1
-ListOfSubscriberLines -WTN
-ExternalOrderVersion -CNAMInformation
-LNPInformation
0..1
CNAMInformation
-CNAM
-BlockCNAM

Page 118 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.5.2.2 createSLOrderResponse Element

Page 119 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.5.2.3 postSLOrderStatus Element

RequestMessageHeader
-MessageID
-Organization
-Department
-Application
-TimeStamp
-UserID
-OriginalMessageID

1 SuppType
-SuppName
1
0..*
BusinessTransactionHeader
1
-B2BPartnerID
-ExternalBusinessTransactionID
0..1
1
1 OrderSummary
-listOFSuppType
NotificationHeader
-NotificationType
-DateTime

1 WTN
-NPA
ServiceOrderHeader -NXX
1
-StartNum
-ProductID
1 -OrderAction
-OrderType 0..1
-CRD 1
Subscriber
-ExternalOrderID
-Level3SubscriberID -LNPIndicator SubscriberLine
-ExternalSubscriberId -OrderStatus
-SubscriberSite 1 -Subscriber 1..* -Level3SubscriberLineID
1 -WTN
-ListOfResultCodes
-ListOfSubscriberLines -FromLECCompanyCode
1 -ToLECCompanyCode
-ExternalOrderVersion
-Level3ParentOrderID -RateCenter
-PartnerSubGroupID -OrderSummary

1 11

RateCenter
SubscriberSite 0..* -RateCenterAbbreviation
1 -LATA
-Level3SubscriberSiteId
-State
ResultCode
-Code
-Message
-Context

Page 120 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.5.2.4 postSLOrderStatusResponse Element

Page 121 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.5.3 Input Message Parameters – createSLOrder

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

requestMessageHeader information may be utilized by partner and


Level 3 for general purposes such as reporting and auditing. These
values are determined by the transaction initiator and are not
requestMessageHeader enforced by Level 3 beyond datatype and optionality; however
Level 3 recommends that careful consideration be given to the
definition and consistent use of these values to derive maximum
benefit.

organization string (256) Code designating partner organization submitting a given message.

Code designating partner department within an organization that


department string (256)
submits a given message.

application string (256) Code designating partner application submitting a given message.

Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema dateTime


datatype. Format: CCYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssZ, with T acting as a
timeStamp √ dateTime separating character between date and time. 24H time format
required. Z denotes time zone. Example: 2001-12-01T15:20:23-
05:00 (where -05:00 is explicit time zone used).

Partner-generated and -managed message identifier. Same


messageID submitted in input and input-callback messages are
messageID √ string (32) returned in output and output-callback messages. Partner is required
to keep this value unique per message for correlation and auditing
purposes.

Partner user identifier. Used for auditing purposes only. Value is


userID string (32)
logged in Level 3 systems, but is not sent back to the partner.

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner


√ profile is established in Level 3 systems. A partner may have
B2BPartnerID string(40)
multiple profiles active at any given point, where the URL to respond
to is defined.

Page 122 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which


consists of one or more individual business transactions or
dialogues (for new, supp, or cancel).
externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40)
Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and
auditing purposes. ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name
(ex. Level3_123456)

serviceOrderHeader

Level3ParentOrderID string(60) Same as Level3ParentOrderID of responded-to message

productID √ string(4) Level 3 identification for a service

√ Level 3 identifier used to indicate the action an order will initiate.


orderAction string(20) OrderAction
'Install' for Supplement of Install order.

√ Level 3 identifier used to indicate the type of an order action. 'Supp'


orderType string(20) OrderType
for Supplement of Install order.

Customer Requested Date in standard XML Schema dateTime


datatype.
CRD must not be a weekend or holiday.
CRD √ date
When order is an internal port, CRD must not be on a Monday,
weekend, or holiday. See internalPortFlag attribute definition in
Service Availability Validation (LNP), Output Message Paramenters
section

Partner Order ID stored by Level 3 systems. Level 3 does not


externalOrderID string(60) enforce or utilize this value for any purpose other than partner-
requested reporting.

Partner Order Version stored by Level 3 systems. Level 3 does not


externalOrderVersion string(20) enforce or utilize this value for any purpose other than partner-
requested reporting.

comments string(512)

LNPInformation LNPInformation LNP Information needed to process supp for BTN order

subscriber √ subscriber One and only one subscriber included within a serviceOrderHeader

Page 123 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

listOfSubscriberLines √ listOfSubscriberLines A listOfSubscriberLines includes one to many subscriberLines

subscriber One and only one subscriber within a given serviceOrderHeader

Required if subscriber has one or more subscriber lines where CTI =


businessName string(50)
B

Required if subscriber has one or more subscriber lines where CTI =


R
Middle initial is to be included with first name in this format: First_M
firstName string(50) Titles are to be prepended to firstName. First + Middle + Last less
than or equal to 25 chars for LNP orders. This restriction is imposed
by LSOG repository. LSOG mismatches are common reasons for
LNP failures. To help ensure LSOG hits, partners are advised to use
subscriber name as it appears in existing phone bills.

First + Middle + Last less than or equal to 25 chars.


middleInitial string(1)
This field is currently inactive.

Required if subscriber has one or more subscriber lines where CTI =


lastName string(50) R. Suffixes are to be appended to lastName. First + Middle + Last
less than or equal to 25 chars.

LNPInformation

Required if submitting a supp order to change BTN. Subscriber’s


BTNOldCarrier string(10) BTN (Billing Telephone Number) with the old carrier. It may or may
not be the same as the porting TN.

listOfSubscriberLines

subscriberLine √ subscriberLine

One to many subscriberLines within a given serviceOrderHeader.


Note that current release only supports one and only one
subscriberLine
subscriberLine within a given serviceOrderHeader for this
transaction.

Required if supplementing subscriber name.


CTI √ string(1) CTI
Customer Type Indicator. Maintained by Level 3 systems at

Page 124 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

subscriberLine level to support home-office scenarios, where both


business and residential lines may exist.

If serviceOrderHeader.LNPIndicator = N and WTN is defined, this is


an order for a new, partner-specified TN. If the TN is currently
reserved, the externalBusinessTransactionID submitted with the
reservation request must match the externalBusinessTransactionID
of this Submit New Install Order transaction, for this B2BPartnerID.

If serviceOrderHeader.LNPIndicator = N and WTN is not defined,


this order is for a new TN that will be determined by Level 3.
WTN WTN
If serviceOrderHeader.LNPIndicator = Y and WTN is defined, this is
an LNP order.

If serviceOrderHeader.LNPIndicator = Y and WTN is not defined,


this is not valid.

CNAMInformation CNAMInformation

WTN

NPA √ string(3)

NXX √ string(3)

startNum √ string(4)

CNAMInformation

Not required if BlockCNAM = ‘Y’. CNAM calculation rules follow the


CNAM string(15) Verisign convention: uppercase LASTNAME FIRSTNAME, truncated
to 15 characters. Symbols and special characters are not permitted.

blockCNAM √ string(1)

Page 125 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.5.4 Output Message Parameters - createSLOrderResponse

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

responseMessageHeader

timeStamp √ dateTime Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema dateTime datatype

messageID √ string (32) Same as requestMessageHeader.messageID of responded-to message

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner profile is


B2BPartnerID √ string(40) established in Level 3 systems. A partner may have multiple profiles active at any
given point, where the URL to respond to is defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which consists of one or


more individual business transactions or dialogues (for new, supp, or cancel).
externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40)
Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and auditing purposes.
ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name (ex. Level3_123456)

Indicator of success or failure of an overall business transaction or specific aspect


resultCode
of a given business transaction

On successful transactions, only one resultCode (the success code) will be


returned.
code √ string(20) On error situations, only one resultCode is currently returned; however, future
functionality may support the return of one or more codes for transactions that
may raise several exceptions.

message √ string(256) Description of result code; required when resultCode is present

context string(256) Contextual addendum to description, clarifying the source of the resultCode

Page 126 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.5.5 Input Callback Message Parameters - postSLOrderStatus

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

requestMessageHeader information may be utilized by partner and


Level 3 for general purposes such as reporting and auditing. These
values are determined by the transaction initiator and are not enforced
requestMessageHeader
by Level 3 beyond datatype and optionality; however Level 3
recommends that careful consideration be given to the definition and
consistent use of these values to derive maximum benefit.

organization string (256) Code designating partner organization submitting a given message

Code designating partner department within an organization that


department string (256)
submits a given message

application string (256) Code designating partner application submitting a given message

Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema dateTime


datatype. Format: CCYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssZ, with T acting as a
timeStamp √ dateTime separating character between date and time. 24H time format
required. Z denotes time zone. Example: 2001-12-01T15:20:23-05:00
(where -05:00 is explicit time zone used).

Partner-generated and -managed message identifier. Same


messageID submitted in input and input-callback messages are
messageID √ string (32) returned in output and output-callback messages. Partner is required
to keep this value unique per message for correlation and auditing
purposes.

Same as requestMessageHeader.messageID of corresponding input


√ message. Valid for callback messages only. Partner is advised to use
originalMessageID string (32)
this value to correlate a callback or notification to the related original
message.

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner


√ profile is established in Level 3 systems. A partner may have multiple
B2BPartnerID string(40)
profiles active at any given point, where the URL to respond to is
defined.

externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40) Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which consists

Page 127 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

of one or more individual business transactions or dialogues (for new,


supp, or cancel).
Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and
auditing purposes. ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name (ex.
Level3_123456)

Fixed-value text describing the legally binding agreement entered into


by this commercial transaction. The specific text included is:

This notice acknowledges receipt of your Customer Order for the


Services described herein. Subject to the terms set forth in this
communication, Level 3 accepts the Customer Order, and this notice
constitutes delivery of a Welcome Letter and memorializes Level 3’s
legalBinder √ string(1000) acceptance of your Customer Order. The Services identified in this
notice are governed by and subject to the master agreement between
Level 3 and Customer (or its affiliate, if applicable). In the event that
Level 3 and Customer (or its affiliate) have not executed a master
agreement and/or applicable Service Schedule(s) with respect to the
Services, then Level 3's standard Master Service Agreement and
Service Schedules (as of the date of this notice) shall govern, a copy
of which are available upon request.

notificationHeader

notificationType √ string(40) NotificationType See notificationType values in Enumeration Values section.

dateTime √ dateTime

serviceOrderHeader

Level3ParentOrderID √ string(60) Same as Level3ParentOrderID of responded-to message

productID √ string(4) Level 3 identification for a service

orderAction √ string(20) OrderAction Level 3 identifier used to indicate the action an order will initiate

orderType √ string(20) OrderType Level 3 identifier used to indicate the type of an order action

√ Customer Requested Date in standard XML Schema dateTime


CRD date
datatype.

Page 128 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

CRD must not be a weekend or holiday.

partnerSubGroupID string(60) Channel Partner's Reseller Group ID

Partner Order ID stored by Level 3 systems. Level 3 does not enforce


externalOrderID string(60) or utilize this value for any purpose other than partner-requested
reporting.

Partner Order Version stored by Level 3 systems. Level 3 does not


externalOrderVersion string(20) enforce or utilize this value for any purpose other than partner-
requested reporting.

LNPIndicator √ string(1) Y: LNP Install. N: New install.

orderStatus √ string(25) See state-transition diagrams for specific values that can be expected.

subscriber √ subscriber One and only one subscriber included within a serviceOrderHeader

listOfSubscriberLines √ listOfSubscriberLines A listOfSubscriberLines includes one to many subscriberLines

listOfResultCodes listOfResultCodes A listOfResultCodes includes 0 or one result code element

subscriber One and only one subscriber within a given serviceOrderHeader

Same as subscriber.Level3SubscriberID within createSLOrder


Level3SubscriberID √ integer message if specified there by partner. Otherwise, generated by
Level 3 systems for new subscriber record.

Partner subscriber identifier, stored in Level 3 systems for partner's


externalSubscriberID string(50)
reporting and querying purposes

subscriberSite √ subscriberSite

subscriberSite One and only one subscriberSite within a given subscriber

Same as subscriberSite.Level3SubscriberISiteID within


Level3SubscriberSiteID √ integer createSLOrder message if specified there by partner. Otherwise,
generated by Level 3 systems for new subscriber site record.

serviceAddress √ address See serviceAddress Class

Page 129 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

address (serviceAddress)

Street number prefix


EXAMPLE: 25 W
streetNumPrefix string(5) Where 25W is the street number prefix for the following address
example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12,
Building 2, Suite 23A.

streetNum √ string(10) Street number

Street number suffix. Optional when StreetNum is populated.


Otherwise, ignored.
EXAMPLE: 1/2
streetNumSuffix string(4)
Where 1/2 is the street number suffix for the following address
example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12,
Building 2, Suite 23A.

Street directional prefix


EXAMPLE: SW
Where SW is the Street directional prefix or pre-directional for the
preDirectional string(2) Directional following address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane
NW, Floor 12, Building 2
Valid values: N|NE|NW|S|SE|SW|E|W

streetName √ string(44) Street Name

Street suffix (i.e. ST, PL, CT, AVE)


EXAMPLE: LN
streetSuffix string(6) StreetSuffix Where LN is the street suffix for the following address example: 25W
450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite
23A.

Street directional suffix


EXAMPLE: NW
Where NW is the Street directional suffix or post-directional for the
postDirectional string(2) Directional following address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane
NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.
Valid values: N|NE|NW|S|SE|SW|E|W

Room Designation. Distinct from Unit. Sample use: Room within a


room string(10)
Unit, i.e. Room 100, Hangar A.

floor string(10) Floor Designation

Page 130 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

EXAMPLE: 12
Where 12 is the floor for the following address example: 25W 450 1/2
SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Building Designation
EXAMPLE: 2
building string(10)
Where 2 is building for the following address example: 25W 450 1/2
SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Secondary Location Description


EXAMPLE: STE
secondaryLocationDescription string(4) LocDescriptor Where STE is the secondary location description for the following
address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor
12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Unit or Secondary Location Number


EXAMPLE: 23A
unit string(10) Where 23A is the unit number for the following address example: 25W
450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite
23A.

city √ string(25) City

state √ string(2) State State Abbreviation

country √ string(25) Country. Valid value is ‘USA’.

zipCode √ string(5) 5-digit Zip Code

zipPlus4 string(4) 4-digit Zip Code extension

comments string(512)

listOfSubscriberLines

subscriberLine √ subscriberLine

1 to many subscriberLines within a given serviceOrderHeader. Note


subscriberLine that current release only supports one and only one subscriberLine
within a given serviceOrderHeader for this transaction.

CTI √ string(1) CTI Customer Type Indicator. B=Business, R=Residential.

Page 131 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Maintained by Level 3 systems at subscriberLine level to support


home-office scenarios, where both business and residential lines may
exist.

Identifier generated by Level 3 systems for this subscriber line. This


√ attribute will not be seen until the Complete notification is received.
Level3SubscriberLineID integer
May be utilized by partner for subsequent reporting, correlation or
other related purposes.

WTN WTN Required if no errors encountered

NPAC Company code of carrier from which number is to be ported.


fromLECCompanyCode string(50)
Required if serviceOrder.LNPIndicator = Y

NPAC Company code of carrier to which number is to be ported.


toLECCompanyCode string(50)
Required if serviceOrder.LNPIndicator = Y

CNAMInformation CNAMInformation

directoryListingInfor
directoryListingInformation
mation

rateCenter √ rateCenter

Description of order details. Currently only required for change and


orderSummary √ orderSummary supp orders, (where orderAction = Change; orderType = New OR
orderAction = Install; orderType = Supp ).

WTN Required within subscriberLine if no errors encountered

NPA √ string(3)

NXX √ string(3)

startNum √ string(4)

endNum string(4) Can be used in validation API but not in order entry API

CNAMInformation

Page 132 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Not required if BlockCNAM = ‘Y’. CNAM calculation rules follow the


CNAM string(15) Verisign convention: uppercase LASTNAME FIRSTNAME, truncated
to 15 characters. Symbols and special characters are not permitted.

blockCNAM √ string(1)

directoryListingInformation

Only 'Keep' and 'Remove' listing treatments are supported for port-in
scenarios.
√ ListingTreatme
treatmentFlag string(10)
nt Only ‘Add’ listing treatment is supported for New TNs scenarios.
Only ‘Change’ listing treatment is supported for Change scenarios.

Required if treatmentFlag = Add. Valid values (use number only): 1


(List and Publish); 2 (List Only); 3 (Do Not List or Publish)
DL is not supported for a GITN (Geographically Independent
ListingTreatme Telephone Number). Type = ‘3’.
type string(1)
ntType If a subscriber’s directory listing is LISTED, it will be available by
calling 411.
If a subscriber’s directory listing is PUBLISHED, it will be printed in
the local phone book.

firstName string(100) DL first name on record

lastName string(50) DL first name on record

Valid if CTI = R. dualNameListing = 'Y' indicates


dualNameListing string(1) yesNo directoryListingInformation.firstName should be interpreted as two
first names (e.g. firstName = John & Jane).

√ Indicates whether authorization to publish or list number has been


LOA string(1) yesNo
granted. Required if 'Treatment Flag' = Add.

listedAddressIndicator √ string(1) yesNo Indicates that client wants address included in Listing

rateCenter One to one within a given subscriberLine

rateCenterAbbreviation √ string(35) Rate center abbreviation as defined in LERG

Page 133 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

LATA √ string(5) 3- to 5-digit industry-standard integer value

state √ string(2) State State Abbreviation

listOfResultCodes

resultCode √ resultCode

Indicator of success or failure of an overall business transaction or


resultCode
specific aspect of a given business transaction

On successful transactions, only one resultCode (the success code)


will be returned.
code √ string(20) On error situations, only one resultCode is currently returned;
however, future functionality may support the return of one or more
codes for transactions that may raise several exceptions.

message √ string(256) Description of result code; required when resultCode is present

Contextual addendum to description, clarifying the source of the


context string(256)
resultCode

orderSummary

listOfSuppType listOfSuppType

listOfSuppType When present, contains list of one or more suppType objects

suppType √ suppType

suppType

suppName √ string(512) SuppName

2.2.5.6 Output Callback Message Parameters – postSLOrderStatusResponse

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

Page 134 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

responseMessageHeader

timeStamp √ dateTime Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema dateTime datatype

messageID √ string (32) Same as requestMessageHeader.messageID of responded-to message

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner profile is


B2BPartnerID √ string(40) established in Level 3 systems. A partner may have multiple profiles active at any
given point, where the URL to respond to is defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which consists of one or


more individual business transactions or dialogues (for new, supp, or cancel).
externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40)
Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and auditing purposes.
ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name (ex. Level3_123456)

Indicator of success or failure of an overall business transaction or specific aspect


resultCode
of a given business transaction

On successful transactions, only one resultCode (the success code) will be


returned.
code √ string(20) On error situations, only one resultCode is currently returned; however, future
functionality may support the return of one or more codes for transactions that
may raise several exceptions.

message √ string(256) Description of result code; required when resultCode is present

context string(256) Contextual addendum to description, clarifying the source of the resultCode

Page 135 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.6 Cancel of Install Order (LNP)


Description
This business transaction enables a Level 3 partner to cancel a submitted request for a new telephone number or a port-in telephone number. For
Level 3 VoIP Enhanced Local and Local Inbound services, this transaction applies only to LNP orders.

ƒ The following messages are required for this business transactions:

o createSLOrder – sent by partner to Cancel an LNP order

o createSLOrderResponse – sent by Level 3 to acknowledge receipt of partner’s request

o postSLOrderStatus – notification sent by Level 3 to notify partner with processing results and order status (see Expected Results
for all postSLOrderStatus messages for this transaction)

o postSLOrderStatusResponse – sent by partner to acknowledge receipt of Level 3’s notification

ƒ This transaction is required if partner chooses to implement the LNP ordering capability.

ƒ Cancelling a multi-line LNP order will cause all TNs on the order to be cancelled.

ƒ Supplements, install cancellations, disconnect cancellations, and change cancellations are related to the transactions they operate on via
businessTransactionHeader.externalBusinessTransactionID.

• Only the Submit notification is detailed for this business transaction. Other notifications may be issued throughout the course of processing
this transaction. For more information, please refer to the state transition diagrams and the sample usage diagrams for the Provide Order
Status Notification transaction.

Prerequisites
• A previous order has been successfully submitted and accepted by Level 3 systems.

• Service order is not in Installed order status (reported in serviceOrderHeader.orderStatus within postSLOrderStatus message).

• “Current Date” is 2 business days (48 hours, Greenwich Mean Time) before FOC date (if FOC is already received).

Expected Results
Note: Notifications may occur in a different sequence or at the same time.
• Submit notification (postSLOrderStatus)

Page 136 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

• Complete notification (postSLOrderStatus)

• Error notification (postSLOrderStatus) – will be provided in lieu of Submit notification if order validations fail.

Page 137 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.6.1 Sample Usage

Please note that other notifications may be issued throughout the course of processing this transaction.
For more information, please refer to the state transition diagrams and the sample usage diagrams for the
Provide Order Status Notification and Provide Customer Service Record (CSR) Notification transactions.

2.2.6.1.1 Cancel – Scenario 1

Page 138 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.6.1.2 Cancel – Scenario 2

Page 139 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.6.2 Class Diagrams

The class diagram below describes the objects involved in the WSDL messages that are exchanged as a
part of this business transaction and the relationships that exist among them.

2.2.6.2.1 createSLOrder Element

Page 140 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.6.2.2 createSLOrderResponse Element

Page 141 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.6.2.3 postSLOrderStatus Element

RequestMessageHeader
-MessageID
-Organization
-Department
-Application
-TimeStamp
-UserID
-OriginalMessageID

BusinessTransactionHeader
-B2BPartnerID
-ExternalBusinessTransactionID

1
1

NotificationHeader
-NotificationType
-DateTime

1 WTN
-NPA
ServiceOrderHeader -NXX
-StartNum
-ProductID
1 -OrderAction
-OrderType 0..1
-CRD 1
Subscriber
-ExternalOrderID
-Level3SubscriberID -LNPIndicator SubscriberLine
-ExternalSubscriberId -OrderStatus
-SubscriberSite 1 -Subscriber 1..* -Level3SubscriberLineID
1 -WTN
-ListOfResultCodes
-ListOfSubscriberLines -FromLECCompanyCode
1 -ToLECCompanyCode
-ExternalOrderVersion
-Level3ParentOrderID -RateCenter
-PartnerSubGroupID -OrderSummary

1 11

RateCenter
SubscriberSite 0..* -RateCenterAbbreviation
1 -LATA
-Level3SubscriberSiteId
-State
ResultCode
-Code
-Message
-Context

Page 142 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.6.2.4 postSLOrderStatusResponse Element

Page 143 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.6.3 Input Message Parameters - createSLOrder

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

requestMessageHeader information may be utilized by partner and Level 3 for


general purposes such as reporting and auditing. These values are determined
requestMessageHeader by the transaction initiator and are not enforced by Level 3 beyond datatype and
optionality; however Level 3 recommends that careful consideration be given to
the definition and consistent use of these values to derive maximum benefit.

organization string (256) Code designating partner organization submitting a given message

Code designating partner department within an organization that submits a


department string (256)
given message

application string (256) Code designating partner application submitting a given message

Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema dateTime datatype.


√ Format: CCYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssZ, with T acting as a separating character
timeStamp dateTime
between date and time. 24H time format required. Z denotes time zone.
Example: 2001-12-01T15:20:23-05:00 (where -05:00 is explicit time zone used).

Partner-generated and -managed message identifier. Same messageID


√ submitted in input and input-callback messages are returned in output and
messageID string (32)
output-callback messages. Partner is required to keep this value unique per
message for correlation and auditing purposes.

Partner user identifier. Used for auditing purposes only. Value is logged in
userID string (32)
Level 3 systems, but is not sent back to the partner.

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner profile is


B2BPartnerID √ string(40) established in Level 3 systems. A partner may have multiple profiles active at
any given point, where the URL to respond to is defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which consists of one or


more individual business transactions or dialogues (for new, supp, or cancel).
externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40)
Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and auditing
purposes. ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name (ex. Level3_123456)

serviceOrderHeader

Page 144 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Level3ParentOrderID string(60) Same as Level3ParentOrderID of responded-to message

productID √ string(4) Level 3 identification for a service

√ Level 3 identifier used to indicate the action an order will initiate. 'Install' for
orderAction string(20) OrderAction
Cancel of Install order. h

√ Level 3 identifier used to indicate the type of an order action. 'Cancel' for Cancel
orderType string(20) OrderType
of Install order.

Partner Order ID stored by Level 3 systems. Level 3 does not enforce or utilize
externalOrderID string(60)
this value for any purpose other than partner-requested reporting.

Partner Order Version stored by Level 3 systems. Level 3 does not enforce or
externalOrderVersion string(20)
utilize this value for any purpose other than partner-requested reporting.

comments string(512)

Reason code for cancellation or disconnection of service image (required if


√ service image was cancelled or disconnected). Single valid value for this
reasonCode string(40) ReasonCode
transaction: Channel Partner Init. When invalid value submitted, this value will
be used.

reasonComments √ string(256) Detailed comments describing reason for this cancel/disco

2.2.6.4 Output Message Parameters - createSLOrderResponse

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

responseMessageHeader

timeStamp √ dateTime Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema dateTime datatype

messageID √ string (32) Same as requestMessageHeader.messageID of responded-to message

businessTransactionHeader

B2BPartnerID √ string(40) B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner profile is

Page 145 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

established in Level 3 systems. A partner may have multiple profiles active at any
given point, where the URL to respond to is defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which consists of one or


more individual business transactions or dialogues (for new, supp, or cancel).
externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40)
Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and auditing purposes.
ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name (ex. Level3_123456)

Indicator of success or failure of an overall business transaction or specific aspect


resultCode
of a given business transaction

On successful transactions, only one resultCode (the success code) will be


returned.

code √ string(20)
On error situations, only one resultCode is currently returned; however, future
functionality may support the return of one or more codes for transactions that
may raise several exceptions.

message √ string(256) Description of result code; required when resultCode is present

context string(256) Contextual addendum to description, clarifying the source of the resultCode

2.2.6.5 Input Callback Message Parameters - postSLOrderStatus

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

requestMessageHeader information may be utilized by partner and


Level 3 for general purposes such as reporting and auditing. These
values are determined by the transaction initiator and are not
requestMessageHeader enforced by Level 3 beyond datatype and optionality; however
Level 3 recommends that careful consideration be given to the
definition and consistent use of these values to derive maximum
benefit.

organization string (256) Code designating partner organization submitting a given message

Code designating partner department within an organization that


department string (256)
submits a given message

application string (256) Code designating partner application submitting a given message

Page 146 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema


dateTime datatype. Format: CCYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssZ, with T
timeStamp √ dateTime acting as a separating character between date and time. 24H time
format required. Z denotes time zone. Example: 2001-12-
01T15:20:23-05:00 (where -05:00 is explicit time zone used).

Partner-generated and -managed message identifier. Same


messageID submitted in input and input-callback messages are
messageID √ string (32) returned in output and output-callback messages. Partner is
required to keep this value unique per message for correlation and
auditing purposes.

Same as requestMessageHeader.messageID of corresponding


√ input message. Valid for callback messages only. Partner is advised
originalMessageID string (32)
to use this value to correlate a callback or notification to the related
original message.

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner


√ profile is established in Level 3 systems. A partner may have
B2BPartnerID string(40)
multiple profiles active at any given point, where the URL to respond
to is defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which


consists of one or more individual business transactions or
dialogues (for new, supp, or cancel).
externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40)
Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and
auditing purposes. ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name
(ex. Level3_123456)

Fixed-value text describing the legally binding agreement entered


into by this commercial transaction. The specific text included is:

This notice acknowledges receipt of your Customer Order for the


Services described herein. Subject to the terms set forth in this
communication, Level 3 accepts the Customer Order, and this
legalBinder √ string(1000) notice constitutes delivery of a Welcome Letter and memorializes
Level 3’s acceptance of your Customer Order. The Services
identified in this notice are governed by and subject to the master
agreement between Level 3 and Customer (or its affiliate, if
applicable). In the event that Level 3 and Customer (or its affiliate)
have not executed a master agreement and/or applicable Service
Schedule(s) with respect to the Services, then Level 3's standard

Page 147 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Master Service Agreement and Service Schedules (as of the date of


this notice) shall govern, copies of which are available upon
request.

notificationHeader

notificationType √ string(40) NotificationType See notificationType values in Enumeration Values section

dateTime √ dateTime

serviceOrderHeader

Level3ParentOrderID √ string(60) Same as Level3ParentOrderID of responded-to message

productID √ string(4) Level 3 identification for a service

orderAction √ string(20) OrderAction Level 3 identifier used to indicate the action an order will initiate

orderType √ string(20) OrderType Level 3 identifier used to indicate the type of an order action

partnerSubGroupID string(60) Channel Partner's Reseller Group ID

Partner Order ID stored by Level 3 systems. Level 3 does not


externalOrderID string(60) enforce or utilize this value for any purpose other than partner-
requested reporting.

Partner Order Version stored by Level 3 systems. Level 3 does not


externalOrderVersion string(20) enforce or utilize this value for any purpose other than partner-
requested reporting.

LNPIndicator √ string(1) Y: LNP Install. N: New install.

√ See state transition diagrams for specific values that can be


orderStatus string(25)
expected

subscriber √ subscriber One and only one subscriber included within a serviceOrderHeader

√ listOfSubscriberLine
listOfSubscriberLines A listOfSubscriberLines includes one to many subscriberLines
s

Page 148 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

listOfResultCodes listOfResultCodes A listOfResultCodes includes 0 or one result code element

subscriber One and only one subscriber within a given serviceOrderHeader

Same as subscriber.Level3SubscriberID within createSLOrder


Level3SubscriberID √ integer message if specified there by partner. Otherwise, generated by
Level 3 systems for new subscriber record.

Partner subscriber identifier, stored in Level 3 systems for partner's


externalSubscriberID string(50)
reporting and querying purposes.

subscriberSite √ subscriberSite

subscriberSite One and only one subscriberSite within a given subscriber

Same as subscriberSite.Level3SubscriberISiteID within


Level3SubscriberSiteID √ integer createSLOrder message if specified there by partner. Otherwise,
generated by Level 3 systems for new subscriber site record.

serviceAddress √ address See serviceAddress Class

address (serviceAddress)

Street number prefix


EXAMPLE: 25 W
streetNumPrefix string(5) Where 25W is the street number prefix for the following address
example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12,
Building 2, Suite 23A.

streetNum √ string(10) Street number

Street number suffix. Optional when StreetNum is populated.


Otherwise, ignored.
EXAMPLE: 1/2
streetNumSuffix string(4)
Where 1/2 is the street number suffix for the following address
example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12,
Building 2, Suite 23A.

Street directional prefix


EXAMPLE: SW
preDirectional string(2) Directional
Where SW is the Street directional prefix or pre-directional for the
following address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane

Page 149 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

NW, Floor 12, Building 2


Valid values: N|NE|NW|S|SE|SW|E|W

streetName √ string(44) Street Name

Street suffix (i.e. ST, PL, CT, AVE)


EXAMPLE: LN
streetSuffix string(6) StreetSuffix Where LN is the street suffix for the following address example:
25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2,
Suite 23A.

Street directional suffix


EXAMPLE: NW
Where NW is the Street directional suffix or post-directional for the
postDirectional string(2) Directional following address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane
NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.
Valid values: N|NE|NW|S|SE|SW|E|W

Room Designation. Distinct from Unit. Sample use: Room within a


room string(10)
Unit, i.e. Room 100, Hangar A.

Floor Designation
EXAMPLE: 12
floor string(10)
Where 12 is the floor for the following address example: 25W 450
1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Building Designation
EXAMPLE: 2
building string(10)
Where 2 is building for the following address example: 25W 450 1/2
SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Secondary Location Description


EXAMPLE: STE
secondaryLocationDescription string(4) LocDescriptor Where STE is the secondary location description for the following
address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW,
Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Unit or Secondary Location Number


EXAMPLE: 23A
unit string(10) Where 23A is the unit number for the following address example:
25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2,
Suite 23A.

Page 150 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

city √ string(25) City

state √ string(2) State State Abbreviation

country √ string(25) Country. Valid value is ‘USA’.

zipCode √ string(5) 5-digit Zip Code

zipPlus4 string(4) 4-digit Zip Code extension

comments string(512)

listOfSubscriberLines

subscriberLine √ subscriberLine

1 to many subscriberLines within a given serviceOrderHeader. Note


subscriberLine that current release only supports one and only one subscriberLine
within a given serviceOrderHeader for this transaction.

Customer Type Indicator. B=Business, R=Residential

CTI √ string(1) CTI Maintained by Level 3 systems at subscriberLine level to support


home office scenarios, where both business and residential lines
may exist.

Identifier generated by Level 3 systems for this subscriber line. This


√ attribute will not be seen until the Complete notification is received.
Level3SubscriberLineID integer
May be utilized by partner for subsequent reporting, correlation or
other related purposes.

WTN WTN Required if no errors encountered

NPAC Company code of carrier from which number is to be ported.


fromLECCompanyCode string(50)
Required if serviceOrder.LNPIndicator = Y

NPAC Company code of carrier to which number is to be ported.


toLECCompanyCode string(50)
Required if serviceOrder.LNPIndicator = Y

CNAMInformation CNAMInformation

Page 151 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

directoryListingInfor
directoryListingInformation
mation

rateCenter √ rateCenter

WTN Required within subscriberLine if no errors encountered

NPA √ string(3)

NXX √ string(3)

startNum √ string(4)

endNum string(4) Can be used in validation API but not in order entry API

CNAMInformation

Not required if BlockCNAM = ‘Y’. CNAM calculation rules follow the


Verisign convention: uppercase LASTNAME FIRSTNAME,
CNAM string(15)
truncated to 15 characters. Symbols and special characters are not
permitted.

blockCNAM √ string(1)

directoryListingInformation

Only 'Keep' and 'Remove' listing treatments are supported for port-
in scenarios.
treatmentFlag √ string(10) ListingTreatment
Only ‘Add’ listing treatment is supported for New TNs scenarios.
Only ‘Change’ listing treatment is supported for Change scenarios.

Required if treatmentFlag = Add. Valid values (use number only): 1


(List and Publish); 2 (List Only); 3 (Do Not List or Publish)
DL is not supported for a GITN (Geographically Independent
ListingTreatment Telephone Number). Type = ‘3’.
type string(1)
Type
If a subscriber’s directory listing is LISTED, it will be available by
calling 411.
If a subscriber’s directory listing is PUBLISHED, it will be printed in

Page 152 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

the local phone book.

firstName string(100) DL first name on record

lastName string(50) DL first name on record

Valid if CTI = R. dualNameListing = 'Y' indicates


dualNameListing string(1) yesNo directoryListingInformation.firstName should be interpreted as two
first names (e.g. firstName = John & Jane).

√ Indicates whether authorization to publish or list number has been


LOA string(1) yesNo
granted. Required if 'Treatment Flag' = Add.

listedAddressIndicator √ string(1) yesNo Indicates that client wants address included in Listing

rateCenter One to one within a given subscriberLine

rateCenterAbbreviation √ string(35) Rate center abbreviation as defined in LERG

LATA √ string(5) 3- to 5-digit industry-standard integer value

state √ string(2) State State Abbreviation

listOfResultCodes

resultCode √ resultCode

Indicator of success or failure of an overall business transaction or


resultCode
specific aspect of a given business transaction

On successful transactions, only one resultCode (the success code)


will be returned.
code √ string(20) On error situations, only one resultCode is currently returned;
however, future functionality may support the return of one or more
codes for transactions that may raise several exceptions.

message √ string(256) Description of result code; required when resultCode is present.

Contextual addendum to description, clarifying the source of the


context string(256)
resultCode

Page 153 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.6.6 Output Callback Message Parameters - postSLOrderStatusResponse

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

responseMessageHeader

timeStamp √ dateTime Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema dateTime datatype

messageID √ string (32) Same as requestMessageHeader.messageID of responded-to message

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner profile is


B2BPartnerID √ string(40) established in Level 3 systems. A partner may have multiple profiles active at any
given point, where the URL to respond to is defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which consists of one or


more individual business transactions or dialogues (for new, supp, or cancel).
externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40)
Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and auditing purposes.
ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name (ex. Level3_123456)

Indicator of success or failure of an overall business transaction or specific aspect


resultCode
of a given business transaction

On successful transactions, only one resultCode (the success code) will be


returned.
code √ string(20) On error situations, only one resultCode is currently returned; however, future
functionality may support the return of one or more codes for transactions that
may raise several exceptions.

message √ string(256) Description of result code; required when resultCode is present.

context string(256) Contextual addendum to description, clarifying the source of the resultCode

Page 154 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.7 Disconnect Order


Description
This business transaction enables a Level 3 partner to disconnect an active service (a ported telephone number or installed new telephone
number).

Please note:

• The following messages are required for this business transactions:

o createSLOrder – sent by partner to disconnect a subscriber’s service

o createSLOrderResponse – sent by Level 3 to acknowledge receipt of partner’s request

o postSLOrderStatus – notification sent by Level 3 to notify partner with processing results and order status (see Expected Results
for all postSLOrderStatus messages for this transaction)

o postSLOrderStatusResponse – sent by partner to acknowledge receipt of Level 3’s notification

• This service does not provide the ability to port-out a telephone number.

• This transaction will remove the disconnected subscriber line's Directory Listing information.

• CRD (Customer Request Date) must be set at least one business day in the future.

• Only the Submit notification is detailed for this business transaction. Other notifications may be issued throughout the course of processing
this transaction. For more information, please refer to the state transition diagrams and the sample usage diagrams for the Provide Order
Status Notification transaction.

Prerequisites
• A previous order has been successfully completed and service is in Active state.

Expected Results
Note: Notifications may occur in a different sequence or at the same time.
ƒ Submit notification (postSLOrderStatus)

Page 155 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

ƒ Disconnect notification (postSLOrderStatus)


ƒ Complete notification (postSLOrderStatus)
ƒ Error notification (postSLOrderStatus) – will be provided in lieu of Submit notification if order validations fail.

Page 156 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.7.1 Sample Usage

This diagram shows the messages exchanged up to processing of the Submit Notification, which marks
acceptance of this request by Level 3.

Please note that other notifications may be issued throughout the course of processing this transaction.
For more information, please refer to the state transition diagrams and the sample usage diagrams for the
Provide Order Status Notification and Provide Customer Service Record (CSR) Notification transactions.

Page 157 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.7.2 Class Diagrams

The class diagram below describes the objects involved in the WSDL messages that are exchanged as a
part of this business transaction and the relationships that exist among them.

2.2.7.2.1 createSLOrder Element

RequestMessageHeader
-MessageID
-Organization
-Department
-Application
-TimeStamp
-UserID

BusinessTransactionHeader
-B2BPartnerID
-ExternalBusinessTransactionID
WTN
1
-NPA
-NXX
-StartNum
1
0..1
ServiceOrderHeader
-ProductID
-OrderAction
-OrderType
-CRD 1
-ExternalOrderID
-Comments 1 1
-ListOfSubscriberLines SubscriberLine
-ReasonCode -Level3SubscriberLineId
-ReasonComments -WTN
-ExternalOrderVersion

Page 158 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.7.2.2 createSLOrderResponse Element

Page 159 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.7.2.3 postSLOrderStatus Element

RequestMessageHeader
-MessageID
-Organization
-Department
-Application
-TimeStamp
-UserID
-OriginalMessageID

BusinessTransactionHeader
-B2BPartnerID
-ExternalBusinessTransactionID

1
1

NotificationHeader
-NotificationType
-DateTime

1 WTN
-NPA
ServiceOrderHeader -NXX
-StartNum
-ProductID
1 -OrderAction
-OrderType 0..1
-CRD 1
Subscriber
-ExternalOrderID
-Level3SubscriberID -LNPIndicator SubscriberLine
-ExternalSubscriberId -OrderStatus
-SubscriberSite 1 -Subscriber 1..* -Level3SubscriberLineID
1 -WTN
-ListOfResultCodes
-ListOfSubscriberLines -FromLECCompanyCode
1 -ToLECCompanyCode
-ExternalOrderVersion
-Level3ParentOrderID -RateCenter
-PartnerSubGroupID -OrderSummary

1 11

RateCenter
SubscriberSite 0..* -RateCenterAbbreviation
1 -LATA
-Level3SubscriberSiteId
-State
ResultCode
-Code
-Message
-Context

Page 160 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.7.2.4 postSLOrderStatusResponse Element

Page 161 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.7.3 Input Message Parameters - createSLOrder

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

requestMessageHeader information may be utilized by partner and


Level 3 for general purposes such as reporting and auditing. These
values are determined by the transaction initiator and are not enforced
requestMessageHeader
by Level 3 beyond datatype and optionality; however Level 3
recommends that careful consideration be given to the definition and
consistent use of these values to derive maximum benefit.

organization string (256) Code designating partner organization submitting a given message

Code designating partner department within an organization that


department string (256)
submits a given message

application string (256) Code designating partner application submitting a given message

Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema dateTime


datatype. Format: CCYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssZ, with T acting as a
timeStamp √ dateTime separating character between date and time. 24H time format required.
Z denotes time zone. Example: 2001-12-01T15:20:23-05:00 (where -
05:00 is explicit time zone used).

Partner-generated and -managed message identifier. Same


messageID submitted in input and input-callback messages are
messageID √ string (32) returned in output and output-callback messages. Partner is required to
keep this value unique per message for correlation and auditing
purposes.

Partner user identifier. Used for auditing purposes only. Value is logged
userID string (32)
in Level 3 systems, but is not sent back to the partner.

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner


√ profile is established in Level 3 systems. A partner may have multiple
B2BPartnerID string(40)
profiles active at any given point, where the URL to respond to is
defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which consists


externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40) of one or more individual business transactions or dialogues (for new,
supp, or cancel).

Page 162 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and


auditing purposes. ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name (ex.
Level3_123456)

serviceOrderHeader

productID √ string(4) Level 3 identification for a service

√ Level 3 identifier used to indicate the action an order will initiate.


orderAction string(20) OrderAction
'Disconnect' for New Disconnect order.

√ Level 3 identifier used to indicate the type of an order action. 'New' for
orderType string(20) OrderType
New Disconnect order.

Customer Requested Date in standard XML Schema dateTime


CRD √ date datatype.
CRD must not be a weekend or holiday.

Partner Order ID stored by Level 3 systems. Level 3 does not enforce


externalOrderID string(60) or utilize this value for any purpose other than partner-requested
reporting.

Partner Order Version stored by Level 3 systems. Level 3 does not


externalOrderVersion string(20) enforce or utilize this value for any purpose other than partner-
requested reporting.

comments string(512)

Reason code for cancellation or disconnection of service image


(required if service image was cancelled or disconnected). Valid values
for this transaction:

• Channel Partner Init.

reasonCode √ string(40) ReasonCode • CustInit Chg Srvc.

• MSAG ERROR.

Note: if invalid value submitted, default (Channel Partner Init.) will be


used.

Page 163 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

reasonComments √ string(256) Detailed comments describing reason for this cancel/disco

listOfSubscriberLines √ listOfSubscriberLines A listOfSubscriberLines includes one to many subscriberLines

listOfSubscriberLines

subscriberLine √ subscriberLine

One to many subscriberLines within a given serviceOrderHeader. Note


subscriberLine that current release only supports one and only one subscriberLine
within a given serviceOrderHeader for this transaction.

Identifier generated by Level 3 systems for this subscriber line. This


attribute will not be seen until the Complete notification is received.
Level3SubscriberLineID integer
May be utilized by partner for subsequent reporting, correlation or other
related purposes.

WTN WTN WTN to be disconnected

WTN

NPA √ string(3)

NXX √ string(3)

startNum √ string(4)

2.2.7.4 Output Message Parameters - createSLOrderResponse

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

responseMessageHeader

timeStamp √ dateTime Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema dateTime datatype

messageID √ string (32) Same as requestMessageHeader.messageID of responded-to message

Page 164 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner profile is


B2BPartnerID √ string(40) established in Level 3 systems. A partner may have multiple profiles active at any
given point, where the URL to respond to is defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which consists of one or


more individual business transactions or dialogues (for new, supp, or cancel).
externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40)
Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and auditing purposes.
ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name (ex. Level3_123456)

Indicator of success or failure of an overall business transaction or specific aspect


resultCode
of a given business transaction

On successful transactions, only one resultCode (the success code) will be


returned.
code √ string(20) On error situations, only one resultCode is currently returned; however, future
functionality may support the return of one or more codes for transactions that
may raise several exceptions.

message √ string(256) Description of result code; required when resultCode is present

context string(256) Contextual addendum to description, clarifying the source of the resultCode

2.2.7.5 Input Callback Message Parameters - postSLOrderStatus

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

requestMessageHeader information may be utilized by partner and


Level 3 for general purposes such as reporting and auditing. These
values are determined by the transaction initiator and are not
requestMessageHeader enforced by Level 3 beyond datatype and optionality; however
Level 3 recommends that careful consideration be given to the
definition and consistent use of these values to derive maximum
benefit.

organization string (256) Code designating partner organization submitting a given message

Code designating partner department within an organization that


department string (256)
submits a given message

Page 165 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

application string (256) Code designating partner application submitting a given message

Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema


dateTime datatype. Format: CCYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssZ, with T
timeStamp √ dateTime acting as a separating character between date and time. 24H time
format required. Z denotes time zone. Example: 2001-12-
01T15:20:23-05:00 (where -05:00 is explicit time zone used).

Partner-generated and -managed message identifier. Same


messageID submitted in input and input-callback messages are
messageID √ string (32) returned in output and output-callback messages. Partner is
required to keep this value unique per message for correlation and
auditing purposes.

Same as requestMessageHeader.messageID of corresponding


√ input message. Valid for callback messages only. Partner is advised
originalMessageID string (32)
to use this value to correlate a callback or notification to the related
original message.

Reason code for cancellation or disconnection of service image


√ (required if service image was cancelled or disconnected). Single
reasonCode string(40) ReasonCode
valid value for this transaction: Channel Partner Init. When invalid
value submitted, this value will be used.

If LNPIndicator = Y, FOCDate holds firm order commitment date for


FOCDate date port. If LNPIndicator = N, FOCDate holds customer commitment
date for order activation.

Required only for Post-Submit Disconnect, Order Completion (for


billStopDate date Disconnect) and Post-submit Error notifications. Not applicable
otherwise.

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner


√ profile is established in Level 3 systems. A partner may have
B2BPartnerID string(40)
multiple profiles active at any given point, where the URL to respond
to is defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which


consists of one or more individual business transactions or
externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40) dialogues (for new, supp, or cancel).
Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and

Page 166 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

auditing purposes. ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name


(ex. Level3_123456)

notificationHeader

notificationType √ string(40) NotificationType See notificationType values in Enumeration Values section

dateTime √ dateTime

serviceOrderHeader

Identifier assigned by Level 3 systems when the order is accepted.


May be utilized by partner for subsequent reporting, correlation or
other related purposes.

√ This ID will be assigned in the Submit notification. If order receives


Level3ParentOrderID string(60)
an Error notification in lieu of a Submit notification, the ID will not be
assigned.
A new Level3ParentOrderID is assigned for Disconnect and Change
Order transactions.

productID √ string(4) Level 3 identification for a service

orderAction √ string(20) OrderAction Level 3 identifier used to indicate the action an order will initiate

orderType √ string(20) OrderType Level 3 identifier used to indicate the type of an order action

Customer Requested Date in standard XML Schema dateTime


CRD √ date datatype.
CRD must not be a weekend or holiday.

partnerSubGroupID string(60) Channel Partner's Reseller Group ID

Partner Order ID stored by Level 3 systems. Level 3 does not


externalOrderID string(60) enforce or utilize this value for any purpose other than partner-
requested reporting.

Partner Order Version stored by Level 3 systems. Level 3 does not


externalOrderVersion string(20) enforce or utilize this value for any purpose other than partner-
requested reporting.

Page 167 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

LNPIndicator √ string(1) Y: LNP Install. N: New install.

√ See state transition diagrams for specific values that can be


orderStatus string(25)
expected.

subscriber √ subscriber One and only one subscriber included within a serviceOrderHeader

listOfSubscriberLines √ listOfSubscriberLines A listOfSubscriberLines includes one to many subscriberLines

listOfResultCodes listOfResultCodes A listOfResultCodes includes 0 or one result code element

subscriber One and only one subscriber within a given serviceOrderHeader

Same as subscriber.Level3SubscriberID within createSLOrder


Level3SubscriberID √ integer message if specified there by partner. Otherwise, generated by
Level 3 systems for new subscriber record.

Partner subscriber identifier, stored in Level 3 systems for partner's


externalSubscriberID string(50)
reporting and querying purposes

subscriberSite √ subscriberSite

subscriberSite One and only one subscriberSite within a given subscriber

Same as subscriberSite.Level3SubscriberISiteID within


Level3SubscriberSiteID √ integer createSLOrder message if specified there by partner. Otherwise,
generated by Level 3 systems for new subscriber site record.

listOfSubscriberLines

subscriberLine √ subscriberLine

One to many subscriberLines within a given serviceOrderHeader.


Note that current release only supports one and only one
subscriberLine
subscriberLine within a given serviceOrderHeader for this
transaction.

Identifier generated by Level 3 systems for this subscriber line. This


Level3SubscriberLineID √ integer attribute will not be seen until the Complete notification is received.
May be utilized by partner for subsequent reporting, correlation or

Page 168 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

other related purposes.

WTN WTN Required if no errors encountered

NPAC Company code of carrier from which number is to be ported.


fromLECCompanyCode string(50)
Required if serviceOrder.LNPIndicator = Y

NPAC Company code of carrier to which number is to be ported.


toLECCompanyCode string(50)
Required if serviceOrder.LNPIndicator = Y

rateCenter √ rateCenter

WTN Required within subscriberLine if no errors encountered

NPA √ string(3)

NXX √ string(3)

startNum √ string(4)

rateCenter One to one within a given subscriberLine

rateCenterAbbreviation √ string(35) Rate center abbreviation as defined in LERG

LATA √ string(5) 3- to 5-digit industry-standard integer value

state √ string(2) State State Abbreviation

listOfResultCodes

resultCode √ resultCode

Indicator of success or failure of an overall business transaction or


resultCode
specific aspect of a given business transaction

On successful transactions, only one resultCode (the success code)


√ will be returned.
code string(20)
On error situations, only one resultCode is currently returned;
however, future functionality may support the return of one or more

Page 169 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

codes for transactions that may raise several exceptions.

message √ string(256) Description of result code; required when resultCode is present

Contextual addendum to description, clarifying the source of the


context string(256)
resultCode

2.2.7.6 Output Callback Message Parameters - postSLOrderStatusResponse

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

responseMessageHeader

timeStamp √ dateTime Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema dateTime datatype

messageID √ string (32) Same as requestMessageHeader.messageID of responded- to message

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner profile is


B2BPartnerID √ string(40) established in Level 3 systems. A partner may have multiple profiles active at any
given point, where the URL to respond to is defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which consists of one or


more individual business transactions or dialogues (for new, supp, or cancel).
externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40)
Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and auditing purposes.
ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name (ex. Level3_123456)

Indicator of success or failure of an overall business transaction or specific aspect


resultCode
of a given business transaction

On successful transactions, only one resultCode (the success code) will be


returned.
code √ string(20) On error situations, only one resultCode is currently returned; however, future
functionality may support the return of one or more codes for transactions that
may raise several exceptions.

message √ string(256) Description of result code; required when resultCode is present.

Page 170 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

context string(256) Contextual addendum to description, clarifying the source of the resultCode

Page 171 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.8 Cancel of Disconnect Order


Description
This business transaction enables a Level 3 partner to cancel the request to disconnect an active service.

ƒ The following messages are required for this business transactions:

o createSLOrder – sent by partner to cancel a disconnect order

o createSLOrderResponse – sent by Level 3 to acknowledge receipt of partner’s request

o postSLOrderStatus – notification sent by Level 3 to notify partner with processing results and order status (see Expected Results
for all postSLOrderStatus messages for this transaction)

o postSLOrderStatusResponse – sent by partner to acknowledge receipt of Level 3’s notification

ƒ Supplements, install cancellations, disconnect cancellations, and change cancellations are related to the transactions on which they
operate via businessTransactionHeader.externalBusinessTransactionID.

ƒ Only the Submit notification is detailed for this business transaction. Other notifications may be issued throughout the course of processing
this transaction. For more information, please refer to the state transition diagrams and the sample usage diagrams for the Provide Order
Status Notification transaction.

Prerequisites
ƒ The Disconnect transaction to be cancelled has been successfully submitted for an active order, but not yet completed.

ƒ The current date is earlier than the requested date for the Disconnect transaction to be cancelled.

Expected Results
Note: Notifications may occur in a different sequence or at the same time.
ƒ Submit notification (postSLOrderStatus)

ƒ Complete notification (postSLOrderStatus)

ƒ Error notification (postSLOrderStatus) – will be provided in lieu of Submit notification if order validations fail.

Page 172 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.8.1 Sample Usage

Partner Order System Level 3 Order Gateway

Partner requests Cancel Disconnect - createSLOrder

Level 3 request acknowledgement- createSLOrderResponse

Level 3 SUBMIT Notification - postSLOrderStatus

Partner receipt acknowledgement - postSLOrderStatusResponse

Level 3 COMPLETE Notification - postSLOrderStatus

Partner receipt acknowledgement - postSLOrderStatusResponse

Note: Notifications may occur in a different sequence or at the same time.

Page 173 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.8.2 Class Diagrams

The class diagram below describes the objects involved in the WSDL messages that are exchanged as
part this business transaction and the relationships that exist among them.

2.2.8.2.1 createSLOrder Element

RequestMessageHeader
-MessageID
-Organization
-Department
-Application
-TimeStamp
-UserID

BusinessTransactionHeader
-B2BPartnerID
-ExternalBusinessTransactionID

ServiceOrderHeader
1
-ProductID
-OrderAction
-OrderType
-ExternalOrderID
-Comments
-Level3ParentOrderID
-ReasonCode
-ReasonComments
-ExternalOrderVersion

Page 174 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.8.2.2 createSLOrderResponse Element

Page 175 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.8.2.3 postSLOrderStatus Element

RequestMessageHeader
-MessageID
-Organization
-Department
-Application
-TimeStamp
-UserID
-OriginalMessageID

BusinessTransactionHeader
-B2BPartnerID
-ExternalBusinessTransactionID

1
1

NotificationHeader
-NotificationType
-DateTime

1 WTN
-NPA
ServiceOrderHeader -NXX
-StartNum
-ProductID
1 -OrderAction
-OrderType 0..1
-CRD 1
Subscriber
-ExternalOrderID
-Level3SubscriberID -LNPIndicator SubscriberLine
-ExternalSubscriberId -OrderStatus
-SubscriberSite 1 -Subscriber 1..* -Level3SubscriberLineID
1 -WTN
-ListOfResultCodes
-ListOfSubscriberLines -FromLECCompanyCode
1 -ToLECCompanyCode
-ExternalOrderVersion
-Level3ParentOrderID -RateCenter
-PartnerSubGroupID -OrderSummary

1 11

RateCenter
SubscriberSite 0..* -RateCenterAbbreviation
1 -LATA
-Level3SubscriberSiteId
-State
ResultCode
-Code
-Message
-Context

Page 176 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.8.2.4 postSLOrderStatusResponse Element

Page 177 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.8.3 Input Message Parameters - createSLOrder

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

requestMessageHeader information may be utilized by partner and Level 3 for


general purposes such as reporting and auditing. These values are determined
requestMessageHeader by the transaction initiator and are not enforced by Level 3 beyond datatype and
optionality; however Level 3 recommends that careful consideration be given to
the definition and consistent use of these values to derive maximum benefit.

string
organization Code designating partner organization submitting a given message
(256)

string Code designating partner department within an organization that submits a given
department
(256) message

string
application Code designating partner application submitting a given message
(256)

Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema dateTime datatype.


√ Format: CCYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssZ, with T acting as a separating character
timeStamp dateTime
between date and time. 24H time format required. Z denotes time zone. Example:
2001-12-01T15:20:23-05:00 (where -05:00 is explicit time zone used).

Partner-generated and -managed message identifier. Same messageID


√ submitted in input and input-callback messages are returned in output and output-
messageID string (32)
callback messages. Partner is required to keep this value unique per message for
correlation and auditing purposes.

Partner user identifier. Used for auditing purposes only. Value is logged in Level 3
userID string (32)
systems, but is not sent back to the partner.

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner profile is


B2BPartnerID √ string(40) established in Level 3 systems. A partner may have multiple profiles active at any
given point, where the URL to respond to is defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which consists of one or


more individual business transactions or dialogues (for new, supp, or cancel).
externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40)
Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and auditing
purposes. ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name (ex. Level3_123456)

Page 178 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

serviceOrderHeader

productID √ string(4) Level 3 identification for a service

√ Level 3 identifier used to indicate the action an order will initiate. 'Disconnect' for
orderAction string(20) OrderAction
Cancel of Disconnect order.

√ Level 3 identifier used to indicate the type of an order action. 'Cancel' for Cancel
orderType string(20) OrderType
of Disconnect order.

Partner Order ID stored by Level 3 systems. Level 3 does not enforce or utilize
externalOrderID string(60)
this value for any purpose other than partner-requested reporting.

Partner Order Version stored by Level 3 systems. Level 3 does not enforce or
externalOrderVersion string(20)
utilize this value for any purpose other than partner-requested reporting.

comments string(512)

Reason code for cancellation or disconnection of service image (required if


√ service image was cancelled or disconnected). Single valid value for this
reasonCode string(40) ReasonCode
transaction: Channel Partner Init. When invalid value submitted, this value will be
used.

reasonComments √ string(256) Detailed comments describing reason for this cancel/disco

2.2.8.4 Output Message Parameters - createSLOrderResponse

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

responseMessageHeader

timeStamp √ dateTime Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema dateTime datatype

messageID √ string (32) Same as requestMessageHeader.messageID of responded-to message

businessTransactionHeader

B2BPartnerID √ string(40) B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner profile is

Page 179 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

established in Level 3 systems. A partner may have multiple profiles active at any
given point, where the URL to respond to is defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which consists of one or


more individual business transactions or dialogues (for new, supp, or cancel).
externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40)
Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and auditing purposes.
ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name (ex. Level3_123456)

Indicator of success or failure of an overall business transaction or specific aspect


resultCode
of a given business transaction

On successful transactions, only one resultCode (the success code) will be


returned.
code √ string(20) On error situations, only one resultCode is currently returned; however, future
functionality may support the return of one or more codes for transactions that
may raise several exceptions.

message √ string(256) Description of result code; required when resultCode is present

context string(256) Contextual addendum to description, clarifying the source of the resultCode

2.2.8.5 Input Callback Message Parameters - postSLOrderStatus

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

requestMessageHeader information may be utilized by partner and


Level 3 for general purposes such as reporting and auditing. These
values are determined by the transaction initiator and are not
requestMessageHeader enforced by Level 3 beyond datatype and optionality; however
Level 3 recommends that careful consideration be given to the
definition and consistent use of these values to derive maximum
benefit.

organization string (256) Code designating partner organization submitting a given message

Code designating partner department within an organization that


department string (256)
submits a given message

application string (256) Code designating partner application submitting a given message

Page 180 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema


dateTime datatype. Format: CCYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssZ, with T
timeStamp √ dateTime acting as a separating character between date and time. 24H time
format required. Z denotes time zone. Example: 2001-12-
01T15:20:23-05:00 (where -05:00 is explicit time zone used).

Partner-generated and -managed message identifier. Same


messageID submitted in input and input-callback messages are
messageID √ string (32) returned in output and output-callback messages. Partner is
required to keep this value unique per message for correlation and
auditing purposes.

Same as requestMessageHeader.messageID of corresponding


√ input message. Valid for callback messages only. Partner is advised
originalMessageID string (32)
to use this value to correlate a callback or notification to the related
original message.

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner


√ profile is established in Level 3 systems. A partner may have
B2BPartnerID string(40)
multiple profiles active at any given point, where the URL to respond
to is defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which


consists of one or more individual business transactions or
dialogues (for new, supp, or cancel).
externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40)
Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and
auditing purposes. ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name
(ex. Level3_123456)

notificationHeader

notificationType √ string(40) NotificationType See notificationType values in Enumeration Values section

dateTime √ dateTime

serviceOrderHeader

Level3ParentOrderID √ string(60) Same as Level3ParentOrderID of responded-to message

Page 181 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

productID √ string(4) Level 3 identification for a service

orderAction √ string(20) OrderAction Level 3 identifier used to indicate the action an order will initiate

orderType √ string(20) OrderType Level 3 identifier used to indicate the type of an order action

partnerSubGroupID string(60) Channel Partner's Reseller Group ID

Partner Order ID stored by Level 3 systems. Level 3 does not


externalOrderID string(60) enforce or utilize this value for any purpose other than partner-
requested reporting.

Partner Order Version stored by Level 3 systems. Level 3 does not


externalOrderVersion string(20) enforce or utilize this value for any purpose other than partner-
requested reporting.

LNPIndicator √ string(1) Y: LNP Install. N: New install.

√ See state transition diagrams for specific values that can be


orderStatus string(25)
expected

subscriber √ subscriber One and only one subscriber included within a serviceOrderHeader

listOfSubscriberLines √ listOfSubscriberLines A listOfSubscriberLines includes one to many subscriberLines

listOfResultCodes listOfResultCodes A listOfResultCodes includes 0 or one result code element

subscriber One and only one subscriber within a given serviceOrderHeader

Same as subscriber.Level3SubscriberID within createSLOrder


Level3SubscriberID √ integer message if specified there by partner. Otherwise, generated by
Level 3 systems for new subscriber record.

Partner subscriber identifier, stored in Level 3 systems for partner's


externalSubscriberID string(50)
reporting and querying purposes

subscriberSite √ subscriberSite

subscriberSite One and only one subscriberSite within a given subscriber

Page 182 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Same as subscriberSite.Level3SubscriberISiteID within


Level3SubscriberSiteID √ integer createSLOrder message if specified there by partner. Otherwise,
generated by Level 3 systems for new subscriber site record.

listOfSubscriberLines

subscriberLine √ subscriberLine

One to many subscriberLines within a given serviceOrderHeader.


Note that current release only supports one and only one
subscriberLine
subscriberLine within a given serviceOrderHeader for this
transaction.

Identifier generated by Level 3 systems for this subscriber line. This


√ attribute will not be seen until the Complete notification is received.
Level3SubscriberLineID integer
May be utilized by partner for subsequent reporting, correlation or
other related purposes.

WTN WTN Required if no errors encountered

NPAC Company code of carrier from which number is to be ported.


fromLECCompanyCode string(50)
Required if serviceOrder.LNPIndicator = Y

NPAC Company code of carrier to which number is to be ported.


toLECCompanyCode string(50)
Required if serviceOrder.LNPIndicator = Y

rateCenter √ rateCenter

WTN Required within subscriberLine if no errors encountered

NPA √ string(3)

NXX √ string(3)

startNum √ string(4)

rateCenter One to one within a given subscriberLine

rateCenterAbbreviation √ string(35) Rate center abbreviation as defined in LERG

Page 183 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

LATA √ string(5) 3- to 5-digit industry-standard integer value

state √ string(2) State State Abbreviation

listOfResultCodes

resultCode √ resultCode

Indicator of success or failure of an overall business transaction or


resultCode
specific aspect of a given business transaction

On successful transactions, only one resultCode (the success code)


will be returned.
code √ string(20) On error situations, only one resultCode is currently returned;
however, future functionality may support the return of one or more
codes for transactions that may raise several exceptions.

message √ string(256) Description of result code; required when resultCode is present

Contextual addendum to description, clarifying the source of the


context string(256)
resultCode

2.2.8.6 Output Callback Message Parameters - postSLOrderStatusResponse

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

responseMessageHeader

timeStamp √ dateTime Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema dateTime datatype

messageID √ string (32) Same as requestMessageHeader.messageID of responded-to message

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner profile is


B2BPartnerID √ string(40) established in Level 3 systems. A partner may have multiple profiles active at any
given point, where the URL to respond to is defined.

Page 184 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which consists of one or


more individual business transactions or dialogues (for new, supp, or cancel).
externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40)
Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and auditing purposes.
ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name (ex. Level3_123456)

Indicator of success or failure of an overall business transaction or specific aspect


resultCode
of a given business transaction

On successful transactions, only one resultCode (the success code) will be


returned.
code √ string(20) On error situations, only one resultCode is currently returned; however, future
functionality may support the return of one or more codes for transactions that
may raise several exceptions.

message √ string(256) Description of result code; required when resultCode is present

context string(256) Contextual addendum to description, clarifying the source of the resultCode

Page 185 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.9 Change Order


Description
This business transaction enables a Level 3 partner to submit a change to a previously submitted request for a new or a port-in telephone number
(applies to VoIP Enhanced Local service only)

ƒ The following messages are required for this business transactions:

o createSLOrder – sent by partner to change a subscriber’s service

o createSLOrderResponse – sent by Level 3 to acknowledge receipt of partner’s request

o postSLOrderStatus – notification sent by Level 3 to notify partner with processing results and order status (see Expected Results
for all postSLOrderStatus messages for this transaction)

o postSLOrderStatusResponse – sent by partner to acknowledge receipt of Level 3’s notification

ƒ The change may be to the subscriber name, DL (Directory Listing), service address, CNAM/LIDB information, or E-911 option.

ƒ Earliest CRD is the current date. Latest CRD must be no more than seven business days in the future.

ƒ Only the Submit notification is detailed for this business transaction. Other notifications may be issued throughout the course of processing
this transaction. For more information, please refer to the state transition diagrams and the sample usage diagrams for the Provide Order
Status Notification and Provide Customer Service Record (CSR) Notification transactions.

ƒ Changing subscriber’s address to a different rate center than the TN’s rate center will result in a Geographically Independent Telephone
Number (GITN) and the removal of subscriber’s directory listing. Please see the E-911 Disclaimer description for postSLOrderStatus for
more details.

Prerequisites
ƒ A previous order has been successfully submitted and completed by Level 3 systems.

Expected Results
Note: Notifications may occur in a different sequence or at the same time.
ƒ Submit notification (postSLOrderStatus)

ƒ Complete notification (postSLOrderStatus)

Page 186 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

ƒ Error notification (postSLOrderStatus) – will be provided in lieu of Submit notification if order validations fail.

Page 187 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.9.1 Sample Usage

Page 188 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.9.2 Class Diagrams

The class diagram below describes the objects involved in the WSDL messages that are exchanged as a
part of this business transaction and the relationships that exist among them.

2.2.9.2.1 createSLOrder Element

RequestMessageHeader
-MessageID
-Organization
-Department
-Application
-TimeStamp
-UserID

BusinessTransactionHeader
-B2BPartnerID WTN
-ExternalBusinessTransactionID -NPA
-NXX
1 -StartNum
-EndNum
1
0..1
ServiceOrderHeader
-ProductID
-OrderAction
-OrderType 1
-CRD
-PartnerSubGroupID SubscriberLine
-ExternalOrderID 1..*
-Comments -Level3SubscriberLineID
0..1 1 -Subscriber -ServicePackage
1 1
-ListOfSubscriberLines -WTN
-ReasonCode -DirectoryListingInformation
Subscriber -CNAMInformation
-ReasonComments
-BusinessName -ExternalOrderVersion
-FirstName -E911Option
-MiddleInitial 1
-LastName
-Level3SubscriberID
-SubscriberSite 0..1
-ExternalSubscriberID 0..1

1 Address DirectoryListingInformation CNAMInformation


-StreetNumPrefix -TreatmentFlag -CNAM
-StreetNum -Type -BlockCNAM
-StreetNumSuffix -FirstName
SubscriberSite
1 -LastName
-PreDirectional
-Level3SubscriberSiteId -StreetName -DualNameListing
-ServiceAddress 1 -LOA
1 -StreetSuffix
-PostDirectional -ListedAddressIndicator
-Room
-Floor
-Building
-SecondaryLocationDescription
-Unit
-City
-State
-ZipCode
-ZipPlus4
-Country
-Comments
-ConcatenatedAddress

Page 189 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.9.2.2 createSLOrderResponse Element

Page 190 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.9.2.3 postSLOrderStatus Element

Page 191 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.9.2.4 postSLOrderStatusResponse Element

Page 192 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.9.3 Input Message Parameters - createSLOrder

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

requestMessageHeader information may be utilized by


partner and Level 3 for general purposes such as
reporting and auditing. These values are determined by
the transaction initiator and are not enforced by Level 3
requestMessageHeader
beyond datatype and optionality; however Level 3
recommends that careful consideration be given to the
definition and consistent use of these values to derive
maximum benefit.

Code designating partner organization submitting a given


organization string (256)
message

Code designating partner department within an


department string (256)
organization that submits a given message

Code designating partner application submitting a given


application string (256)
message

Time that message is submitted, in standard XML


Schema dateTime datatype. Format: CCYY-MM-
√ DDThh:mm:ssZ, with T acting as a separating character
timeStamp dateTime
between date and time. 24H time format required. Z
denotes time zone. Example: 2001-12-01T15:20:23-
05:00 (where -05:00 is explicit time zone used).

Partner-generated and -managed message identifier.


Same messageID submitted in input and input-callback
messageID √ string (32) messages are returned in output and output-callback
messages. Partner is required to keep this value unique
per message for correlation and auditing purposes.

Partner user identifier. Used for auditing purposes only.


userID string (32) Value is logged in Level 3 systems, but is not sent back
to the partner.

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner


B2BPartnerID √ string(40) after partner profile is established in Level 3 systems. A
partner may have multiple profiles active at any given

Page 193 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

point, where the URL to respond to is defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction,


which consists of one or more individual business
transactions or dialogues (for new, supp, or cancel).
externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40)
Partner is required to keep this value unique for
correlation and auditing purposes. ID should begin with
Partner’s initials or name (ex. Level3_123456)

serviceOrderHeader

Level 3 identification for a service


productID √ string(4)
Only applies to ProductID 2042

√ Level 3 identifier used to indicate the action an order will


orderAction string(20) OrderAction
initiate. 'Change' for change order.

Level 3 identifier used to indicate the type of an order


orderType √ string(20) OrderType action. 'New' for New Install order. 'New' for New Change
order.

Customer Requested Date in standard XML Schema


CRD √ date dateTime datatype.
CRD must not be a weekend or holiday.

partnerSubGroupID string(60) Channel Partner's Reseller Group ID

Partner Order ID stored by Level 3 systems. Level 3 does


externalOrderID string(60) not enforce or utilize this value for any purpose other
than partner-requested reporting.

Partner Order Version stored by Level 3 systems. Level 3


externalOrderVersion string(20) does not enforce or utilize this value for any purpose
other than partner-requested reporting.

comments string(512)

Reason code for cancellation, disconnection or change of


service image. Single valid value for this transaction:
reasonCode string(40) ReasonCode
Channel Partner Init. When invalid value submitted, this
value will be used.

Page 194 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Detailed comments describing reason for this


reasonComments string(256)
cancel/disco

Required if subscriber is changing subscriber information.


subscriber subscriber One and only one subscriber included within a
serviceOrderHeader

√ A listOfSubscriberLines includes one to many


listOfSubscriberLines listOfSubscriberLines
subscriberLines

Specifies the 911 solution the subscriber opts to use. Valid


values for E-911Option are: E911 Static, E911 VPC, E911
E911Option string(60) E911Option Customer Provided.
Required if subscriber is changing E911 option.

One and only one subscriber within a given


subscriber serviceOrderHeader. Titles are to be prepended to
firstName and suffixes are to be appended to lastName.

businessName string(50) Required if subscriber is changing business name

Required if subscriber is changing first or last name.


Middle initial is to be included with first name in this
format: First_M

firstName string(50) Titles are to be prepended to firstName. First + Middle +


Last less than or equal to 25 chars for LNP orders. This
restriction is imposed by LSOG repository. LSOG
mismatches are common reasons for LNP failures. To
help ensure LSOG hits, partners are advised to use
subscriber name as it appears in existing phone bills.

First + Middle + Last less than or equal to 25 chars


middleInitial string(1)
This field is currently inactive.

Required if subscriber is changing first or last name.


lastName string(50) Suffixes are to be appended to lastName. First + Middle
+ Last less than or equal to 25 chars.

Level 3 subscriber identifier, stored in Level 3 systems for


Level3SubscriberID integer
partner's reporting and querying purposes. If partner

Page 195 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

does not specify this value, a new subscriber record (and


identifier) is generated and returned within the
postSLOrderStatus callback message.

Partner subscriber identifier, stored in Level 3 systems


externalSubscriberID string(50)
for partner's reporting and querying purposes.

subscriberSite subscriberSite

One and only one subscriberSite within a given


subscriberSite
subscriber

Same as subscriberSite.Level3SubscriberISiteID within


createSLOrder message if specified there by partner.
Level3SubscriberSiteID integer
Otherwise, generated by Level 3 systems for new
subscriber site record.

See serviceAddress Class.


serviceAddress address
Required if subscriber is changing service address.

address (serviceAddress)

Street number prefix


EXAMPLE: 25 W
streetNumPrefix string(5) Where 25W is the street number prefix for the following
address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane
NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

streetNum √ string(10) Street number

Street number suffix. Optional when StreetNum is


populated. Otherwise, ignored.
EXAMPLE: 1/2
streetNumSuffix string(4)
Where 1/2 is the street number suffix for the following
address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane
NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Street directional prefix


EXAMPLE: SW
Where SW is the Street directional prefix or pre-
preDirectional string(2) Directional directional for the following address example: 25W 450
1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2
Valid values: N|NE|NW|S|SE|SW|E|W

Page 196 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

streetName √ string(44) Street Name

Street suffix (i.e. ST, PL, CT, AVE)


EXAMPLE: LN
streetSuffix string(6) StreetSuffix Where LN is the street suffix for the following address
example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW,
Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Street directional suffix


EXAMPLE: NW
Where NW is the Street directional suffix or post-
postDirectional string(2) Directional directional for the following address example: 25W 450
1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2,
Suite 23A.
Valid values: N|NE|NW|S|SE|SW|E|W

Room Designation. Distinct from Unit. Sample use: Room


room string(10)
within a Unit, i.e. Room 100, Hangar A.

Floor Designation
EXAMPLE: 12
floor string(10) Where 12 is the floor for the following address example:
25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12,
Building 2, Suite 23A.

Building Designation
EXAMPLE: 2
building string(10) Where 2 is building for the following address example:
25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12,
Building 2, Suite 23A.

Secondary Location Description


EXAMPLE: STE
secondaryLocationDescription string(4) LocDescriptor Where STE is the secondary location description for the
following address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino
Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Unit or Secondary Location Number


EXAMPLE: 23A
unit string(10) Where 23A is the unit number for the following address
example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW,
Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Page 197 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

city √ string(25) City

state √ string(2) State State Abbreviation

country √ string(25) Country. Valid value is ‘USA’.

zipCode √ string(5) 5-digit Zip Code

zipPlus4 string(4) 4-digit Zip Code extension

comments string(512)

Ability to specify an unparsed street address.


If concatenatedAddress is used be sure to populate City,
concatenatedAddress string(256)
State and Zipcode as well.
Concatenated address applicable to productID 2042 only

listOfSubscriberLines

√ WTN or Level3SubscriberLineID is required to specify


subscriberLine subscriberLine
active service to be changed.

One to many subscriberLines within a given


serviceOrderHeader. Note that current release only
subscriberLine
supports one and only one subscriberLine within a given
serviceOrderHeader for this transaction.

May be provided in place of WTN to specify active


service to be changed.
Identifier generated by Level 3 systems for this
Level3SubscriberLineID integer subscriber line. This attribute will not be seen until the
Complete notification is received. May be utilized by
partner for subsequent reporting, correlation or other
related purposes.

servicePackage string(60) SvcPackage Required if subscriber is changing service package.

WTN WTN Required if Level3SubscriberLineID is null

Page 198 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

• If serviceOrderHeader.LNPIndicator = N and
WTN is defined, this is an order for a new,
partner-specified TN. If the TN is currently
reserved, the externalBusinessTransactionID
submitted with the reservation request must
match the externalBusinessTransactionID of
this Submit New Install Order transaction, for
this B2BPartnerID.

• If serviceOrderHeader.LNPIndicator = N and
WTN is not defined, this order is for a new TN
that will be determined by Level 3.

• If serviceOrderHeader.LNPIndicator = Y and
WTN is defined, this is an LNP order.

• If serviceOrderHeader.LNPIndicator = Y and
WTN is not defined, this is not valid.

CNAMInformation CNAMInformation Required if subscriber is changing CNAM information

directoryListingInformation directoryListingInformation Required if subscriber is changing DL information

WTN

NPA √ string(3)

NXX √ string(3)

startNum √ string(4)

endNum string(4) Can be used in validation API but not in order entry API

CNAMInformation

Not required if BlockCNAM = ‘Y’. CNAM calculation rules


follow the Verisign convention: uppercase LASTNAME
CNAM string(15)
FIRSTNAME, truncated to 15 characters. Symbols and
special characters are not permitted.

Page 199 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

blockCNAM √ string(1)

directoryListingInformation

Only 'Keep' and 'Remove' listing treatments are


supported for port-in scenarios.

√ Only ‘Add’ listing treatment is supported for New TNs


treatmentFlag string(10) ListingTreatment
scenarios.
Only ‘Change’ listing treatment is supported for Change
scenarios.

Required if treatmentFlag = Add. Valid values (use


number only): 1 (List and Publish); 2 (List Only); 3 (Do
Not List or Publish)
DL is not supported for a GITN (Geographically
type string(1) ListingTreatmentType Independent Telephone Number). Type = ‘3’.
If a subscriber’s directory listing is LISTED, it will be
available by calling 411.
If a subscriber’s directory listing is PUBLISHED, it will be
printed in the local phone book.

Required if 'Treatment Flag' = Add. Identifies the


continuation of the name for Business listings. For
residence listings it identifies the title(s), first name(s),
middle name(s) and initials. If there is no continuation of
the name for the Business listing or if the residence
listing has no first name, this field is not required. The
following characters are not valid and will not print in a
directory:

• , comma
firstName string(100)

• + plus sign

• ; semicolon

• = equal sign

• - - consecutive hyphens.

Page 200 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Required if 'Treatment Flag' = Add. Indicates the full last


name (surname) and suffix(es) for a Residential listing; or
the first word for Business listings the following special
characters are not allowed in this field:

• ; semicolon

• , comma

• + plus sign

• ; semicolon

lastName string(50) • = equal sign

• # pound sign

• ? question mark

• $ dollar sign

• ampersand

• - - consecutive hyphens.

Valid if CTI = R. dualNameListing = 'Y' indicates


√ directoryListingInformation.firstName should be
dualNameListing string(1) yesNo
interpreted as two first names (e.g. firstName = John &
Jane).

√ Indicates whether authorization to publish or list number


LOA string(1) yesNo
has been granted

listedAddressIndicator √ string(1) yesNo Indicates that client wants address included in Listing

Page 201 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.9.4 Output Message Parameters - createSLOrderResponse

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

responseMessageHeader

timeStamp √ dateTime Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema dateTime datatype

messageID √ string (32) Same as requestMessageHeader.messageID of responded-to message

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner profile is


B2BPartnerID √ string(40) established in Level 3 systems. A partner may have multiple profiles active at any
given point, where the URL to respond to is defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which consists of one or


more individual business transactions or dialogues (for new, supp, or cancel).
externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40)
Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and auditing purposes.
ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name (ex. Level3_123456)

Indicator of success or failure of an overall business transaction or specific aspect


resultCode
of a given business transaction

On successful transactions, only one resultCode (the success code) will be


returned.
code √ string(20) On error situations, only one resultCode is currently returned; however, future
functionality may support the return of one or more codes for transactions that
may raise several exceptions.

message √ string(256) Description of result code; required when resultCode is present

context string(256) Contextual addendum to description, clarifying the source of the resultCode

2.2.9.5 Input Callback Message Parameters - postSLOrderStatus

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

requestMessageHeader requestMessageHeader information may be utilized by partner and

Page 202 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Level 3 for general purposes such as reporting and auditing. These


values are determined by the transaction initiator and are not enforced
by Level 3 beyond datatype and optionality; however Level 3
recommends that careful consideration be given to the definition and
consistent use of these values to derive maximum benefit.

organization string (256) Code designating partner organization submitting a given message

Code designating partner department within an organization that


department string (256)
submits a given message

application string (256) Code designating partner application submitting a given message

Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema dateTime


datatype. Format: CCYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssZ, with T acting as a
timeStamp √ dateTime separating character between date and time. 24H time format required.
Z denotes time zone. Example: 2001-12-01T15:20:23-05:00 (where -
05:00 is explicit time zone used).

Partner-generated and -managed message identifier. Same messageID


√ submitted in input and input-callback messages are returned in output
messageID string (32)
and output-callback messages. Partner is required to keep this value
unique per message for correlation and auditing purposes.

Same as requestMessageHeader.messageID of corresponding input


√ message. Valid for callback messages only. Partner is advised to use
originalMessageID string (32)
this value to correlate a callback or notification to the related original
message.

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner


√ profile is established in Level 3 systems. A partner may have multiple
B2BPartnerID string(40)
profiles active at any given point, where the URL to respond to is
defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which consists


of one or more individual business transactions or dialogues (for new,
supp, or cancel).
externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40)
Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and auditing
purposes. ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name (ex.
Level3_123456)

notificationHeader

Page 203 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

notificationType √ string(40) NotificationType See notificationType values in Enumeration Values section

dateTime √ dateTime

serviceOrderHeader

Identifier assigned by Level 3 systems when the order is accepted. May


be utilized by partner for subsequent reporting, correlation or other
related purposes.

√ This ID will be assigned in the Submit notification. If order receives an


Level3ParentOrderID string(60)
Error notification in lieu of a Submit notification, the ID will not be
assigned.
A new Level3ParentOrderID will be assigned for Disconnect and
Change Order transactions.

productID √ string(4) Level 3 identification for a service

orderAction √ string(20) OrderAction Level 3 identifier used to indicate the action an order will initiate

orderType √ string(20) OrderType Level 3 identifier used to indicate the type of an order action

Customer Requested Date in standard XML Schema dateTime


CRD √ date datatype.
CRD must not be a weekend or holiday.

partnerSubGroupID string(60) Channel Partner's Reseller Group ID

Partner Order ID stored by Level 3 systems. Level 3 does not enforce or


externalOrderID string(60)
utilize this value for any purpose other than partner-requested reporting.

Partner Order Version stored by Level 3 systems. Level 3 does not


externalOrderVersion string(20) enforce or utilize this value for any purpose other than partner-requested
reporting.

LNPIndicator √ string(1) Y: LNP Install. N: New install.

orderStatus √ string(25) See state transition diagrams for specific values that can be expected.

Page 204 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

subscriber √ subscriber One and only one subscriber included within a serviceOrderHeader

listOfSubscriberLines √ listOfSubscriberLines A listOfSubscriberLines includes one to many subscriberLines

listOfResultCodes listOfResultCodes A listOfResultCodes includes 0 or one result code element

Disclaimer associated with chosen E-911Option. The text included is:


E911 Static: This subscriber will be activated using E-911. In the event a
Public Safety Answering Point is not E-911-enabled, your subscriber will
be activated using a permanent 911 solution to the extent technically
feasible. All 911 Services and E-911 Services provided by Level 3 are
provided by Level 3 Communications, LLC and are subject to applicable
tarrifs.
E911 VPC: Level 3 has accepted this order. Your company is
responsible for ensuring the information for the subscriber associated
with this Telephone Number is provided to the VPC. Your subscriber will
E911 Disclaimer √ string(1000) not be provisioned with 911 service until your company has provisioned
them with your VPC.
If Change Order results in a GITN, this text will be appended to E911
VPC disclaimer: If this subscriber previously had DL, it has been
removed due to an address change resulting in a GITN.
E911 Customer Provided: Level 3 is not providing a 911 solution to this
subscriber. Per the terms of your agreement with Level 3, your company
is responsible for providing 911 to this subscriber.
If Change Order results in a GITN, this text will be appended to E911
Customer Provided disclaimer: If this subscriber previously had DL, it
has been removed due to an address change resulting in a GITN.

Specifies the 911 solution the subscriber opts to use. Valid values for E-
E911Option √ string(60) E911Option
911Option are: E911 Static, E911 VPC, E911 Customer Provided.

subscriber One and only one subscriber within a given serviceOrderHeader

Same as subscriber.Level3SubscriberID within createSLOrder message


Level3SubscriberID √ integer if specified there by partner. Otherwise, generated by Level 3 systems
for new subscriber record.

Partner subscriber identifier, stored in Level 3 systems for partner's


externalSubscriberID string(50)
reporting and querying purposes

Page 205 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

subscriberSite √ subscriberSite

subscriberSite One and only one subscriberSite within a given subscriber

Same as subscriberSite.Level3SubscriberISiteID within createSLOrder


Level3SubscriberSiteID √ integer message if specified there by partner. Otherwise, generated by Level 3
systems for new subscriber site record.

listOfSubscriberLines

subscriberLine √ subscriberLine

One to many subscriberLines within a given serviceOrderHeader. Note


subscriberLine that current release only supports one and only one subscriberLine
within a given serviceOrderHeader for this transaction.

Identifier generated by Level 3 systems for this subscriber line. This


√ attribute will not be seen until the Complete notification is received. May
Level3SubscriberLineID integer
be utilized by partner for subsequent reporting, correlation or other
related purposes.

WTN WTN Required if no errors encountered

NPAC Company code of carrier from which number is to be ported.


fromLECCompanyCode string(50)
Required if serviceOrder.LNPIndicator = Y

NPAC Company code of carrier to which number is to be ported.


toLECCompanyCode string(50)
Required if serviceOrder.LNPIndicator = Y

rateCenter √ rateCenter

√ Description of order details. Currently only required for change orders


orderSummary orderSummary
(orderAction = Change; orderType = New)

WTN Required within subscriberLine if no errors encountered

NPA √ string(3)

NXX √ string(3)

Page 206 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

startNum √ string(4)

rateCenter One to one within a given subscriberLine

rateCenterAbbreviation √ string(35) Rate center abbreviation as defined in LERG

LATA √ string(5) 3- to 5-digit industry-standard integer value

state √ string(2) State State Abbreviation

orderSummary

listOfChangeType √ listOfChangeType

listOfChangeType When present, contains list of one or more changeType objects

changeType √ changeType

changeType

changeName √ string(512) ChangeName

listOfResultCodes

resultCode √ resultCode

Indicator of success or failure of an overall business transaction or


resultCode
specific aspect of a given business transaction

On successful transactions, only one resultCode (the success code) will


be returned.
code √ string(20) On error situations, only one resultCode is currently returned; however,
future functionality may support the return of one or more codes for
transactions that may raise several exceptions.

message √ string(256) Description of result code; required when resultCode is present

context string(256) Contextual addendum to description, clarifying the source of the

Page 207 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

resultCode

2.2.9.6 Output Callback Message Parameters - postSLOrderStatusResponse

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

responseMessageHeader

timeStamp √ dateTime Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema dateTime datatype

messageID √ string (32) Same as requestMessageHeader.messageID of responded-to message

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner profile is


B2BPartnerID √ string(40) established in Level 3 systems. A partner may have multiple profiles active at any
given point, where the URL to respond to is defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which consists of one or


more individual business transactions or dialogues (for new, supp, or cancel).
externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40)
Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and auditing purposes.
ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name (ex. Level3_123456)

Indicator of success or failure of an overall business transaction or specific aspect


resultCode
of a given business transaction

On successful transactions, only one resultCode (the success code) will be


returned.
code √ string(20) On error situations, only one resultCode is currently returned; however, future
functionality may support the return of one or more codes for transactions that
may raise several exceptions.

message √ string(256) Description of result code; required when resultCode is present

context string(256) Contextual addendum to description, clarifying the source of the resultCode

Page 208 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.10 Cancel of Change Order


Description
This business transaction enables a Level 3 partner to cancel the request to change an active service (applies to VoIP Enhanced Local service
only).

ƒ The following messages are required for this business transactions:

o createSLOrder – sent by partner to cancel a change order

o createSLOrderResponse – sent by Level 3 to acknowledge receipt of partner’s request

o postSLOrderStatus – notification sent by Level 3 to notify partner with processing results and order status (see Expected Results
for all postSLOrderStatus messages for this transaction)

o postSLOrderStatusResponse – sent by partner to acknowledge receipt of Level 3’s notification

ƒ Supplements, install cancellations, disconnect cancellations, and change cancellations are related to the transactions they operate on via
businessTransactionHeader.externalBusinessTransactionID.

ƒ Only the Submit notification is detailed for this business transaction. Other notifications may be issued throughout the course of processing
this transaction. For more information, please refer to the state transition diagrams and the sample usage diagrams for the Provide Order
Status Notification transaction.

Prerequisites
ƒ The Change Order transaction to be cancelled has been successfully submitted for an active order, but not yet completed.

ƒ The current date is earlier than the CRD (Customer Request Date) for the Change Order transaction to be cancelled.

Expected Results
Note: Notifications may occur in a different sequence or at the same time.
ƒ Submit notification (postSLOrderStatus)

ƒ Complete notification (postSLOrderStatus)

ƒ Error notification (postSLOrderStatus) – will be provided in lieu of Submit notification if order validations fail.

Page 209 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.10.1 Sample Usage

Page 210 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.10.2 Class Diagrams

The class diagram below describes the objects involved in the WSDL messages that are exchanged as a
part of this business transaction and the relationships that exist among them.

2.2.10.2.1 createSLOrder Element

Page 211 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.10.2.2 createSLOrderResponse Element

Page 212 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.10.2.3 postSLOrderStatus Element

RequestMessageHeader
-MessageID
-Organization
-Department
-Application
-TimeStamp
-UserID
-OriginalMessageID

BusinessTransactionHeader
-B2BPartnerID
-ExternalBusinessTransactionID

1
1

NotificationHeader
-NotificationType
-DateTime

1 WTN
-NPA
ServiceOrderHeader -NXX
-StartNum
-ProductID
1 -OrderAction
-OrderType 0..1
-CRD 1
Subscriber
-ExternalOrderID
-Level3SubscriberID -LNPIndicator SubscriberLine
-ExternalSubscriberId -OrderStatus
-SubscriberSite 1 -Subscriber 1..* -Level3SubscriberLineID
1 -WTN
-ListOfResultCodes
-ListOfSubscriberLines -FromLECCompanyCode
1 -ToLECCompanyCode
-ExternalOrderVersion
-Level3ParentOrderID -RateCenter
-PartnerSubGroupID -OrderSummary

1 11

RateCenter
SubscriberSite 0..* -RateCenterAbbreviation
1 -LATA
-Level3SubscriberSiteId
-State
ResultCode
-Code
-Message
-Context

Page 213 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.10.2.4 postSLOrderStatusResponse Element

Page 214 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.10.3 Input Message Parameters - createSLOrder

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

requestMessageHeader information may be utilized by partner and Level 3 for


general purposes such as reporting and auditing. These values are determined
requestMessageHeader by the transaction initiator and are not enforced by Level 3 beyond datatype and
optionality; however Level 3 recommends that careful consideration be given to
the definition and consistent use of these values to derive maximum benefit.

string
organization Code designating partner organization submitting a given message
(256)

string Code designating partner department within an organization that submits a given
department
(256) message

string
application Code designating partner application submitting a given message
(256)

Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema dateTime datatype.


√ Format: CCYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssZ, with T acting as a separating character
timeStamp dateTime
between date and time. 24H time format required. Z denotes time zone. Example:
2001-12-01T15:20:23-05:00 (where -05:00 is explicit time zone used).

Partner-generated and -managed message identifier. Same messageID


√ submitted in input and input-callback messages are returned in output and output-
messageID string (32)
callback messages. Partner is required to keep this value unique per message for
correlation and auditing purposes.

Partner user identifier. Used for auditing purposes only. Value is logged in Level 3
userID string (32)
systems, but is not sent back to the partner.

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner profile is


B2BPartnerID √ string(40) established in Level 3 systems. A partner may have multiple profiles active at any
given point, where the URL to respond to is defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which consists of one or


more individual business transactions or dialogues (for new, supp, or cancel).
externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40)
Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and auditing
purposes. ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name (ex. Level3_123456)

Page 215 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

serviceOrderHeader

Level 3 identification for a service


productID √ string(4)
Only applies to productID 2042

√ Level 3 identifier used to indicate the action an order will initiate. 'Change' for
orderAction string(20) OrderAction
Cancel of Change order.

√ Level 3 identifier used to indicate the type of an order action. 'Cancel' for Cancel
orderType string(20) OrderType
of Change order.

Partner Order ID stored by Level 3 systems. Level 3 does not enforce or utilize
externalOrderID string(60)
this value for any purpose other than partner-requested reporting.

Partner Order Version stored by Level 3 systems. Level 3 does not enforce or
externalOrderVersion string(20)
utilize this value for any purpose other than partner-requested reporting.

comments string(512)

Reason code for cancellation or disconnection of service image (required if


√ service image was cancelled or disconnected). Single valid value for this
reasonCode string(40) ReasonCode
transaction: Channel Partner Init. When invalid value submitted, this value will be
used.

reasonComments √ string(256) Detailed comments describing reason for this cancel/disco

2.2.10.4 Output Message Parameters - createSLOrderResponse

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

responseMessageHeader

timeStamp √ dateTime Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema dateTime datatype

messageID √ string (32) Same as requestMessageHeader.messageID of responded-to message

businessTransactionHeader

Page 216 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner profile is


B2BPartnerID √ string(40) established in Level 3 systems. A partner may have multiple profiles active at any
given point, where the URL to respond to is defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which consists of one or


more individual business transactions or dialogues (for new, supp, or cancel).
externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40)
Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and auditing purposes.
ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name (ex. Level3_123456)

Indicator of success or failure of an overall business transaction or specific aspect


resultCode
of a given business transaction

On successful transactions, only one resultCode (the success code) will be


returned.
code √ string(20) On error situations, only one resultCode is currently returned; however, future
functionality may support the return of one or more codes for transactions that
may raise several exceptions.

message √ string(256) Description of result code; required when resultCode is present.

context string(256) Contextual addendum to description, clarifying the source of the resultCode

2.2.10.5 Input Callback Message Parameters - postSLOrderStatus

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

requestMessageHeader information may be utilized by partner and


Level 3 for general purposes such as reporting and auditing. These
values are determined by the transaction initiator and are not
requestMessageHeader enforced by Level 3 beyond datatype and optionality; however
Level 3 recommends that careful consideration be given to the
definition and consistent use of these values to derive maximum
benefit.

organization string (256) Code designating partner organization submitting a given message

Code designating partner department within an organization that


department string (256)
submits a given message

application string (256) Code designating partner application submitting a given message

Page 217 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema


dateTime datatype. Format: CCYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssZ, with T
timeStamp √ dateTime acting as a separating character between date and time. 24H time
format required. Z denotes time zone. Example: 2001-12-
01T15:20:23-05:00 (where -05:00 is explicit time zone used).

Partner-generated and -managed message identifier. Same


messageID submitted in input and input-callback messages are
messageID √ string (32) returned in output and output-callback messages. Partner is
required to keep this value unique per message for correlation and
auditing purposes.

Same as requestMessageHeader.messageID of corresponding


√ input message. Valid for callback messages only. Partner is advised
originalMessageID string (32)
to use this value to correlate a callback or notification to the related
original message.

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner


√ profile is established in Level 3 systems. A partner may have
B2BPartnerID string(40)
multiple profiles active at any given point, where the URL to respond
to is defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which


consists of one or more individual business transactions or
dialogues (for new, supp, or cancel).
externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40)
Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and
auditing purposes. ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name
(ex. Level3_123456)

notificationHeader

notificationType √ string(40) NotificationType See notificationType values in Enumeration Values section

dateTime √ dateTime

serviceOrderHeader

Level3ParentOrderID √ string(60) Same as Level3ParentOrderID of responded-to message

Page 218 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

productID √ string(4) Level 3 identification for a service

orderAction √ string(20) OrderAction Level 3 identifier used to indicate the action an order will initiate

orderType √ string(20) OrderType Level 3 identifier used to indicate the type of an order action

partnerSubGroupID string(60) Channel Partner's Reseller Group ID

Partner Order ID stored by Level 3 systems. Level 3 does not


externalOrderID string(60) enforce or utilize this value for any purpose other than partner-
requested reporting.

Partner Order Version stored by Level 3 systems. Level 3 does not


externalOrderVersion string(20) enforce or utilize this value for any purpose other than partner-
requested reporting.

LNPIndicator √ string(1) Y: LNP Install. N: New install.

√ See state transition diagrams for specific values that can be


orderStatus string(25)
expected.

subscriber √ subscriber One and only one subscriber included within a serviceOrderHeader

listOfSubscriberLines √ listOfSubscriberLines A listOfSubscriberLines includes one to many subscriberLines

listOfResultCodes listOfResultCodes A listOfResultCodes includes 0 or one result code element

subscriber One and only one subscriber within a given serviceOrderHeader

Same as subscriber.Level3SubscriberID within createSLOrder


Level3SubscriberID √ integer message if specified there by partner. Otherwise, generated by
Level 3 systems for new subscriber record.

Partner subscriber identifier, stored in Level 3 systems for partner's


externalSubscriberID string(50)
reporting and querying purposes.

subscriberSite √ subscriberSite

subscriberSite One and only one subscriberSite within a given subscriber

Page 219 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Same as subscriberSite.Level3SubscriberISiteID within


Level3SubscriberSiteID √ integer createSLOrder message if specified there by partner. Otherwise,
generated by Level 3 systems for new subscriber site record.

listOfSubscriberLines

subscriberLine √ subscriberLine

One to many subscriberLines within a given serviceOrderHeader.


Note that current release only supports one and only one
subscriberLine
subscriberLine within a given serviceOrderHeader for this
transaction.

Identifier generated by Level 3 systems for this subscriber line. This


√ attribute will not be seen until the Complete notification is received.
Level3SubscriberLineID integer
May be utilized by partner for subsequent reporting, correlation or
other related purposes.

WTN WTN Required if no errors encountered

NPAC Company code of carrier from which number is to be ported.


fromLECCompanyCode string(50)
Required if serviceOrder.LNPIndicator = Y

NPAC Company code of carrier to which number is to be ported.


toLECCompanyCode string(50)
Required if serviceOrder.LNPIndicator = Y

rateCenter √ rateCenter

WTN Required within subscriberLine if no errors encountered

NPA √ string(3)

NXX √ string(3)

startNum √ string(4)

rateCenter One to one within a given subscriberLine

rateCenterAbbreviation √ string(35) Rate center abbreviation as defined in LERG

Page 220 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

LATA √ string(5) 3- to 5-digit industry-standard integer value

state √ string(2) State State Abbreviation

listOfResultCodes

resultCode √ resultCode

Indicator of success or failure of an overall business transaction or


resultCode
specific aspect of a given business transaction

On successful transactions, only one resultCode (the success code)


will be returned.
code √ string(20) On error situations, only one resultCode is currently returned;
however, future functionality may support the return of one or more
codes for transactions that may raise several exceptions.

message √ string(256) Description of result code; required when resultCode is present

Contextual addendum to description, clarifying the source of the


context string(256)
resultCode

2.2.10.6 Output Callback Message Parameters - postSLOrderStatusResponse

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

responseMessageHeader

timeStamp √ dateTime Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema dateTime datatype

messageID √ string (32) Same as requestMessageHeader.messageID of responded-to message

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner profile is


B2BPartnerID √ string(40) established in Level 3 systems. A partner may have multiple profiles active at any
given point, where the URL to respond to is defined.

Page 221 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which consists of one or


more individual business transactions or dialogues (for new, supp, or cancel).
externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40)
Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and auditing purposes.
ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name (ex. Level3_123456)

Indicator of success or failure of an overall business transaction or specific aspect


resultCode
of a given business transaction

On successful transactions, only one resultCode (the success code) will be


returned.
code √ string(20) On error situations, only one resultCode is currently returned; however, future
functionality may support the return of one or more codes for transactions that
may raise several exceptions.

message √ string(256) Description of result code; required when resultCode is present

context string(256) Contextual addendum to description, clarifying the source of the resultCode

Page 222 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.11 Read Order


Description
This business transaction enables a Level 3 partner to query order-related information for a specific in-progress order. Partner must identify one
and only one to be queried.

This may be done by specifying either businessTransactionHeader.externalBusinessTransactionID and serviceOrderHeader.Level3ParentOrderID


or businessTransactionHeader.externalBusinessTransactionID and serviceOrderHeader.externalOrderID as criteria. To further restrict the output,
you may also specify a TN.

Note: only information about orders submitted via the B2B Gateway (as opposed to the Customer Portal) may be retrieved using this transaction.

ƒ The following messages are required for this business transactions:

o readOrder – sent by partner to query an active order

o readOrderResponse – sent by Level 3 to respond with processing results

Prerequisites
ƒ A previous order has been successfully submitted and accepted, but not yet completed by Level 3 systems.

Expected Results
ƒ Successful response

ƒ Failed response – see error message for reason.

Page 223 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.11.1 Sample Usage

Partner Order System Level 3 Order Gateway

Partner requests Read Order - readOrder

Level 3 sends results - readOrderResponse

Page 224 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.11.2 Class Diagrams

The class diagram below describes the objects involved in the WSDL messages that are exchanged as a
part of this business transaction and the relationships that exist among them.

2.2.11.2.1 readOrder Element

Page 225 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.11.2.2 readOrderResponse Element


Valid Values in List Valid Values in List
- Move - Subscriber Name
- Service Package - CTI
- CNAM - BTN Old Carrier
- DL - CRD
- Subscriber Name
RequestMessageHeader BusinessTransactionHeader - Customer Service Name
SuppType
-MessageID -B2BPartnerID
-TimeStamp -ExternalBusinessTransactionID JeopardyInformation -SuppName
1 1 -JeopardyCode ChangeType
0..* 1 1 -JeopardyDescription 0..*
-ChangeName
ResultCode
-Code 0..*
1
ServiceOrderHeader 0..* 1
-Message 1
-Level3ParentOrderID 1
-Context
-ProductID
-OrderAction
0..1 LNPInformation
-OrderType 1 -PortDirection
LNPEvents OrderSummary
-CRD
-EventName -PartnerSubGroupID -LOA -listOfChangeType
-DateTimeStamp -ExternalOrderID -LOADateTime -listOfSuppType
0..* 1 0..1
-Comments -TPVPVN -SuppAllowedIndicator
-LNPIndicator -TPVSentDateTime -SuppEarliestCRD
-OrderStatus -BTNOldCarrier -SuppLatestCRD
0..* -Subscriber -LNPState
1
LNPOption -ListOfSubscriberLines -ListOfJeopardyInformations
WTN
-OptionValue -FOCDate
-BillStartDate 1 -NPA
0..1 1
-BillStopDate -NXX
-InstalledDate -StartNum
-ListOfResultCodes -EndNum
-ExternalOrderVersion 1
-LNPInformation SubscriberLine
1
-CSRInformation -Level3SubscriberLineId
1 -ReasonCode -ServicePackage 0..1
1
-ReasonComments 1..* -CTI CNAMInformation
1
-FirstUsageFlag -WTN
Subscriber -CNAM
-E911Option -DirectoryListingInformation -BlockCNAM
-BusinessName -InternalPortFlag -FromLECCompanyCode 1
-FirstName -LECResponseDate -ToLECCompanyCode
-MiddleInitial -CNAMInformation 0..1 DirectoryListingInformation
-LastName -ListOfOrderSummary
-Level3SubscriberID 1 -CustomerServiceName -TreatmentFlag
-ExternalSubscriberID -Type
-SubscriberSite -FirstName
-LastName
-DualNameListing
1 -LOA
Address 1 -ListedAddressIndicator
-StreetNumPrefix
-StreetNum CSRInformation
-StreetNumSuffix
SubscriberSite
1 -AccountTelephoneNumber
-PreDirectional
-CompanyCode
-Level3SubscriberSiteID -StreetName
-CustomerCode
-MainCallBackNumber -StreetSuffix
-SentTimeStamp 1
-ServiceAddress -PostDirectional
1 -FreezePIC
1 -Room
-LPIC Address
-Floor
-PIC
-Building -StreetNumPrefix
-TransactionType
-SecondaryLocationDescription -StreetNum
-EndUserName
-Unit -StreetNumSuffix
-DateReceived
-City -PreDirectional
-ListOfFeatureFlags 1
-State 1 -StreetName
-CSRAddress
-ZipCode -StreetSuffix
-WTN
-ZipPlus4 -PostDirectional
-Country -Room
-Comments 1 -Floor
-ConcatenatedAddress -Building
-SecondaryLocationDescription
-Unit
FeatureFlag
-City
-FeatureCode 0..* -State
-FeatureName -ZipCode
-ZipPlus4
-Country
-Comments

Page 226 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.11.3 Input Message Parameters - readOrder

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

requestMessageHeader information may be utilized by partner


and Level 3 for general purposes such as reporting and auditing.
These values are determined by the transaction initiator and are
requestMessageHeader not enforced by Level 3 beyond datatype and optionality;
however Level 3 recommends that careful consideration be given
to the definition and consistent use of these values to derive
maximum benefit.

Code designating partner organization submitting a given


organization string (256)
message

Code designating partner department within an organization that


department string (256)
submits a given message

application string (256) Code designating partner application submitting a given message

Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema


dateTime datatype. Format: CCYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssZ, with T
timeStamp √ dateTime acting as a separating character between date and time. 24H
time format required. Z denotes time zone. Example: 2001-12-
01T15:20:23-05:00 (where -05:00 is explicit time zone used).

Partner-generated and -managed message identifier. Same


messageID submitted in input and input-callback messages are
messageID √ string (32) returned in output and output-callback messages. Partner is
required to keep this value unique per message for correlation
and auditing purposes.

Partner user identifier. Used for auditing purposes only. Value is


userID string (32)
logged in Level 3 systems, but is not sent back to the partner.

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after


√ partner profile is established in Level 3 systems. A partner may
B2BPartnerID string(40)
have multiple profiles active at any given point, where the URL to
respond to is defined.

√ Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which


externalBusinessTransactionID string(40)
consists of one or more individual business transactions or

Page 227 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

dialogues (for new, supp, or cancel).


Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and
auditing purposes. ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name
(ex. Level3_123456)

serviceOrderHeader

Level3ParentOrderID string(60) Level 3 identifier for order to be queried

Partner Order ID stored by Level 3 systems. Level 3 does not


externalOrderID string(60) enforce or utilize this value for any purpose other than partner-
requested reporting.

Partner Order Version stored by Level 3 systems. Level 3 does


externalOrderVersion string(20) not enforce or utilize this value for any purpose other than
partner-requested reporting.

listOfSubscriberLines listOfSubscriberLines A listOfSubscriberLines includes one to many subscriberLines

listOfFlexibleAttributes listOfFlexibleAttributes

listOfSubscriberLines

subscriberLine √ subscriberLine

One to many subscriberLines within a given serviceOrderHeader.


Note that current release only supports one and only one
subscriberLine
subscriberLine within a given serviceOrderHeader for this
transaction.

WTN WTN WTN to be queried. Optional query criterion

0 or one WTN within a given subscriberLine. Optional query


WTN
criterion.

NPA √ string(3)

NXX √ string(3)

startNum √ string(4)

Page 228 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

endNum string(4) Can be used in validation API but not in order entry API

listOfFlexibleAttributes

flexibleAttribute flexibleAttribute

flexibleAttribute

Valid value is ‘CSRInformationRequired’. Used to retrieve


name string(80) FlexibleAttr.Name
subscriber’s CSR information.

value string(80) FlexibleAttr.Value Valid value is ‘Y’ or ‘N’.

2.2.11.4 Output Message Parameters - readOrderResponse

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

responseMessageHeader

√ Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema dateTime


timestamp dateTime
datatype

messageID √ string (32) Same as requestMessageHeader.messageID of responded-to message

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner


√ profile is established in Level 3 systems. A partner may have multiple
B2BPartnerID string(40)
profiles active at any given point, where the URL to respond to is
defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which consists


of one or more individual business transactions or dialogues (for new,
supp, or cancel).
externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40)
Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and auditing
purposes. ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name (ex.
Level3_123456)

serviceOrderHeader

Page 229 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Level3ParentOrderID √ string(60) Same as Level3ParentOrderID of responded-to message

productID √ string(4) Level 3 identification for a service

orderAction √ string(20) OrderAction Level 3 identifier used to indicate the action an order will initiate

orderType √ string(20) OrderType Level 3 identifier used to indicate the type of an order action

Customer Requested Date in standard XML Schema dateTime


CRD √ date datatype.
CRD must not be a weekend or holiday.

partnerSubGroupID string(60) Channel Partner's Reseller Group ID

Partner Order ID stored by Level 3 systems. Level 3 does not enforce or


externalOrderID string(60)
utilize this value for any purpose other than partner-requested reporting.

Partner Order Version stored by Level 3 systems. Level 3 does not


externalOrderVersion string(20) enforce or utilize this value for any purpose other than partner-
requested reporting.

Comments string(512)

LNPIndicator √ string(1) Y: LNP Install. N: New install.

orderStatus √ string(25) See state transition diagrams for specific values that can be expected.

If LNPIndicator = Y, FOCDate holds firm order commitment date for


FOCDate date port. If LNPIndicator = N, FOCDate holds customer commitment date for
order activation.

billStartDate date

billStopDate date

installedDate date

Reason code for cancellation, disconnection or change of service


reasonCode String(40) ReasonCode
image. Single valid value for this transaction: Channel Partner Init.

Page 230 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

When invalid value submitted, this value will be used.

reasonComments string(256) Detailed comments describing reason for this cancel/disco

Subscriber √ subscriber One and only one subscriber included within a serviceOrderHeader

√ listOfSubscrib
listOfSubscriberLines A listOfSubscriberLines includes one to many subscriberLines
erLines

√ listOfResultC
listOfResultCodes A listOfResultCodes includes 0 to many result code elements
odes

LNPInformati
LNPInformation Required if serviceOrderHeader.LNPInidicator = Y
on

CSRInformati One and only one CSRInformation record within a given


CSRInformation
on ServiceOrderHeader

firstUsageFlag String(1) yesNo

Specifies the 911 solution the subscriber opts to use. Valid values for E-
E911Option √ string(60) E911Option
911Option are: E911 Static, E911 VPC, E911 Customer Provided.

Indicates whether the TN on the request is currently active on the


internalPortFlag string(1) yesNo Level 3 Network. This impacts the time to port the number to the new
provider.

The estimated response date from the losing LEC for the estimated
LECResponseDate date
FOC date or jeopardies/warnings on the order.

Summary of all the LNP activity which has occurred on the order to
LNPEvents
date.

EventName string(50)

DateTimeStamp date

LNPOption

OptionValue string(50) Available based on partner profile.

subscriber One and only one subscriber within a given serviceOrderHeader

Page 231 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

businessName string(50) Required if subscriber has one or more subscriber lines where CTI = B

firstName string(50) Subscriber first name on record

Subscriber middle initial on record


middleInitial string(1)
This field is currently inactive.

lastName string(50) Subscriber last name on record

Level 3 subscriber identifier, stored in Level 3 systems for partner's


√ reporting and querying purposes. If partner does not specify this value,
Level3SubscriberID integer
a new subscriber record (and identifier) is generated and returned within
the postSLOrderStatus callback message.

Partner subscriber identifier, stored in Level 3 systems for partner's


externalSubscriberID string(50)
reporting and querying purposes

√ subscriberSit
subscriberSite
e

subscriberSite One and only one subscriberSite within a given subscriber

Same as subscriberSite.Level3SubscriberISiteID within createSLOrder


Level3SubscriberSiteID √ integer message if specified there by partner. Otherwise, generated by Level 3
systems for new subscriber site record.

mainCallBackNumber string(18) Main Call-back number to be used in case of Business

serviceAddress √ address See serviceAddress Class

address (serviceAddress)

Street number prefix


EXAMPLE: 25 W
streetNumPrefix string(5) Where 25W is the street number prefix for the following address
example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building
2, Suite 23A.

streetNum √ string(10) Street number

streetNumSuffix string(4) Street number suffix. Optional when StreetNum is populated. Otherwise,

Page 232 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

ignored.
EXAMPLE: 1/2
Where 1/2 is the street number suffix for the following address example:
25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite
23A.

Street directional prefix


EXAMPLE: SW
Where SW is the Street directional prefix or pre-directional for the
preDirectional string(2) Directional following address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW,
Floor 12, Building 2
Valid values: N|NE|NW|S|SE|SW|E|W

streetName √ string(44) Street Name

Street suffix (i.e. ST, PL, CT, AVE)


EXAMPLE: LN
streetSuffix string(6) StreetSuffix
Where LN is the street suffix for the following address example: 25W
450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Street directional suffix


EXAMPLE: NW
Where NW is the Street directional suffix or post-directional for the
postDirectional string(2) Directional following address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW,
Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.
Valid values: N|NE|NW|S|SE|SW|E|W

Room Designation. Distinct from Unit. Sample use: Room within a Unit,
Room string(10)
i.e. Room 100, Hangar A.

Floor Designation
EXAMPLE: 12
Floor string(10)
Where 12 is the floor for the following address example: 25W 450 1/2
SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Building Designation
EXAMPLE: 2
Building string(10)
Where 2 is building for the following address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW
Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Secondary Location Description


secondaryLocationDescription string(4) LocDescriptor EXAMPLE: STE
Where STE is the secondary location description for the following

Page 233 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12,
Building 2, Suite 23A.

Unit or Secondary Location Number


EXAMPLE: 23A
unit string(10)
Where 23A is the unit number for the following address example: 25W
450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

City √ string(25) City

State √ string(2) State State Abbreviation

Country √ string(25) Country. Valid value is ‘USA’.

zipCode √ string(5) 5-digit Zip Code

zipPlus4 string(4) 4-digit Zip Code extension

Comments string(512)

An unparsed address will be returned if the corresponding order utilized


concatenatedAddress string(256) this element at time of order submission.

One to many subscriberLines within a given serviceOrderHeader. Note


subscriberLine that current release only supports one and only one subscriberLine
within a given serviceOrderHeader for this transaction.

Identifier generated by Level 3 systems for this subscriber line. This


√ attribute will not be seen until the Complete notification is received. May
Level3SubscriberLineID integer
be utilized by partner for subsequent reporting, correlation or other
related purposes.

servicePackage √ string(60) SvcPackage

Customer Type Indicator. B=Business, R=Residential


CTI √ string(1) CTI Maintained by Level 3 systems at subscriberLine level to support home
office scenarios, where both business and residential lines may exist.

WTN WTN Ordered WTN.

Page 234 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

NPAC Company code of carrier from which number is to be ported.


fromLECCompanyCode string(50)
Required if serviceOrder.LNPIndicator = Y

NPAC Company code of carrier to which number is to be ported.


toLECCompanyCode string(50)
Required if serviceOrder.LNPIndicator = Y

The Customer Service Name is a customer-definable field that identifies


a particular IP address and routing policy. When applied to a subscriber
order, this routing information defines the IP address or addresses to
send traffic, or how to balance traffic across several IP addresses. The
customerServiceName √ string(15)
typical customer scenario involves a single Customer Service Name
definition, but multiple Customer Service Names may be set up based
on customer needs. Please contact your Account Manager for more
information on this configuration.

CNAMInform
CNAMInformation
ation

directoryListin
directoryListingInformation
gInformation

listofOrderSu Description of order details. Currently only required for change orders
listofOrderSummary
mmary (orderAction = Change; orderType = New).

WTN

NPA √ string(3)

NXX √ string(3)

startNum √ string(4)

endNum string(4) Can be used in validation API but not in order entry API

CNAMInformation

Not required if BlockCNAM = ‘Y’. CNAM calculation rules follow the


CNAM string(15) Verisign convention: uppercase LASTNAME FIRSTNAME, truncated to
15 characters. Symbols and special characters are not permitted.

blockCNAM √ string(1)

Page 235 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

directoryListingInformation

Only 'Keep' and 'Remove' listing treatments are supported for port-in
scenarios.
√ ListingTreatme
treatmentFlag string(10)
nt Only ‘Add’ listing treatment is supported for New TNs scenarios.
Only ‘Change’ listing treatment is supported for Change scenarios.

Required if treatmentFlag = Add. Valid values (use number only): 1


(List and Publish); 2 (List Only); 3 (Do Not List or Publish)
DL is not supported for a GITN (Geographically Independent Telephone
ListingTreatme Number). Type = ‘3’.
type string(1)
ntType If a subscriber’s directory listing is LISTED, it will be available by calling
411.
If a subscriber’s directory listing is PUBLISHED, it will be printed in the
local phone book.

firstName string(100) DL first name on record

lastName string(50) DL first name on record

Valid if CTI = R. dualNameListing = 'Y' indicates


dualNameListing √ string(1) yesNo directoryListingInformation.firstName should be interpreted as two first
names (e.g. firstName = John & Jane).

√ Indicates whether authorization to publish or list number has been


LOA string(1) yesNo
granted. Required if 'Treatment Flag' = Add.

listedAddressIndicator √ string(1) yesNo Indicates that client wants address included in Listing

orderSummary

listOfChange
listOfChangeType
Type

listOfSuppTy
listOfSuppType
pe

Informational attribute identifying the type of supp transaction available.


suppAllowedIndicator string(30)
Types include: “All,” “CRD” or “None.”

Page 236 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

suppEarliestCRD date Earliest customer request date for a subsequent supp order submission

suppLatestCRD date Latest customer request date for a subsequent supp order submission

changeType

changeName √ string(512) ChangeName

suppType

suppName √ string(512) SuppName

Indicator of success or failure of an overall business transaction or


resultCode
specific aspect of a given business transaction

On successful transactions, only one resultCode (the success code) will


be returned.
code √ string(20) On error situations, only one resultCode is currently returned; however,
future functionality may support the return of one or more codes for
transactions that may raise several exceptions.

message √ string(256) Description of result code; required when resultCode is present

Contextual addendum to description, clarifying the source of the


context string(256)
resultCode

Information needed to process LNP orders. Required if


LNPInformation
serviceOrderHeader.LNPIndicator = Y

Indicates whether authorization to port number has been granted.


LOA string(1) yesNo
Required when TPVPVN is not provided; must be Y for LNP orders.

Timestamp when LNP LOA received, in standard XML Schema


LOADateTime dateTime
dateTime datatype. Required when TPVPVN is not provided.

Reference number for Third Party Validation record. Required when


TPVPVN number(10) LOA and LOADateTime not provided. Use in place of LOA
/LOADateTime only when contractually permitted.

Timestamp when TPV Sent. Must be GMT. Required when LOA and
TPVSentDateTime dateTime
LOADateTime not provided. Use in place of LOA/LOADateTime only

Page 237 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

when contractually permitted.

Required for LNP Orders. Subscriber’s BTN (Billing Telephone


BTNOldCarrier string(10) Number) with the old carrier. It may or may not be the same as the
porting TN.

LNPState string(10) State of LNP porting progress

listOfJeopard
listOfJeopardyInformations A listOfJeopardyInformations includes one to many JeopardyInformation
yInformations

wirelessLNPIndicator √ string(1) yesNo Required for wireless LNP

Required for wireless LNP.If TN is wireless, either Wireless Subscriber


SSN OR wirelessSubscriberAccountNumber must be popluated.
Proper Format (include zeros where shown, where 1234 would be the
wirelessSubscriberSSN √ string(11) actual values for subscriber
000-00-1234 for SSN (individual)
00-0001234 for Tax ID number (business)

Required for wireless LNP.If TN is wireless, either Wireless Subscriber


wirelessSubscriberAccountNumber √ string(20) SSN OR wirelessSubscriberAccountNumber must be popluated.
Proper Format = Last 4 digits only (along with leading zeros)

Optional - if the subscriber is entering their Wireless Account Number


WirelessSubscriberAccountPIN string(15) AND the subscriber has set up a password or PIN with their wireless
carrier then the PIN is required

JeopardyInformation

jeopardyCode string(20) On LNP error situations, one or many jeopardy codes can be returned.

jeopardyDescription string(200) Detailed description for each jeopardy code

CSRInformation

accountTelephoneNumber string

companyCode string

Page 238 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

customerCode string

sentTimeStamp string

freezePIC string

LPIC string

PIC string

transactionType string

endUserName string

dateReceived string

listOfFeature
listOfFeatureFlags
Flags

CSRAddress √ Address

WTN WTN WTN to which this CSR corresponds

Subscriber line feature that may impact the portability of this subscriber
featureFlag
line

featureCode √ String

featureName √ String

address (CSRAddress)

Street number prefix


EXAMPLE: 25 W
streetNumPrefix string(5) Where 25W is the street number prefix for the following address
example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building
2, Suite 23A.

streetNum √ string(10) Street number

Page 239 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Street number suffix. Optional when StreetNum is populated. Otherwise,


ignored.
EXAMPLE: 1/2
streetNumSuffix string(4)
Where 1/2 is the street number suffix for the following address example:
25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite
23A.

Street directional prefix


EXAMPLE: SW
Where SW is the Street directional prefix or pre-directional for the
preDirectional string(2) Directional following address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW,
Floor 12, Building 2
Valid values: N|NE|NW|S|SE|SW|E|W

streetName √ string(44) Street Name

Street suffix (i.e. ST, PL, CT, AVE)


EXAMPLE: LN
streetSuffix string(6) StreetSuffix
Where LN is the street suffix for the following address example: 25W
450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Street directional suffix


EXAMPLE: NW
Where NW is the Street directional suffix or post-directional for the
postDirectional string(2) Directional following address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW,
Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.
Valid values: N|NE|NW|S|SE|SW|E|W

Room Designation. Distinct from Unit. Sample use: Room within a Unit,
room string(10)
i.e. Room 100, Hangar A.

Floor Designation
EXAMPLE: 12
floor string(10)
Where 12 is the floor for the following address example: 25W 450 1/2
SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Building Designation
EXAMPLE: 2
building string(10)
Where 2 is building for the following address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW
Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Page 240 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Secondary Location Description


EXAMPLE: STE
secondaryLocationDescription string(4) LocDescriptor Where STE is the secondary location description for the following
address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12,
Building 2, Suite 23A.

Unit or Secondary Location Number


EXAMPLE: 23A
unit string(10)
Where 23A is the unit number for the following address example: 25W
450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

city √ string(25) City

state √ string(2) State State Abbreviation

country √ string(25) Country. Valid value is ‘USA’.

zipCode √ string(5) 5-digit Zip Code

zipPlus4 string(4) 4-digit Zip Code extension

comments string(512)

Page 241 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.12 Read Service Image


Description
This business transaction enables a Level 3 partner to query service image-related information (completed orders) for a specific subscriber line
service image, identified by Level3SubscriberLineID or TN.

Note: only information about orders submitted via the B2B Gateway (as opposed to the Customer Portal) may be retrieved using this transaction.

ƒ The following messages are required for this business transactions:

o readServiceImage – sent by partner to query a service image

o readServiceImageResponse – sent by Level 3 to respond with processing results

Prerequisites
ƒ A previous order has been successfully submitted, accepted, and completed by Level 3 systems.

Expected Results
ƒ Successful response

ƒ Failed response – see error message for reason.

Page 242 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.12.1 Sample Usage

Page 243 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.12.2 Class Diagrams

The class diagram below describes the objects involved in the WSDL messages that are exchanged as a
part of this business transaction and the relationships that exist among them.

2.2.12.2.1 readServiceImage Element

Page 244 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.12.2.2 readServiceImageResponse Element

Page 245 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.12.3 Input Message Parameters - readServiceImage

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

requestMessageHeader information may be utilized by partner and


Level 3 for general purposes such as reporting and auditing. These
values are determined by the transaction initiator and are not enforced
requestMessageHeader
by Level 3 beyond datatype and optionality; however Level 3
recommends that careful consideration be given to the definition and
consistent use of these values to derive maximum benefit.

organization string (256) Code designating partner organization submitting a given message

Code designating partner department within an organization that


department string (256)
submits a given message

application string (256) Code designating partner application submitting a given message

Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema dateTime


datatype. Format: CCYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssZ, with T acting as a
timeStamp √ dateTime separating character between date and time. 24H time format
required. Z denotes time zone. Example: 2001-12-01T15:20:23-05:00
(where -05:00 is explicit time zone used).

Partner-generated and -managed message identifier. Same


messageID submitted in input and input-callback messages are
messageID √ string (32) returned in output and output-callback messages. Partner is required
to keep this value unique per message for correlation and auditing
purposes.

Partner user identifier. Used for auditing purposes only. Value is


userID string (32)
logged in Level 3 systems, but is not sent back to the partner.

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner


√ profile is established in Level 3 systems. A partner may have multiple
B2BPartnerID string(40)
profiles active at any given point, where the URL to respond to is
defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which consists


externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40) of one or more individual business transactions or dialogues (for new,
supp, or cancel).

Page 246 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and


auditing purposes. ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name (ex.
Level3_123456)

serviceOrderHeader

listOfSubscriberLines √ listOfSubscriberLines A listOfSubscriberLines includes one to many subscriberLines

listOfSubscriberLines

subscriberLine √ subscriberLine

One to many subscriberLines within a given serviceOrderHeader.


subscriberLine Either Level3SubscriberLineID or WTN must be specified as query
criteria.

Identifier generated by Level 3 systems for this subscriber line. May


Level3SubscriberLineID integer be utilized by partner for subsequent reporting, correlation or other
related purposes.

WTN WTN WTN to be queried. Optional query criterion.

WTN 0 or one WTN within a given subscriberLine. Optional query criterion.

NPA √ string(3)

NXX √ string(3)

startNum √ string(4)

endNum string(4) Can be used in validation API but not in order entry API

2.2.12.4 Output Message Parameters - readServiceImageResponse

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

responseMessageHeader

Page 247 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

√ Time that message is submitted, in standard XML


timeStamp dateTime
Schema dateTime datatype

√ Same as requestMessageHeader.messageID of
messageID string (32)
responded-to message

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner


√ after partner profile is established in Level 3 systems.
B2BPartnerID string(40)
A partner may have multiple profiles active at any
given point, where the URL to respond to is defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-


cycletransaction, which consists of one or more
individual business transactions or dialogues (for new,
externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40) supp, or cancel).
Partner is required to keep this value unique for
correlation and auditing purposes. ID should begin
with Partner’s initials or name (ex. Level3_123456)

serviceOrderHeader

√ Same as Level3ParentOrderID of responded-to


Level3ParentOrderID string(60)
message.

productID √ string(4) Level 3 identification for a service

partnerSubGroupID string(60) Channel Partner's Reseller Group ID

Reason code for cancellation or disconnection of


reasonCode string(40) ReasonCode service image (required if service image was
cancelled or disconnected)

Detailed comments describing reason for this


reasonComments string(256)
cancel/disco

If LNPIndicator = Y, FOCDate holds firm order


commitment date for port. If LNPIndicator = N,
FOCDate date
FOCDate holds customer commitment date for order
activation.

Page 248 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

billStartDate date

billStopDate date

installedDate date

√ One and only one subscriber included within a


subscriber subscriber
serviceOrderHeader

√ A listOfSubscriberLines includes one to many


listOfSubscriberLines listOfSubscriberLines
subscriberLines

√ A listOfResultCodes includes 0 or one result code


listOfResultCodes listOfResultCodes
element

Specifies the 911 solution the subscriber opts to use.


E911Option √ string(60) E911Option Valid values for E-911Option are: E911 Static, E911
VPC, E911 Customer Provided.

One and only one subscriber within a given


subscriber
serviceOrderHeader.

Required if subscriber has one or more subscriber


businessName string(50)
lines where CTI = B

firstName string(50) Subscriber first name on record

Subscriber middle initial on record


middleInitial string(1)
This field is currently inactive.

lastName string(50) Subscriber last name on record

Level 3 subscriber identifier, stored in Level 3 systems


for partner's reporting and querying purposes. If
Level3SubscriberID √ integer partner does not specify this value, a new subscriber
record (and identifier) is generated and returned within
the postSLOrderStatus callback message.

Partner subscriber identifier, stored in Level 3 systems


externalSubscriberID string(50)
for partner's reporting and querying purposes

Page 249 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

subscriberSite √ subscriberSite

One and only one subscriberSite within a given


subscriberSite
subscriber

Same as subscriberSite.Level3SubscriberISiteID
√ within createSLOrder message if specified there by
Level3SubscriberSiteID integer
partner. Otherwise, generated by Level 3 systems for
new subscriber site record.

mainCallBackNumber string(18) Main Call-back number to be used in case of Business

serviceAddress √ address See serviceAddress Class

address (serviceAddress)

Street number prefix


EXAMPLE: 25 W
streetNumPrefix string(5) Where 25W is the street number prefix for the
following address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino
Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

streetNum √ string(10) Street number

Street number suffix. Optional when StreetNum is


populated. Otherwise, ignored.
EXAMPLE: 1/2
streetNumSuffix string(4)
Where 1/2 is the street number suffix for the following
address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon
Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Street directional prefix


EXAMPLE: SW
Where SW is the Street directional prefix or pre-
preDirectional string(2) Directional directional for the following address example: 25W
450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12,
Building 2
Valid values: N|NE|NW|S|SE|SW|E|W

streetName √ string(44) Street Name

Page 250 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Street suffix (i.e. ST, PL, CT, AVE)


EXAMPLE: LN
streetSuffix string(6) StreetSuffix Where LN is the street suffix for the following address
example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW,
Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Street directional suffix


EXAMPLE: NW
Where NW is the Street directional suffix or post-
postDirectional string(2) Directional directional for the following address example: 25W
450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12,
Building 2, Suite 23A.
Valid values: N|NE|NW|S|SE|SW|E|W

Room Designation. Distinct from Unit. Sample use:


room string(10)
Room within a Unit, i.e. Room 100, Hangar A.

Floor Designation
EXAMPLE: 12
floor string(10) Where 12 is the floor for the following address
example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW,
Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Building Designation
EXAMPLE: 2
building string(10) Where 2 is building for the following address example:
25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12,
Building 2, Suite 23A.

Secondary Location Description


EXAMPLE: STE
Where STE is the secondary location description for
secondaryLocationDescription string(4) LocDescriptor
the following address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW
Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite
23A.

Unit or Secondary Location Number


EXAMPLE: 23A
unit string(10) Where 23A is the unit number for the following
address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon
Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

city √ string(25) City

Page 251 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

state √ string(2) State State Abbreviation

country √ string(25) Country. Valid value is ‘USA’.

zipCode √ string(5) 5-digit Zip Code

zipPlus4 string(4) 4-digit Zip Code extension

comments string(512)

An unparsed address will be returned if the


corresponding order utilized this element at time of
concatenatedAddress string(256) order submission.

listOfSubscriberLines

subscriberLine √ subscriberLine

One to many subscriberLines within a given


serviceOrderHeader. Note that current release only
subscriberLine
supports one and only one subscriberLine within a
given serviceOrderHeader for this transaction.

Identifier generated by Level 3 systems for this


√ subscriber line. May be utilized by partner for
Level3SubscriberLineID integer
subsequent reporting, correlation or other related
purposes.

servicePackage string(60) SvcPackage

Customer Type Indicator. B=Business, R=Residential.

CTI √ string(1) CTI Maintained by Level 3 systems at subscriberLine level


to support home office scenarios, where both business
and residential lines may exist.

WTN WTN Ordered WTN. Required unless error encountered.

CNAMInformation CNAMInformation

Page 252 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

directoryListingInformation directoryListingInformation

Required within subscriberLine if no errors


WTN
encountered

NPA √ string(3)

NXX √ string(3)

startNum √ string(4)

Can be used in validation API but not in order entry


endNum string(4)
API

CNAMInformation

Not required if BlockCNAM = ‘Y’. CNAM calculation


rules follow the Verisign convention: uppercase
CNAM string(15)
LASTNAME FIRSTNAME, truncated to 15 characters.
Symbols and special characters are not permitted.

blockCNAM √ string(1)

directoryListingInformation

Required if treatmentFlag = Add. Valid values (use


number only): 1 (List and Publish); 2 (List Only); 3 (Do
Not List or Publish)
DL is not supported for a GITN (Geographically
type string(1) ListingTreatmentType Independent Telephone Number). Type = ‘3’.
If a subscriber’s directory listing is LISTED, it will be
available by calling 411.
If a subscriber’s directory listing is PUBLISHED, it will
be printed in the local phone book.

firstName string(100) DL first name on record

lastName string(50) DL first name on record

Page 253 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Valid if CTI = R. dualNameListing = 'Y' indicates


directoryListingInformation.firstName should be
dualNameListing string(1) yesNo
interpreted as two first names (e.g. firstName = John
& Jane).

listedAddressIndicator √ string(1) yesNo Indicates that client wants address included in Listing

listOfResultCodes

resultCode √ resultCode

Indicator of success or failure of an overall business


resultCode transaction or specific aspect of a given business
transaction

On successful transactions, only one resultCode (the


success code) will be returned.
√ On error situations, only one resultCode is currently
code string(20)
returned; however, future functionality may support the
return of one or more codes for transactions that may
raise several exceptions.

√ Description of result code; required when resultCode


message string(256)
is present

Contextual addendum to description, clarifying the


context string(256)
source of the resultCode

Page 254 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.13 Real-Time Port Request


Description
This business transaction enables a Level 3 partner to trigger the porting of a telephon number.

ƒ The following messages are required for this business transactions:

o portTN – sent by partner to trigger a port

o portTNResponse – sent by Level 3 to respond with processing results

ƒ Real-time port may be requested on the same day as the FOC date, or after the FOC date if TN has not auto-ported.

ƒ Please note that successful execution of ADOPT (Active Day Of Port Trigger) requires that the participating transactions be correlated
using businessTransactionHeader.externalBusinessTransactionID

ƒ If a request is made to port a number for any order submitted through the Portal, all TN’s associated to that order will be activated. In
order to request the port of any Portal service request, either the Level3ParentOrderID or TN must be specified. Although the
externalBusinessTransactionID is required in the context of this request, it will not be validated due to a lack of such variable with Portal
submitted orders.

Prerequisites
ƒ Partner profile must be set up to use this transaction.
ƒ An LNP order has been successfully submitted, but number has not ported yet.

Expected Results
ƒ Telephone number will begin the porting process. (portTNResponse)
ƒ Error message that port could not be triggered (portTNResponse)

Page 255 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.13.1 Sample Usage

Page 256 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.13.2 Class Diagrams

The class diagram below describes the objects involved in the WSDL messages that are exchanged as a part of this business transaction and the
relationships that exist among them.

2.2.13.2.1 portTN Element

RequestMessageHeader
-MessageID
-Organization
-Department
-Application
-TimeStamp
-UserID

BusinessTransactionHeader
-B2BPartnerID
-ExternalBusinessTransactionID
WTN
-NPA
1
-NXX
-StartNum

0..1

1
1
ServiceOrderHeader 0..1
1
-Level3ParentOrderID SubscriberLine
-ListOfSubscriberLines -WTN

Page 257 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.13.2.2 portTNResponse Element

ResponseMessageHeader
-MessageID
-TimeStamp

BusinessTransactionHeader
-B2BPartnerID
-ExternalBusinessTransactionID

1 ServiceOrderHeader
ResultCode
1
-Level3ParentOrderID
-Code 1
-ListOfSubscriberLines 0..*
-Message
-FOCDate
-Context SubscriberLine
-ListOfResultCodes
-WTN

0..1

WTN
-NPA
-NXX
-StartNum

Page 258 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.13.3 Input Message Parameters - portTN

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

requestMessageHeader information may be utilized by partner and


Level 3 for general purposes such as reporting and auditing. These
values are determined by the transaction initiator and are not enforced
requestMessageHeader
by Level 3 beyond datatype and optionality; however Level 3
recommends that careful consideration be given to the definition and
consistent use of these values to derive maximum benefit.

organization string (256) Code designating partner organization submitting a given message

Code designating partner department within an organization that


department string (256)
submits a given message

application string (256) Code designating partner application submitting a given message

Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema dateTime


datatype. Format: CCYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssZ, with T acting as a
timeStamp √ dateTime separating character between date and time. 24H time format
required. Z denotes time zone. Example: 2001-12-01T15:20:23-05:00
(where -05:00 is explicit time zone used).

Partner-generated and -managed message identifier. Same


messageID submitted in input and input-callback messages are
messageID √ string (32) returned in output and output-callback messages. Partner is required
to keep this value unique per message for correlation and auditing
purposes.

Partner user identifier. Used for auditing purposes only. Value is


userID string (32)
logged in Level 3 systems, but is not sent back to the partner.

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner


√ profile is established in Level 3 systems. A partner may have multiple
B2BPartnerID string(40)
profiles active at any given point, where the URL to respond to is
defined.

Page 259 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which consists


of one or more individual business transactions or dialogues (for new,
supp, or cancel).
externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40)
Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and
auditing purposes. ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name (ex.
Level3_123456)

serviceOrderHeader

Same as Level3ParentOrderID of responded-to message

Level3ParentOrderID string(60) Either Level3ParentOrderID or the WTN is required to port any order
submitted through Portal mechanisms in addition to the
externalBusinessTransacationID.

ListOfSubscriberLines √ listOfSubscriberLines A listOfSubscriberLines includes one to many subscriberLines

ListOfSubscriberLines

subscriberLine √ subscriberLine

One to many subscriberLines within a given serviceOrderHeader.


subscriberLine Note that current release only supports one and only one
subscriberLine within a given serviceOrderHeader for this transaction.

Either Level3ParentOrderID or the WTN is required to port any order


WTN WTN submitted through Portal mechanisms in addition to the
externalBusinessTransacationID.

WTN

NPA string(3)

NXX string(3)

startNum string(4)

Page 260 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.13.4 Output Message Parameters - portTNResponse

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

responseMessageHeader

√ Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema dateTime


timeStamp dateTime
datatype

√ Same as requestMessageHeader.messageID of responded-to


messageID string (32)
message

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner


√ profile is established in Level 3 systems. A partner may have multiple
B2BPartnerID string(40)
profiles active at any given point, where the URL to respond to is
defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which consists


of one or more individual business transactions or dialogues (for new,
supp, or cancel).
externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40)
Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and auditing
purposes. ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name (ex.
Level3_123456)

serviceOrderHeader

Level3ParentOrderID √ string(60) Same as Level3ParentOrderID of responded-to message

If LNPIndicator = Y, FOCDate holds firm order commitment date for


FOCDate date port. If LNPIndicator = N, FOCDate holds customer commitment date
for order activation.

listOfSubscriberLines √ listOfSubscriberLines A listOfSubscriberLines includes one to many subscriberLines

listOfResultCodes √ listOfResultCodes A listOfResultCodes includes 0 or one result code element

listOfSubscriberLines

subscriberLine subscriberLine

Page 261 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

One to many subscriberLines within a given serviceOrderHeader.


subscriberLine Either Level3SubscriberLineID or WTN must be specified as query
criteria.

• If serviceOrderHeader.LNPIndicator = N and WTN is defined,


this is an order for a new, partner-specified TN. If the TN is
currently reserved, the externalBusinessTransactionID
submitted with the reservation request must match the
externalBusinessTransactionID of this Submit New Install
Order transaction, for this B2BPartnerID.

• If serviceOrderHeader.LNPIndicator = N and WTN is not


defined, this order is for a new TN that will be determined by
WTN WTN Level 3.

• If serviceOrderHeader.LNPIndicator = Y and WTN is defined,


this is an LNP order.

• If serviceOrderHeader.LNPIndicator = Y and WTN is not


defined, this is not valid.

WTN

NPA √ string(3)

NXX √ string(3)

startNum √ string(4)

listOfResultCodes

resultCode √ resultCode

Indicator of success or failure of an overall business transaction or


resultCode
specific aspect of a given business transaction

On successful transactions, only one resultCode (the success code) will


Code √ string(20) be returned.
On error situations, only one resultCode is currently returned; however,

Page 262 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

future functionality may support the return of one or more codes for
transactions that may raise several exceptions.

message √ string(256) Description of result code; required when resultCode is present

Contextual addendum to description, clarifying the source of the


Context string(256)
resultCode

Page 263 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.14 CSR Request

Description
This business transaction enables a Level 3 partner to access a subscriber’s Customer Service Record (CSR) prior to submitting an LNP Install
order.

ƒ The following messages are required for this business transactions:

o requestCSR – sent by partner to request a subscriber’s CSR

o requestCSRResponse – sent by Level 3 to acknowledge receipt of partner’s request

o postCSR – notification sent by Level 3 to notify partner with processing results and order status (see Expected Results for all
postSLOrderStatus messages for this transaction)

o postCSRResponse – sent by partner to acknowledge receipt of Level 3’s notification

Prerequisites
ƒ CSR Request option is enabled on partner profile
Expected Results

ƒ postCSR notification containing subscriber’s CSR.

ƒ postCSR notification with error will be provided in lieu of CSR if problems are encountered.

Page 264 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.14.1 Sample Usage

Page 265 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.14.2 Class Diagrams

The class diagram below describes the objects involved in the WSDL messages that are exchanged as a
part of this business transaction and the relationships that exist among them.

2.2.14.2.1 requestCSR

Page 266 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.14.2.2 requestCSRResponse

Page 267 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.14.2.3 postCSR

RequestMessageHeader
-MessageID
JeopardyInformation
-TimeStamp
-JeopardyCode
-JeopardyDescription 1
1
1..*
BusinessTransactionHeader
-B2BPartnerID
-ExternalBusinessTransactionID

1 ResultCode
-Code
1 -Message
1 1 0..* -Context

LNPInformation CSR Header


-ListOfJeopardyInformation -RequestorName
1 -BTN
0..1
-LNPInformation
-listOfCSRInformations
1
Address
-StreetNumPrefix
-StreetNum 1..*
-StreetNumSuffix
WTN
-PreDirectional
-StreetName CSRInformation -NPA
-StreetSuffix -AccountTelephoneNumber 1 -NXX
-PostDirectional -CompanyCode -StartNum
-Room -CustomerCode -EndNum
-Floor -CustomerName 1
-Building 1 -SentTimeStamp
-SecondaryLocationDescription -FreezePIC
-Unit -LPIC
-City 1 -PIC 0..*
1
-State -TransactionType FeatureFlag
-ZipCode -EndUserName
-ZipPlus4 -DateReceived -FeatureCode
-Country -ListOfFeatureFlags -FeatureName
-Comments -CSRAddress
-ConcatenatedAddress

Page 268 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.14.2.4 postCSRResponse

ResponseMessageHeader
-MessageID
-Organization
-Department
-Application
-TimeStamp

BusinessTransactionHeader
-B2BPartnerID
-ExternalBusinessTransactionID

1..*

ResultCode
-Code
-Message
-Context

Page 269 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.14.3 Input Message Parameters - requestCSR

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

requestMessageHeader information may be utilized by partner and Level 3 for general


purposes such as reporting and auditing. These values are determined by the
requestMessageHeader transaction initiator and are not enforced by Level 3 beyond datatype and optionality;
however Level 3 recommends that careful consideration be given to the definition and
consistent use of these values to derive maximum benefit.

organization string (256) Code designating partner organization submitting a given message.

Code designating partner department within an organization that submits a given


department string (256)
message.

application string (256) Code designating partner application submitting a given message.

Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema dateTime datatype. Format:
√ CCYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssZ, with T acting as a separating character between date and
timeStamp dateTime
time. 24H time format required. Z denotes time zone. Example: 2001-12-01T15:20:23-
05:00 (where -05:00 is explicit time zone used).

Partner-generated and -managed message identifier. Same messageID submitted in


√ input and input-callback messages are returned in output and output-callback
messageID string (32)
messages. Partner is required to keep this value unique per message for correlation
and auditing purposes.

businessTransactionHead
er

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner profile is established
B2BPartnerID √ string(40) in Level 3 systems. A partner may have multiple profiles active at any given point,
where the URL to respond to is defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which consists of one or more
externalBusines individual business transactions or dialogues (for new, supp, or cancel).
√ string(40)
sTransactionID Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and auditing purposes. ID
should begin with Partner’s initials or name (ex. Level3_123456)

If BTN and 0 WTN are specified, CSRs for all WTN corresponding to that BTN will be
retrieved. If no BTN and 1 WTN are specified, a CSR will be retrieved corresponding to
CSRHeader
that WTN. If a BTN and 1 WTN are specified a CSR for the BTN and a CSR for WTN
will be retrieved if they are different.

Page 270 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

The Billing Telephone Number. If a CSR is requested for a list of TNs, a BTN must be
provided.
BTN string(10)
Note, a single BTN, a single WTN, or both must be provided. Only one BTN per CSR
request.

Customer contact name for order. The authorization name is the name of the person
requesterName string(50)
from the Level 3 customer that is authorizing to pull a particular CSR.

flexibleAttribute

name string(80)

value string(80)

WTN Zero to one to many WTNs within a given validationHeader

NPA √ string(3)

NXX √ string(3)

startNum √ string(4)

Used to specify a sequence of contiguous TNs to validate. Must be different from


endNum string(4)
StartNum. Can be used in validation API but not in order entry API

One and only one subscriber within a given serviceOrderHeader. Titles are to be
subscriberName
prepended to firstName and suffixes are to be appended to lastName.

Required if subscriber has one or more subscriber lines where CTI = B. Invalid if CTI =
businessName string(50)
R

Required if subscriber has one or more subscriber lines where CTI = R. Invalid if CTI =
B
Middle initial is to be included with first name in this format: First_M
firstName string(50)
Titles are to be prepended to firstName. First + Middle + Last less than or equal to 25
chars for LNP orders. This restriction is imposed by LSOG repository. LSOG
mismatches are common reasons for LNP failures. To help ensure LSOG hits, partners
are advised to use subscriber name as it appears in existing phone bills.

Page 271 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

First + Middle + Last less than or equal to 25 chars


middleInitial string(1)
This field is currently inactive.

Required if subscriber has one or more subscriber lines where CTI = R. Invalid if CTI =
B.
lastName string(50)
Suffixes are to be appended to lastName. First + Middle + Last less than or equal to 25
chars

Customer Type Indicator. B=Business, R=Residential


CTI √ string(1) CTI Maintained by Level 3 systems at subscriberLine level to support home-office
scenarios, where both business and residential lines may exist.

address (CSRAddress)

Street number prefix


EXAMPLE: 25 W
streetNumPrefix string(5)
Where 25W is the street number prefix for the following address example: 25W 450 1/2
SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

streetNum √ string(10) Street number

Street number suffix. Optional when StreetNum is populated. Otherwise, ignored.


EXAMPLE: 1/2
streetNumSuffix string(4)
Where 1/2 is the street number suffix for the following address example: 25W 450 1/2
SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Street directional prefix


EXAMPLE: SW
preDirectional string(2) Directional Where SW is the Street directional prefix or pre-directional for the following address
example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2
Valid values: N|NE|NW|S|SE|SW|E|W

streetName √ string(44) Street Name

Street suffix (i.e. ST, PL, CT, AVE)


EXAMPLE: LN
streetSuffix string(6) StreetSuffix
Where LN is the street suffix for the following address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW
Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Page 272 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Street directional suffix


EXAMPLE: NW
postDirectional string(2) Directional Where NW is the Street directional suffix or post-directional for the following address
example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.
Valid values: N|NE|NW|S|SE|SW|E|W

Room Designation. Distinct from Unit. Sample use: Room within a Unit, i.e. Room 100,
room string(10)
Hangar A.

Floor Designation
EXAMPLE: 12
floor string(10)
Where 12 is the floor for the following address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino
Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Building Designation
EXAMPLE: 2
building string(10)
Where 2 is building for the following address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino
Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Secondary Location Description


secondaryLocati EXAMPLE: STE
string(4) LocDescriptor
onDescription Where STE is the secondary location description for the following address example:
25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Unit or Secondary Location Number


EXAMPLE: 23A
unit string(10)
Where 23A is the unit number for the following address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW
Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

city √ string(25) City

state √ string(2) State State Abbreviation

country √ string(25) Country. Valid value is ‘USA’.

zipCode √ string(5) 5-digit Zip Code

zipPlus4 string(4) 4-digit Zip Code extension

Page 273 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

comments string(512)

An unparsed address will be returned if the corresponding order utilized this element at
concatenatedAd time of order submission.
string(256)
dress

2.2.14.4 Output Message Parameters – requestCSRResponse

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

requestMessageHeader information may be utilized by partner and Level 3 for


general purposes such as reporting and auditing. These values are determined
responseMessageHeader by the transaction initiator and are not enforced by Level 3 beyond datatype and
optionality; however Level 3 recommends that careful consideration be given to
the definition and consistent use of these values to derive maximum benefit.

organization string (256) Code designating partner organization submitting a given message.

Code designating partner department within an organization that submits a given


department string (256)
message.

application string (256) Code designating partner application submitting a given message.

Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema dateTime datatype.


√ Format: CCYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssZ, with T acting as a separating character
timeStamp dateTime
between date and time. 24H time format required. Z denotes time zone.
Example: 2001-12-01T15:20:23-05:00 (where -05:00 is explicit time zone used).

Partner-generated and -managed message identifier. Same messageID


√ submitted in input and input-callback messages are returned in output and
messageID string (32)
output-callback messages. Partner is required to keep this value unique per
message for correlation and auditing purposes.

Page 274 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner profile is


B2BPartnerID √ string(40) established in Level 3 systems. A partner may have multiple profiles active at any
given point, where the URL to respond to is defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which consists of one or


externalBusinessTr more individual business transactions or dialogues (for new, supp, or cancel).
√ string(40)
ansactionID Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and auditing
purposes. ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name (ex. Level3_123456)

Indicator of success or failure of an overall business transaction or specific


resultCode
aspect of a given business transaction

On successful transactions, only one resultCode (the success code) will be


returned.
code √ string(20) On error situations, only one resultCode is currently returned; however, future
functionality may support the return of one or more codes for transactions that
may raise several exceptions.

message √ string(256) Description of result code; required when resultCode is present

Context string(256) Contextual addendum to description, clarifying the source of the resultCode

2.2.14.5 Input Callback Message Parameters – postCSR

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

requestMessageHeader information may be utilized by partner and Level 3 for


general purposes such as reporting and auditing. These values are determined
requestMessageHeader by the transaction initiator and are not enforced by Level 3 beyond datatype and
optionality; however Level 3 recommends that careful consideration be given to
the definition and consistent use of these values to derive maximum benefit.

√ Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema dateTime datatype.


timeStamp dateTime
Format: CCYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssZ, with T acting as a separating character

Page 275 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

between date and time. 24H time format required. Z denotes time zone.
Example: 2001-12-01T15:20:23-05:00 (where -05:00 is explicit time zone used).

Partner-generated and -managed message identifier. Same messageID


√ submitted in input and input-callback messages are returned in output and
messageID string (32)
output-callback messages. Partner is required to keep this value unique per
message for correlation and auditing purposes.

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner profile is


B2BPartnerID √ string(40) established in Level 3 systems. A partner may have multiple profiles active at any
given point, where the URL to respond to is defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which consists of one or


externalBusinessTr more individual business transactions or dialogues (for new, supp, or cancel).
√ string(40)
ansactionID Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and auditing
purposes. ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name (ex. Level3_123456)

CSRHeader

BTN string(10) The Billing Telephone Number.

Customer contact name for order. The authorization name is the name of the
requesterName string(50)
person from the Level 3 customer that is authorizing to pull a particular CSR.

LNPInformation LNPInformation

listOfCSRInformatio
Includes one to many CSRInformation.
ns

Information needed to process LNP orders. Required if


LNPInformation
serviceOrderHeader.LNPIndicator = Y

listOfJeopardyInfor listOfJeopardyI
Includes one to many JeopardyInformation.
mations nformations

jeopardyInformation

jeopardyCode string(20) On LNP error situations, one or many jeopardy codes may be returned.

jeopardyDescription string(200) Detailed description for each jeopardy code.

Page 276 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Indicator of success or failure of an overall business transaction or specific


resultCode
aspect of a given business transaction.

On successful transactions, only one resultCode (the success code) will be


returned.
code √ string(20) On error situations, only one resultCode is currently returned; however, future
functionality may support the return of one or more codes for transactions that
may raise several exceptions.

message √ string(256) Description of result code; required when resultCode is present.

Context string(256) Contextual addendum to description, clarifying the source of the resultCode.

CSRInformation

accountTelephoneN
string
umber

companyCode string

customerCode string

sentTimeStamp string

freezePIC string

LPIC string

PIC string

transactionType string

endUserName string

dateReceived string

Page 277 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

listOfFeatureFl
listOfFeatureFlags
ags

CSRAddress √ address

WTN √ WTN WTN to which this CSR corresponds.

featureFlag Subscriber line feature which may impact the portability of this subscriber line

featureCode √ string Specific subscriber line feature code as recorded in the CSR

featureName √ string Value description of subscriber line feature

WTN One to many WTNs within a given validationHeader

NPA √ string(3)

NXX √ string(3)

startNum √ string(4)

Used to specify a sequence of contiguous TNs to validate. Must be different from


endNum string(4)
StartNum. Can be used in validation API but not in order entry API

address (CSRAddress)

Street number prefix


EXAMPLE: 25 W
streetNumPrefix string(5)
Where 25W is the street number prefix for the following address example: 25W
450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

streetNum √ string(10) Street number

Street number suffix. Optional when StreetNum is populated. Otherwise, ignored.


EXAMPLE: 1/2
streetNumSuffix string(4)
Where 1/2 is the street number suffix for the following address example: 25W
450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Page 278 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Street directional prefix


EXAMPLE: SW
Where SW is the Street directional prefix or pre-directional for the following
preDirectional string(2) Directional address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building
2
Valid values: N|NE|NW|S|SE|SW|E|W

streetName √ string(44) Street Name

Street suffix (i.e. ST, PL, CT, AVE)


EXAMPLE: LN
streetSuffix string(6) StreetSuffix
Where LN is the street suffix for the following address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW
Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Street directional suffix


EXAMPLE: NW
Where NW is the Street directional suffix or post-directional for the following
postDirectional string(2) Directional address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building
2, Suite 23A.
Valid values: N|NE|NW|S|SE|SW|E|W

Room Designation. Distinct from Unit. Sample use: Room within a Unit, i.e. Room
room string(10)
100, Hangar A.

Floor Designation
EXAMPLE: 12
floor string(10)
Where 12 is the floor for the following address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW
Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Building Designation
EXAMPLE: 2
building string(10)
Where 2 is building for the following address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino
Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Page 279 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Secondary Location Description


EXAMPLE: STE
secondaryLocation
string(4) LocDescriptor Where STE is the secondary location description for the following address
Description
example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite
23A.

Unit or Secondary Location Number


EXAMPLE: 23A
unit string(10)
Where 23A is the unit number for the following address example: 25W 450 1/2
SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

city √ string(25) City

state √ string(2) State State Abbreviation

country √ string(25) Country. Valid value is ‘USA’.

zipCode √ string(5) 5-digit Zip Code

zipPlus4 string(4) 4-digit Zip Code extension

comments string(512)

An unparsed address will be returned if the corresponding order utilized this


concatenatedAddre element at time of order submission.
string(256)
ss

2.2.14.6 Output Callback Message Parameters - postCSRResponse

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

Page 280 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

requestMessageHeader information may be utilized by partner and Level 3 for


general purposes such as reporting and auditing. These values are determined
responseMessageHeader by the transaction initiator and are not enforced by Level 3 beyond datatype and
optionality; however Level 3 recommends that careful consideration be given to
the definition and consistent use of these values to derive maximum benefit.

organization string (256) Code designating partner organization submitting a given message.

Code designating partner department within an organization that submits a given


department string (256)
message.

application string (256) Code designating partner application submitting a given message.

Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema dateTime datatype.


√ Format: CCYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssZ, with T acting as a separating character
timeStamp dateTime
between date and time. 24H time format required. Z denotes time zone.
Example: 2001-12-01T15:20:23-05:00 (where -05:00 is explicit time zone used).

Partner-generated and -managed message identifier. Same messageID


√ submitted in input and input-callback messages are returned in output and
messageID string (32)
output-callback messages. Partner is required to keep this value unique per
message for correlation and auditing purposes.

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner profile is


B2BPartnerID √ string(40) established in Level 3 systems. A partner may have multiple profiles active at any
given point, where the URL to respond to is defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which consists of one or


externalBusinessTr more individual business transactions or dialogues (for new, supp, or cancel).
√ string(40)
ansactionID Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and auditing
purposes. ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name (ex. Level3_123456)

Indicator of success or failure of an overall business transaction or specific


resultCode
aspect of a given business transaction

Page 281 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

On successful transactions, only one resultCode (the success code) will be


returned.
code √ string(20) On error situations, only one resultCode is currently returned; however, future
functionality may support the return of one or more codes for transactions that
may raise several exceptions.

message √ string(256) Description of result code; required when resultCode is present

Context string(256) Contextual addendum to description, clarifying the source of the resultCode

Page 282 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.15 Order Status Notifications


Description
This business transaction provides Order Status information to the Level 3 partner for a given order when a noteworthy event occurs. The type of
notifications returned varies based on the type of business transaction submitted (for example, notifications returned for a New Install transaction
is different from those returned for a Disconnect transaction). This transaction will always be generated by Level 3. The following types of
notifications may be returned:

ƒ Submit notification - successful order submission

ƒ FOC notification - availability of FOC date from donor LEC

ƒ Install notification - successful installation of order (service activated on Level 3 Network)

ƒ Disconnect notification - successful disconnection of service

ƒ Complete notification - successful completion of order, including all post-install steps such as 911 provisioning on Level 3 Network and
billing commencement

ƒ Error notification

o Validation error provided in lieu of the Submit notification if order validations fail. The request is not processed in Level 3 systems.

o LNP error provided requiring partner action to resolve the problem (may occur at any point in the order flow).

o LNP error provided not requiring partner action (may occur at any point in the order flow).

o 911 ALI (Automatic Location Information) error provided if address cannot be validated in MSAG (Master Street Address Guide).
(may occur at any point in the order flow)

The following notifications are detailed in their respective sections:

ƒ CSR notification – successful retrieval of Customer Service Record for an LNP Install Order (Detail specific to this notification can be
found in the CSR Notification section)

ƒ Level 3 Action notification – Level 3 initiated action on a pending order (Detail specific to this notification can be found in the Level 3
Action Notification section)

The following messages are required for these notifications:

Page 283 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

ƒ postSLOrderStatus – notification sent by Level 3 to notify partner with processing results and order status

ƒ postSLOrderStatusResponse – sent by partner to acknowledge receipt of Level 3’s notification

Please note the FOC date provided by the FOC notification is the actual date of the port committed to by the donor LEC. This will usually be
equivalent to the CRD, but not always. It may be before or after the CRD.

Prerequisites
ƒ A previous order has been successfully submitted and accepted by Level 3 systems.

ƒ A notification-generating event has occurred.

Expected Results
Note: Notifications may occur in a different sequence or at the same time.
The partner should expect to:
ƒ Receive a notification of types listed above – postSLOrderStatus message

ƒ Acknowledge receipt of notification – postSLOrderStatusResponse

Page 284 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.15.1 Sample Usage

2.2.15.1.1 New TN Install

Page 285 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.15.1.2 LNP Install

Page 286 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.15.1.3 Disconnect

Page 287 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.15.2 Class Diagrams

The class diagram below describes the objects involved in the WSDL messages that are exchanged as a
part of this business transaction and the relationships that exist among them.

2.2.15.2.1 postSLOrderStatus Element


Valid Values in List
RequestMessageHeader - Move Valid Values in List
-MessageID - Service Package - Subscriber Name
-Organization - CNAM - CTI
-Department - DL - BTN Old Carrier
-Application - Subscriber Name - CRD
-TimeStamp - Customer Service Name
-UserID
-OriginalMessageID

1 ChangeType SuppType

1 -ChangeName -SuppName

BusinessTransactionHeader 0..* 0..*


1 1
-B2BPartnerID
-ExternalBusinessTransactionID
-LegalBinder
JeopardyInformation 0..1 Feature
-JeopardyCode 1 OrderSummary -Feature
1
-JeopardyDescription -listOfChangeType -FeatureDetail FeatureFlag
-listOFSuppType
0..* NotificationHeader
0..1
11
-NotificationType
-DateTime 0..1
1 1
ServiceOrderHeader
LNPInformation -ProductID
-OrderAction
-LNPState
-OrderType
-ListOfJeopardyInformations 0..1 WTN 1
-CRD
-ExternalOrderID -NPA
-LNPIndicator -NXX CSRInformation
1 -OrderStatus -StartNum 1
1 1 1 -AccountTelephoneNumber
1 -Subscriber
-CompanyCode
-ListOfResultCodes 0..1 -CustomerCode
-ListOfSubscriberLines
-SentTimeStamp
Subscriber -FOCDate
1 -FreezePIC
-L3SubscriberID -BillStartDate
-LPIC
-ExternalSubscriberId -BillStopDate
-PIC
-SubscriberSite 1 -InstalledDate SubscriberLine
1 -TransactionType
-ExternalOrderVersion
-L3SubscriberLineID -EndUserName
-CSRInformation 1..* -WTN -DateReceived
1 -LNPInformation
-FromLECCompanyCode -ListOfFeatureFlags
-L3ParentOrderID 1
-ToLECCompanyCode -ListOfFeatures
-ReasonCode
-RateCenter -CSRAddress
-ReasonComments
-OrderSummary -WTN
-PartnerSubGroupID
-E911Disclaimer -CustomerServiceName
-E911Option 1
-GITNIndicator 1
-E911CoverageIndicator
-wirelessLNPIndicator 1
1 1
1
SubscriberSite 0..* RateCenter
-L3SubscriberSiteId -RateCenterAbbreviation
ResultCode -LATA
-State
-Code
-Message
-Context

Page 288 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.15.2.2 postSLOrderStatusResponse Element

Page 289 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.15.3 Input Message Parameters – postSLOrderStatus

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

requestMessageHeader information may be utilized by


partner and Level 3 for general purposes such as reporting
and auditing. These values are determined by the
requestMessageHeader transaction initiator and are not enforced by Level 3 beyond
datatype and optionality; however Level 3 recommends
that careful consideration be given to the definition and
consistent use of these values to derive maximum benefit.

Code designating partner organization submitting a given


organization string (256)
message

Code designating partner department within an


department string (256)
organization that submits a given message

Code designating partner application submitting a given


application string (256)
message

Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema


dateTime datatype. Format: CCYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssZ,
√ with T acting as a separating character between date and
timeStamp dateTime
time. 24H time format required. Z denotes time zone.
Example: 2001-12-01T15:20:23-05:00 (where -05:00 is
explicit time zone used).

Partner-generated and -managed message identifier.


Same messageID submitted in input and input-callback
messageID √ string (32) messages are returned in output and output-callback
messages. Partner is required to keep this value unique
per message for correlation and auditing purposes.

Same as requestMessageHeader.messageID of
√ corresponding input message. Valid for callback messages
originalMessageID string (32)
only. Partner is advised to use this value to correlate a
callback or notification to the related original message.

Partner user identifier. Used for auditing purposes only.


userID string (32) Value is logged in Level 3 systems, but is not sent back to
the partner.

businessTransactionHeader

Page 290 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after


√ partner profile is established in Level 3 systems. A partner
B2BPartnerID string(40)
may have multiple profiles active at any given point, where
the URL to respond to is defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction,


which consists of one or more individual business
transactions or dialogues (for new, supp, or cancel).
externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40)
Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation
and auditing purposes. ID should begin with Partner’s
initials or name (ex. Level3_123456)

Fixed value text describing the legally binding agreement


entered into by this commercial transaction. The specific
text included is:

This notice acknowledges receipt of your Customer Order


for the Services described herein. Subject to the terms set
forth in this communication, Level 3 accepts the Customer
Order, and this notice constitutes delivery of a Welcome
√ Letter and memorializes Level 3’s acceptance of your
legalBinder string(1000)
Customer Order. The Services identified in this notice are
governed by and subject to the master agreement between
Level 3 and Customer (or its affiliate, if applicable). In the
event that Level 3 and Customer (or its affiliate) have not
executed a master agreement and/or applicable Service
Schedule(s) with respect to the Services, then Level 3's
standard Master Service Agreement and Service
Schedules (as of the date of this notice) shall govern,
copies of which are available upon request.

notificationHeader

notificationType √ string(40) NotificationType See notificationType values in Enumeration Values section

dateTime √ dateTime

serviceOrderHeader

Identifier assigned by Level 3 systems when the order is


Level3ParentOrderID √ string(60) accepted. May be utilized by partner for subsequent
reporting, correlation or other related purposes.

Page 291 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

This ID will be assigned in the Submit notification. If order


receives an Error notification in lieu of a Submit notification,
the ID will not be assigned.
A new Level3ParentOrderID will be assigned for all New
Install, Disconnect, and Change Order transactions.

productID √ string(4) Level 3 identification for a service

√ Level 3 identifier used to indicate the action an order will


orderAction string(20) OrderAction
initiate

√ Level 3 identifier used to indicate the type of an order


orderType string(20) OrderType
action

Customer Requested Date in standard XML Schema


CRD √ date dateTime datatype.
CRD must not be a weekend or holiday.

partnerSubGroupID string(60) Channel Partner's Reseller Group ID

Partner Order ID stored by Level 3 systems. Level 3 does


externalOrderID string(60) not enforce or utilize this value for any purpose other than
partner-requested reporting.

Partner Order Version stored by Level 3 systems. Level 3


externalOrderVersion string(20) does not enforce or utilize this value for any purpose other
than partner-requested reporting.

LNPIndicator √ string(1) Y: LNP Install. N: New install.

√ See state transition diagrams for specific values that can


orderStatus string(25)
be expected.

Required only for Installation, FOC and Order


FOCDate date Completion/Activation (for Install) notifications. Not
applicable otherwise.

Required only for Installation and Order


billStartDate date Completion/Activation (for Install) notifications Not
applicable otherwise.

Page 292 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Required only for Post-Submit Disconnect, Order


billStopDate date Completion (for Disconnect) and Post-submit Error
notifications. Not applicable otherwise.

Required only for Installation and Order


installedDate date Completion/Activation (for Install) notifications. Not
applicable otherwise.

One and only one CSRInformation record within a given


CSRInformation CSRInformation ServiceOrderHeader. Required if CSRInformationRequired
= “Y” on the initial request

LNPInformation LNPInformation

Reason code for cancellation, disconnection or change of


√ service image. Single valid value for this transaction:
reasonCode string(40) ReasonCode
Channel Partner Init. When invalid value is submitted, this
value will be used.

reasonComments √ string(256) Detailed comments describing reason for this cancel/disco

√ One and only one subscriber included within a


subscriber subscriber
serviceOrderHeader

√ A listOfSubscriberLines includes one to many


listOfSubscriberLines listOfSubscriberLines
subscriberLines

listOfResultCodes listOfResultCodes A listOfResultCodes includes 0 or one result code element

Disclaimer associated with chosen E-911Option. The


specific text included is:
E911 Static: This subscriber will be activated using E-911.
In the event a Public Safety Answering Point is not E-911-
enabled, your subscriber will be activated using a
permanent 911 solution to the extent technically feasible.
E911 Disclaimer √ string(1000) All 911 Services and E-911 Services provided by Level 3
are provided by Level 3 Communications, LLC and are
subject to applicable tarrifs.
E911 VPC: Level 3 has accepted this order. Your company
is responsible for ensuring the information for the
subscriber associated with this Telephone Number is
provided to the VPC. Your subscriber will not be

Page 293 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

provisioned with 911 service until your company has


provisioned them with your VPC.
E911 Customer Provided: Level 3 is not providing a 911
solution to this subscriber. Per the terms of your agreement
with Level 3, your company is responsible for providing 911
to this subscriber.

Specifies the 911 solution the subscriber opts to use. Valid


E911Option string(60) E911Option values for E-911Option are: E911 Static, E911 VPC, E911
Customer Provided.

Y indicates the requested E-911Option is available.


N indicates the requested E-911Option is unavailable.
E911CoverageIndicator string(7) E911CoverageIndicator
Future functionality may require the use of additional
values.

Y indicates that service address and TN location are in


different rate centers and thus require a GITN. N indicates
GITNIndicator string(1)
that service address and TN location are in the same rate
center and a GITN is not needed.

wirelessLNPIndicator string(1) yesNo Indicates whether the TN on the request is wireless TN.

One and only one subscriber within a given


subscriber
serviceOrderHeader.

Same as subscriber.Level3SubscriberID within


√ createSLOrder message if specified there by partner.
Level3SubscriberID integer
Otherwise, generated by Level 3 systems for new
subscriber record.

Partner subscriber identifier, stored in Level 3 systems for


externalSubscriberID string(50)
partner's reporting and querying purposes.

subscriberSite √ subscriberSite

subscriberSite One and only one subscriberSite within a given subscriber

Same as subscriberSite.Level3SubscriberISiteID within


√ createSLOrder message if specified there by partner.
Level3SubscriberSiteID integer
Otherwise, generated by Level 3 systems for new
subscriber site record.

Page 294 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

listOfSubscriberLines

subscriberLine √ subscriberLine

One to many subscriberLines within a given


serviceOrderHeader. Note that current release only
subscriberLine
supports one and only one subscriberLine within a given
serviceOrderHeader for this transaction.

Identifier generated by Level 3 systems for this subscriber


line. This attribute will not be seen until the Complete
Level3SubscriberLineID √ integer notification is received. May be utilized by partner for
subsequent reporting, correlation or other related
purposes.

Required if no errors encountered. For new TN (i.e. Non-


WTN WTN LNP) Orders, this is the ready-to-use TN for the ordered
subscriber line.

NPAC Company code of carrier from which number is to be


fromLECCompanyCode string(50)
ported. Required if serviceOrder.LNPIndicator = Y

NPAC Company code of carrier to which number is to be


toLECCompanyCode string(50)
ported. Required if serviceOrder.LNPIndicator = Y

rateCenter √ rateCenter

√ Description of order details. Currently only required for


orderSummary orderSummary
change orders (orderAction = Change; orderType = New).
A customer-defined name used to specify the service
configuration preferences for the subscriber order. The
service configuration preferences include TN pool, and call
customerServiceName √ string(15) routing. This value must be pre-established as will be
validated. If multiple customer service names exist and the
field is not populated, an error will be returned.

WTN Required within subscriberLine if no errors encountered

NPA √ string(3)

NXX √ string(3)

Page 295 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

startNum √ string(4)

rateCenter One to one within a given subscriberLine

rateCenterAbbreviation √ string(35) Rate center abbreviation as defined in LERG

LATA √ string(5) 3- to 5-digit industry-standard integer value

state √ string(2) State State Abbreviation

listOfResultCodes

resultCode √ resultCode

Indicator of success or failure of an overall business


resultCode transaction or specific aspect of a given business
transaction

On successful transactions, only one resultCode (the


success code) will be returned.
√ On error situations, only one resultCode is currently
code string(20)
returned; however, future functionality may support the
return of one or more codes for transactions that may raise
several exceptions.

√ Description of result code; required when resultCode is


message string(256)
present

Contextual addendum to description, clarifying the source


Context string(256)
of the resultCode

Information needed to process LNP orders. Required if


LNPInformation
serviceOrderHeader.LNPIndicator = Y

LNPState string(10) State of LNP porting progress

A listOfJeopardyInformations includes one to many


listOfJeopardyInformations listOfJeopardyInformations
JeopardyInformation

listOfJeopardyInformations

Page 296 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

jeopardyInformation jeopardyInformation

JeopardyInformation

On LNP error situations, one or many jeopardy code can


jeopardyCode string(20)
be returned.

jeopardyDescription string(200) Detailed description for each jeopardy code

CSRInformation

accountTelephoneNumber string

companyCode string

customerCode string

sentTimeStamp string

freezePIC string

LPIC string

PIC string

transactionType string

endUserName string

dateReceived string

listOfFeatures listOfFeatures

listOfFeatureFlags listOfFeatureFlags

CSRAddress √ address

WTN √ WTN WTN to which this CSR corresponds

listOfFeatures

Page 297 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

feature √ feature

Information about subscriber line feature as recorded in the


feature
CSR

feature √ string Specific subscriber line feature as recorded in the CSR

featureDetail √ string Detailed description of subscriber line feature

listOfFeatureFlags

featureFlag √ featureFlag

Subscriber line feature which may impact the portability of


featureFlag
this subscriber line

featureFlag √ string

address (CSRAddress)

Street number prefix


EXAMPLE: 25 W
streetNumPrefix string(5) Where 25W is the street number prefix for the following
address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane
NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

streetNum √ string(10) Street number

Street number suffix. Optional when StreetNum is


populated. Otherwise, ignored.
EXAMPLE: 1/2
streetNumSuffix string(4)
Where 1/2 is the street number suffix for the following
address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane
NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Street directional prefix


EXAMPLE: SW
preDirectional string(2) Directional Where SW is the Street directional prefix or pre-directional
for the following address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW
Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2

Page 298 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Valid values: N|NE|NW|S|SE|SW|E|W

streetName √ string(44) Street Name

Street suffix (i.e. ST, PL, CT, AVE)


EXAMPLE: LN
streetSuffix string(6) StreetSuffix Where LN is the street suffix for the following address
example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW,
Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Street directional suffix


EXAMPLE: NW
Where NW is the Street directional suffix or post-directional
postDirectional string(2) Directional for the following address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW
Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.
Valid values: N|NE|NW|S|SE|SW|E|W

Room Designation. Distinct from Unit. Sample use: Room


room string(10)
within a Unit, i.e. Room 100, Hangar A.

Floor Designation
EXAMPLE: 12
floor string(10) Where 12 is the floor for the following address example:
25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12,
Building 2, Suite 23A.

Building Designation
EXAMPLE: 2
building string(10) Where 2 is building for the following address example: 25W
450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2,
Suite 23A.

Secondary Location Description


EXAMPLE: STE
secondaryLocationDescription string(4) LocDescriptor Where STE is the secondary location description for the
following address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino
Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Unit or Secondary Location Number


EXAMPLE: 23A
unit string(10) Where 23A is the unit number for the following address
example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW,
Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Page 299 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

city √ string(25) City

state √ string(2) State State Abbreviation

country √ string(25) Country. Valid value is ‘USA’.

zipCode √ string(5) 5-digit Zip Code

zipPlus4 string(4) 4-digit Zip Code extension

comments string(512)

WTN Required within subscriberLine if no errors encountered

NPA √ string(3)

NXX √ string(3)

startNum √ string(4)

orderSummary

listOfChangeType √ listOfChangeType

listOfSuppType √ listOfSuppType

When present, contains list of one or more changeType


listOfChangeType
objects

changeType √ changeType

changeType

changeName √ string(512) ChangeName

When present, contains list of one or more suppType


listOfSuppType
objects

Page 300 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

suppType √ suppType

suppType

suppName √ string(512) SuppName

2.2.15.4 Output Message Parameters - postSLOrderStatusResponse

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

responseMessageHeader

timeStamp √ dateTime Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema dateTime datatype

messageID √ string (32) Same as requestMessageHeader.messageID of responded-to message

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner profile is


B2BPartnerID √ string(40) established in Level 3 systems. A partner may have multiple profiles active at any
given point, where the URL to respond to is defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which consists of one or


more individual business transactions or dialogues (for new, supp, or cancel).
externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40)
Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and auditing purposes.
ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name (ex. Level3_123456)

Indicator of success or failure of an overall business transaction or specific aspect


resultCode
of a given business transaction

On successful transactions, only one resultCode (the success code) will be


returned.
code √ string(20) On error situations, only one resultCode is currently returned; however, future
functionality may support the return of one or more codes for transactions that
may raise several exceptions.

message √ string(256) Description of result code; required when resultCode is present.

Page 301 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

context string(256) Contextual addendum to description, clarifying the source of the resultCode

Page 302 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.16 CSR Notification


Description
This business transaction notifies the Level 3 partner that a Customer Service Record (CSR) has been received by Level 3 for a given LNP order
from the donor LEC and no error conditions exist for that record.

ƒ The following messages are required for this business transactions:

o postSLOrderStatus – notification sent by Level 3 to notify partner with processing results and order status

o postSLOrderStatusResponse – sent by partner to acknowledge receipt of Level 3’s notification

Prerequisites
• A previous LNP order has been successfully submitted and accepted by Level 3 systems

• Level 3 has received a CSR from donor LEC for LNP order.

Expected Results
• CSR notification (postSLOrderStatus)

Page 303 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.16.1 Sample Usage

2.2.16.1.1 LNP Install

Page 304 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.16.2 Class Diagrams

The class diagram below describes the objects involved in the WSDL messages that are exchanged as a
part of this business transaction and the relationships that exist among them.

2.2.16.2.1 postSLOrderStatus Element


Valid Values in List
RequestMessageHeader - Move Valid Values in List
-MessageID - Service Package - Subscriber Name
-Organization - CNAM - CTI
-Department - DL - BTN Old Carrier
-Application - Subscriber Name - CRD
-TimeStamp - Customer Service Name
-UserID
-OriginalMessageID

1 ChangeType SuppType

1 -ChangeName -SuppName

BusinessTransactionHeader 0..* 0..*


1 1
-B2BPartnerID
-ExternalBusinessTransactionID
-LegalBinder
JeopardyInformation 0..1 Feature
-JeopardyCode 1 OrderSummary -Feature
1
-JeopardyDescription -listOfChangeType -FeatureDetail FeatureFlag
-listOFSuppType
0..* NotificationHeader
0..1
11
-NotificationType
-DateTime 0..1
1 1
ServiceOrderHeader
LNPInformation -ProductID
-OrderAction
-LNPState
-OrderType
-ListOfJeopardyInformations 0..1 WTN 1
-CRD
-ExternalOrderID -NPA
-LNPIndicator -NXX CSRInformation
1 -OrderStatus -StartNum 1
1 1 1 -AccountTelephoneNumber
1 -Subscriber
-CompanyCode
-ListOfResultCodes 0..1 -CustomerCode
-ListOfSubscriberLines
-SentTimeStamp
Subscriber -FOCDate
1 -FreezePIC
-L3SubscriberID -BillStartDate
-LPIC
-ExternalSubscriberId -BillStopDate
-PIC
-SubscriberSite 1 -InstalledDate SubscriberLine
1 -TransactionType
-ExternalOrderVersion
-L3SubscriberLineID -EndUserName
-CSRInformation 1..* -WTN -DateReceived
1 -LNPInformation
-FromLECCompanyCode -ListOfFeatureFlags
-L3ParentOrderID 1
-ToLECCompanyCode -ListOfFeatures
-ReasonCode
-RateCenter -CSRAddress
-ReasonComments
-OrderSummary -WTN
-PartnerSubGroupID
-E911Disclaimer -CustomerServiceName
-E911Option 1
-GITNIndicator 1
-E911CoverageIndicator
-wirelessLNPIndicator 1
1 1
1
SubscriberSite 0..* RateCenter
-L3SubscriberSiteId -RateCenterAbbreviation
ResultCode -LATA
-State
-Code
-Message
-Context

Page 305 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.16.2.2 postSLOrderStatusResponse Element

Page 306 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.16.3 Input Message Parameters - postSLOrderStatus

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

requestMessageHeader information may be utilized by partner and


Level 3 for general purposes such as reporting and auditing. These
values are determined by the transaction initiator and are not
requestMessageHeader enforced by Level 3 beyond datatype and optionality; however
Level 3 recommends that careful consideration be given to the
definition and consistent use of these values to derive maximum
benefit.

organization string (256) Code designating partner organization submitting a given message

Code designating partner department within an organization that


department string (256)
submits a given message

application string (256) Code designating partner application submitting a given message

Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema


dateTime datatype. Format: CCYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssZ, with T
timeStamp √ dateTime acting as a separating character between date and time. 24H time
format required. Z denotes time zone. Example: 2001-12-
01T15:20:23-05:00 (where -05:00 is explicit time zone used).

Partner-generated and -managed message identifier. Same


messageID submitted in input and input-callback messages are
messageID √ string (32) returned in output and output-callback messages. Partner is
required to keep this value unique per message for correlation and
auditing purposes.

Same as requestMessageHeader.messageID of corresponding


√ input message. Valid for callback messages only. Partner is advised
originalMessageID string (32)
to use this value to correlate a callback or notification to the related
original message.

Partner user identifier. Used for auditing purposes only. Value is


userID string (32)
logged in Level 3 systems, but is not sent back to the partner.

Page 307 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner


√ profile is established in Level 3 systems. A partner may have
B2BPartnerID string(40)
multiple profiles active at any given point, where the URL to respond
to is defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which


consists of one or more individual business transactions or
dialogues (for new, supp, or cancel).
externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40)
Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and
auditing purposes. ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name
(ex. Level3_123456)

notificationHeader

notificationType √ string(40) NotificationType The enumerated value for notificationType = “CSR”

dateTime √ dateTime

serviceOrderHeader

productID √ string(4) Level 3 identification for a service

orderAction √ string(20) OrderAction Level 3 identifier used to indicate the action an order will initiate

orderType √ string(20) OrderType Level 3 identifier used to indicate the type of an order action

Customer Requested Date in standard XML Schema dateTime


CRD √ date datatype.
CRD must not be a weekend or holiday.

partnerSubGroupID string(60) Channel Partner's Reseller Group ID

Partner Order ID stored by Level 3 systems. Level 3 does not


externalOrderID string(60) enforce or utilize this value for any purpose other than partner-
requested reporting.

externalOrderVersion string(20) Partner Order Version stored by Level 3 systems. Level 3 does not

Page 308 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

enforce or utilize this value for any purpose other than partner-
requested reporting.

LNPIndicator √ string(1) Y: LNP Install. N: New install.

wirelessLNPIndicator String(1) yesNo Indicates whether the TN on the request is a wireless TN

√ Status of the order at the time the notification is generated. See


orderStatus string(25)
state transition diagrams for more detail.

billStopDate √ date

subscriber √ subscriber One and only one subscriber included within a serviceOrderHeader

√ One and only one CSRInformation record within a given


CSRInformation CSRInformation
ServiceOrderHeader

listOfSubscriberLines √ listOfSubscriberLines A listOfSubscriberLines includes one to many subscriberLines

listOfResultCodes listOfResultCodes A listOfResultCodes includes 0 or one result code element

subscriber One and only one subscriber within a given serviceOrderHeader

Same as subscriber.Level3SubscriberID within createSLOrder


Level3SubscriberID √ integer message if specified there by partner. Otherwise, generated by
Level 3 systems for new subscriber record.

Partner subscriber identifier, stored in Level 3 systems for partner's


externalSubscriberID string(50)
reporting and querying purposes.

subscriberSite √ subscriberSite

subscriberSite One and only one subscriberSite within a given subscriber

Same as subscriberSite.Level3SubscriberISiteID within


Level3SubscriberSiteID √ integer createSLOrder message if specified there by partner. Otherwise,
generated by Level 3 systems for new subscriber site record.

CSRInformation

Page 309 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

nameMatch √ string(1) yesNo

addressMatch √ string(1) yesNo

addressFormatType string

accountTelephoneNumber string

blockingExceptions string

companyCode string

customerCode string

sentTimeStamp string

freezePIC string

LPIC string

PIC string

transactionType string

endUserName string

dateReceived string

listOfFeatures listOfFeatures

listOfFeatureFlags listOfFeatureFlags

CSRAddress √ address

WTN √ WTN WTN to which this CSR corresponds

listOfFeatures

feature √ feature

Page 310 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

feature Information about subscriber line feature as recorded in the CSR

feature √ string Specific subscriber line feature as recorded in the CSR

featureDetail √ string Detailed description of subscriber line feature

listOfFeatureFlags

featureFlag √ featureFlag

Subscriber line feature which may impact the portability of this


featureFlag
subscriber line

featureFlag √ string

address (CSRAddress)

Street number prefix


EXAMPLE: 25 W
streetNumPrefix string(5) Where 25W is the street number prefix for the following address
example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12,
Building 2, Suite 23A.

streetNum √ string(10) Street number

Street number suffix. Optional when StreetNum is populated.


Otherwise, ignored.
EXAMPLE: 1/2
streetNumSuffix string(4)
Where 1/2 is the street number suffix for the following address
example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12,
Building 2, Suite 23A.

Street directional prefix


EXAMPLE: SW
Where SW is the Street directional prefix or pre-directional for the
preDirectional string(2) Directional following address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane
NW, Floor 12, Building 2
Valid values: N|NE|NW|S|SE|SW|E|W

streetName √ string(44) Street Name

Page 311 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Street suffix (i.e. ST, PL, CT, AVE)


EXAMPLE: LN
streetSuffix string(6) StreetSuffix Where LN is the street suffix for the following address example:
25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2,
Suite 23A.

Street directional suffix


EXAMPLE: NW
Where NW is the Street directional suffix or post-directional for the
postDirectional string(2) Directional following address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane
NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.
Valid values: N|NE|NW|S|SE|SW|E|W

Room Designation. Distinct from Unit. Sample use: Room within a


room string(10)
Unit, i.e. Room 100, Hangar A.

Floor Designation
EXAMPLE: 12
floor string(10)
Where 12 is the floor for the following address example: 25W 450
1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Building Designation
EXAMPLE: 2
building string(10)
Where 2 is building for the following address example: 25W 450 1/2
SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Secondary Location Description


EXAMPLE: STE
secondaryLocationDescription string(4) LocDescriptor Where STE is the secondary location description for the following
address example: 25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor
12, Building 2, Suite 23A.

Unit or Secondary Location Number


EXAMPLE: 23A
unit string(10) Where 23A is the unit number for the following address example:
25W 450 1/2 SW Camino Ramon Lane NW, Floor 12, Building 2,
Suite 23A.

city √ string(25) City

state √ string(2) State State Abbreviation

Page 312 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

country √ string(25) Country. Valid value is ‘USA’.

zipCode √ string(5) 5-digit Zip Code

zipPlus4 string(4) 4-digit Zip Code extension

comments string(512)

WTN Required within subscriberLine if no errors encountered

NPA √ string(3)

NXX √ string(3)

startNum √ string(4)

listOfSubscriberLines

subscriberLine √ subscriberLine

One to many subscriberLines within a given serviceOrderHeader.


Note that current release only supports One and only one
subscriberLine
subscriberLine within a given serviceOrderHeader for this
transaction.

Identifier generated by Level 3 systems for this subscriber line. This


√ attribute will not be seen until the Complete notification is received.
Level3SubscriberLineID integer
May be utilized by partner for subsequent reporting, correlation or
other related purposes.

WTN WTN Required if no errors encountered

NPAC Company code of carrier from which number is to be ported.


fromLECCompanyCode string(50)
Required if serviceOrder.LNPIndicator = Y

NPAC Company code of carrier to which number is to be ported.


toLECCompanyCode string(50)
Required if serviceOrder.LNPIndicator = Y

rateCenter √ rateCenter

Page 313 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

WTN Required within subscriberLine if no errors encountered

NPA √ string(3)

NXX √ string(3)

startNum √ string(4)

rateCenter One to one within a given subscriberLine

rateCenterAbbreviation √ string(35) Rate center abbreviation as defined in LERG

LATA √ string(5) 3- to 5-digit industry-standard integer value

state √ string(2) State State Abbreviation

listOfResultCodes

resultCode √ resultCode

Indicator of success or failure of an overall business transaction or


resultCode
specific aspect of a given business transaction

On successful transactions, only one resultCode (the success code)


will be returned.
code √ string(20) On error situations, only one resultCode is currently returned;
however, future functionality may support the return of one or more
codes for transactions that may raise several exceptions.

message √ string(256) Description of result code; required when resultCode is present

Contextual addendum to description, clarifying the source of the


context string(256)
resultCode

2.2.16.4 Output Message Parameters - postSLOrderStatusResponse

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

Page 314 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

responseMessageHeader

timeStamp √ dateTime Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema dateTime datatype

messageID √ string (32) Same as requestMessageHeader.messageID of responded-to message

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner profile is


B2BPartnerID √ string(40) established in Level 3 systems. A partner may have multiple profiles active at any
given point, where the URL to respond to is defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which consists of one or


more individual business transactions or dialogues (for new, supp, or cancel).
externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40)
Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and auditing purposes.
ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name (ex. Level3_123456)

Indicator of success or failure of an overall business transaction or specific aspect


resultCode
of a given business transaction

On successful transactions, only one resultCode (the success code) will be


returned.
code √ string(20) On error situations, only one resultCode is currently returned; however, future
functionality may support the return of one or more codes for transactions that
may raise several exceptions.

message √ string(256) Description of result code; required when resultCode is present

context string(256) Contextual addendum to description, clarifying the source of the resultCode

Page 315 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.17 Level 3 Action Notification


Description
This notification enables Level 3 to take proactive action against any order currently processing. As such, notifications will be provided to the
partner identifying the action taken.

ƒ The following messages are required for this business transactions:

o postSLOrderStatus – notification sent by Level 3 to notify partner that Level 3 has initiated a cancel on an LNP order (see
Expected Results for all postSLOrderStatus messages for this transaction)

o postSLOrderStatusResponse – sent by partner to acknowledge receipt of Level 3’s notification

ƒ Currently, this notification is being issued to notify the partner that Level 3 has initiated a Cancel on a pending order for two possible
reasons:

o Partner has requested an Expedited Cancel (within 48 hours of FOC)

o Order has not been acted upon for 45 consecutive days (Example: Order is in rejected status and partner does not Supp or
Cancel it)

ƒ Implementation of notification type is required if implementing New Install transaction for LNP.

Prerequisites
ƒ Partner has submitted an LNP order.
Expected Results

ƒ Level 3 Action notification (postSLOrderStatus)

Page 316 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.17.1 Sample Usage

Partner Order System Level 3 Order Gateway

Partner requests LNP Install - createSLOrder

Level 3 request acknowledgement- createSLOrderResponse

Process INSTALL Request

Level 3 SUBMIT Notification - postSLOrderStatus

Partner receipt acknowledgement - postSLOrderStatusResponse

Level 3 ERROR Notification - postSLOrderStatus

Partner receipt acknowledgement - postSLOrderStatusResponse

Level 3 initiates CANCEL


LEVEL3 ACTION Notification - postSLOrderStatus

Partner receipt acknowledgement - postSLOrderStatusResponse

Level 3 SUBMIT Notification - postSLOrderStatus

Partner receipt acknowledgement - postSLOrderStatusResponse

Level 3 COMPLETE Notification - postSLOrderStatus

Partner receipt acknowledgement - postSLOrderStatusResponse

Note: Notifications may occur in a different sequence or at the same time.

Page 317 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.17.2 Class Diagrams

The class diagram below describes the objects involved in the WSDL messages that are exchanged as a
part of this business transaction and the relationships that exist among them.

Page 318 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.17.2.1 postSLOrderStatus Element

RequestMessageHeader
-MessageID
-Organization
-Department
-Application
-TimeStamp
-UserID
-OriginalMessageID

BusinessTransactionHeader
-B2BPartnerID
-ExternalBusinessTransactionID

1
1

NotificationHeader
-NotificationType
-DateTime

1 WTN
-NPA
ServiceOrderHeader -NXX
-StartNum
-ProductID
1 -OrderAction
-OrderType 0..1
-CRD 1
Subscriber
-ExternalOrderID
-Level3SubscriberID -LNPIndicator SubscriberLine
-ExternalSubscriberId -OrderStatus
-SubscriberSite 1 -Subscriber 1..* -Level3SubscriberLineID
1 -WTN
-ListOfResultCodes
-ListOfSubscriberLines -FromLECCompanyCode
1 -ToLECCompanyCode
-ExternalOrderVersion
-Level3ParentOrderID -RateCenter
-PartnerSubGroupID -OrderSummary

1 11

RateCenter
SubscriberSite 0..* -RateCenterAbbreviation
1 -LATA
-Level3SubscriberSiteId
-State
ResultCode
-Code
-Message
-Context

Page 319 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.17.2.2 postSLOrderStatusResponse Element

Page 320 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.17.3 Input Callback Message Parameters - postSLOrderStatus

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

requestMessageHeader information may be utilized by partner and


Level 3 for general purposes such as reporting and auditing. These
values are determined by the transaction initiator and are not
requestMessageHeader enforced by Level 3 beyond datatype and optionality; however
Level 3 recommends that careful consideration be given to the
definition and consistent use of these values to derive maximum
benefit.

organization string (256) Code designating partner organization submitting a given message

Code designating partner department within an organization that


department string (256)
submits a given message

application string (256) Code designating partner application submitting a given message

Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema


dateTime datatype. Format: CCYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssZ, with T
timeStamp √ dateTime acting as a separating character between date and time. 24H time
format required. Z denotes time zone. Example: 2001-12-
01T15:20:23-05:00 (where -05:00 is explicit time zone used).

Partner-generated and -managed message identifier. Same


messageID submitted in input and input-callback messages are
messageID √ string (32) returned in output and output-callback messages. Partner is
required to keep this value unique per message for correlation and
auditing purposes.

Same as requestMessageHeader.messageID of corresponding


√ input message. Valid for callback messages only. Partner is advised
originalMessageID string (32)
to use this value to correlate a callback or notification to the related
original message.

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner


√ profile is established in Level 3 systems. A partner may have
B2BPartnerID string(40)
multiple profiles active at any given point, where the URL to respond
to is defined.

Page 321 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which


consists of one or more individual business transactions or
dialogues (for new, supp, or cancel).
externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40)
Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and
auditing purposes. ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name
(ex. Level3_123456)

notificationHeader

Con gratu latio ns! If you are the first person to find this message
notificationType √ string(40) NotificationType and notify D L-B2 B-Te am@ lev el3.com you will receive a spe cial
pri ze!!!

dateTime √ dateTime

serviceOrderHeader

Level3ParentOrderID √ string(60) Same as Level3ParentOrderID of responded-to message

productID √ string(4) Level 3 identification for a service

orderAction √ string(20) OrderAction Level 3 identifier used to indicate the action an order will initiate

orderType √ string(20) OrderType Level 3 identifier used to indicate the type of an order action

partnerSubGroupID string(60) Channel Partner's Reseller Group ID

Partner Order ID stored by Level 3 systems. Level 3 does not


externalOrderID string(60) enforce or utilize this value for any purpose other than partner-
requested reporting.

Partner Order Version stored by Level 3 systems. Level 3 does not


externalOrderVersion string(20) enforce or utilize this value for any purpose other than partner-
requested reporting.

LNPIndicator √ string(1) Y: LNP Install. N: New install.

√ See state transition diagrams for specific values that can be


orderStatus string(25)
expected.

Page 322 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

subscriber √ subscriber One and only one subscriber included within a serviceOrderHeader

listOfSubscriberLines √ listOfSubscriberLines A listOfSubscriberLines includes one to many subscriberLines

listOfResultCodes listOfResultCodes A listOfResultCodes includes 0 or one result code element

subscriber One and only one subscriber within a given serviceOrderHeader

Same as subscriber.Level3SubscriberID within createSLOrder


Level3SubscriberID √ integer message if specified there by partner. Otherwise, generated by
Level 3 systems for new subscriber record.

Partner subscriber identifier, stored in Level 3 systems for partner's


externalSubscriberID string(50)
reporting and querying purposes

subscriberSite √ subscriberSite

subscriberSite One and only one subscriberSite within a given subscriber

Same as subscriberSite.Level3SubscriberISiteID within


Level3SubscriberSiteID √ integer createSLOrder message if specified there by partner. Otherwise,
generated by Level 3 systems for new subscriber site record.

listOfSubscriberLines

subscriberLine √ subscriberLine

One to many subscriberLines within a given serviceOrderHeader.


Note that current release only supports one and only one
subscriberLine
subscriberLine within a given serviceOrderHeader for this
transaction.

Identifier generated by Level 3 systems for this subscriber line. May


Level3SubscriberLineID √ integer be utilized by partner for subsequent reporting, correlation or other
related purposes.

WTN WTN Required if no errors encountered

NPAC Company code of carrier from which number is to be ported.


fromLECCompanyCode string(50)
Required if serviceOrder.LNPIndicator = Y

Page 323 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

NPAC Company code of carrier to which number is to be ported.


toLECCompanyCode string(50)
Required if serviceOrder.LNPIndicator = Y

rateCenter √ rateCenter

WTN Required within subscriberLine if no errors encountered

NPA √ string(3)

NXX √ string(3)

startNum √ string(4)

rateCenter One to one within a given subscriberLine

rateCenterAbbreviation √ string(35) Rate center abbreviation as defined in LERG

LATA √ string(5) 3- to 5-digit industry-standard integer value

state √ string(2) State State Abbreviation

listOfResultCodes

resultCode √ resultCode

Indicator of success or failure of an overall business transaction or


resultCode
specific aspect of a given business transaction

On successful transactions, only one resultCode (the success code)


will be returned.
code √ string(20) On error situations, only one resultCode is currently returned;
however, future functionality may support the return of one or more
codes for transactions that may raise several exceptions.

message √ string(256) Description of result code; required when resultCode is present

Contextual addendum to description, clarifying the source of the


context string(256)
resultCode

Page 324 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.2.17.4 Output Callback Message Parameters - postSLOrderStatusResponse

Class Attribute Required Datatype Enumeration Description

responseMessageHeader

timeStamp √ dateTime Time that message is submitted, in standard XML Schema dateTime datatype

messageID √ string (32) Same as requestMessageHeader.messageID of responded-to message

businessTransactionHeader

B2B Partner Identifier. Provided by Level 3 to partner after partner profile is


B2BPartnerID √ string(40) established in Level 3 systems. A partner may have multiple profiles active at any
given point, where the URL to respond to is defined.

Partner’s identifier for a new order life-cycletransaction, which consists of one or


more individual business transactions or dialogues (for new, supp, or cancel).
externalBusinessTransactionID √ string(40)
Partner is required to keep this value unique for correlation and auditing purposes.
ID should begin with Partner’s initials or name (ex. Level3_123456)

Indicator of success or failure of an overall business transaction or specific aspect


resultCode
of a given business transaction

On successful transactions, only one resultCode (the success code) will be


returned.
code √ string(20) On error situations, only one resultCode is currently returned; however, future
functionality may support the return of one or more codes for transactions that
may raise several exceptions.

message √ string(256) Description of result code; required when resultCode is present

context string(256) Contextual addendum to description, clarifying the source of the resultCode

Page 325 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.3 Result Codes


The result codes reside in the B2B API Error Codes document that contains a list of the possible response codes and messages encountered
during service processing.
The LNP error codes reside in the LNP Customer Reference Guide that contains a list of the possible LNP jeopardy, warning, and feature codes
and messages encountered during LNP service processing.

2.4 Enumeration Values


Enumeration Valid Value Description

ChangeName CNAM

Move

Service Package

Subscriber Name

DL

E911 Option

911 Route Label

CTI B Business

R Residential

Directional N North

S South

E East

W West

NE Northeast

NW Northwest

SE Southeast

SW Southwest

Page 326 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Enumeration Valid Value Description

E911CoverageIndicator Y Yes

N No

Future functionality may include other values for this attribute.

E911Option E911 Static

E911 VPC

E911 Customer Provided

FlexibleAttr.Name CSRInformationRequired

LNP_OPTION

FlexibleAttr.Value LSR_BYPASS

ListingTreatment Add

Keep

Remove

Change

ListingTreatmentType 1 List & Publish (industry standard code)

2 List Only (industry standard code)

3 Do Not List or Publish (industry standard code)

LocDescriptor APT Apartment

BSMT Basement

DEPT Department

FRNT

HNGR Hangar

KEY

Page 327 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Enumeration Valid Value Description

LBBY Lobby

LOT Lot

LOWR Lower

OFC Office

PH

PIER Pier

REAR Rear

SIDE Side

SLIP Slip

SPC

STOP Stop, mail stop

STE Suite

TRLR Trailer

UNIT

UPPR Upper

NotificationType Submit The transaction type to which this notification type applies to (i.e. Install vs Disconnect) may be
determined from orderAction and orderType attributes within serviceOrderHeader. Submit
notifications may have error codes.
Install The transaction type to which this notification type applies to (i.e. Install vs Disconnect) may be
determined from orderAction and orderType attributes within serviceOrderHeader.
Disconnect The transaction type to which this notification type applies to (i.e. Install vs Disconnect) may be
determined from orderAction and orderType attributes within serviceOrderHeader.
Complete The transaction type to which this notification type applies to (i.e. Install vs Disconnect) may be
determined from orderAction and orderType attributes within serviceOrderHeader.
FOC The transaction type to which this notification type applies to (i.e. Install vs Disconnect) may be
determined from orderAction and orderType attributes within serviceOrderHeader.
CSR The transaction type to which this notification type applies to (i.e. Install vs Disconnect) may be
determined from orderAction and orderType attributes within serviceOrderHeader.
Error The transaction type to which this notification type applies to (i.e. Install vs Disconnect) may be
determined from orderAction and orderType attributes within serviceOrderHeader. Notification of
Type ‘Error’ is sent when an issue is encountered that either (1) prevents port or (2) prevents ALI
update. Order status remains what it was at the time of error.

Page 328 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Enumeration Valid Value Description

Level3 Action This Notification indicates that Level 3 has initiated a cancel on a partner submitted order that has
encountered a hard error and cannot proceed. An auto-cancel will be initiated if the partner does
not take action (Supp/Cancel) prior to10 days after they are notified that the order is in error, by an
‘Error” Notification.
OptionValue LSR_BYPASS

OrderAction Install

Change

Disconnect

OrderStatus Pending LSR

Submitted

Accepted

Installed

Completed

Rejected

OrderType New

Supp

Cancel

ProductID 2042 Level 3 VoIP Enhanced Local Service

2036 Level 3 VoIP Local Inbound Service

ReasonCode Channel Partner Init. Default value used when invalid value is submitted.

CustInit Chg Srvc. Valid only for Submit New Disconnect Order

MSAG ERROR. Valid only for Submit New Disconnect Order

State Please see USPS Pub 28, Appendix B – Two-Letter


State and Possession Abbreviations
StreetSuffix Please see USPS Pub 28, Appendix C – Street
Abbreviations; Section C1 – Street Suffix Abbreviations
SuppName Subscriber Name

CTI

Page 329 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

Enumeration Valid Value Description

BTN Old Carrier

CRD

ServicePackage Usage Level 3 will provide the appropriate value based on customer contract.

Primary Local Flat Rate

Primary Local and Domestic LD Flat Rate

Secondary Local Flat Rate

Secondary Local and Domestic LD Flat Rate

YesNo Y Yes

N No

Page 330 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.5 WSDL Listing


The following WSDL files are provided.
Partner-side WSDL
VoipOrderServices.wsdl
Level 3-side WSDL
VoipOrderServicesLevel3.wsdl

Page 331 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.6 Schema Descriptions


The data payloads of the Order Services business transactions are governed by the XML Schemas
described below.

2.6.1 validateSLServiceAvailability

2.6.1.1 Class Diagram - validateSLServiceAvailability

Page 332 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.6.1.2 Class Diagram - validateSLServiceAvailabilityResponse

Page 333 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.6.2 createSLOrder

2.6.2.1 Class Diagram – createSLOrder

Page 334 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.6.2.2 Class Diagram – createSLOrderResponse

ResponseMessageHeader
-MessageID
-TimeStamp

BusinessTransactionHeader
-B2BPartnerID
-ExternalBusinessTransactionID

ResultCode
-Code
-Message
-Context

Page 335 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.6.3 postSLOrderStatus

2.6.3.1 Class Diagram – postSLOrderStatus

Page 336 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.6.3.2 Class Diagram - postSLOrderStatusResponse

ResponseMessageHeader
-MessageID
-TimeStamp
-OriginalMessageID

BusinessTransactionHeader
-B2BPartnerID
-ExternalBusinessTransactionID

ResultCode
-Code
-Message
-Context

Page 337 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.6.4 readOrder

2.6.4.1 Class Diagram – readOrder

Page 338 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.6.4.2 Class Diagram – readOrderResponse

RequestMessageHeader BusinessTransactionHeader
SuppType
-MessageID -B2BPartnerID
-TimeStamp -ExternalBusinessTransactionID JeopardyInformation -SuppName
1 1 -JeopardyCode ChangeType
0..* 1 1 -JeopardyDescription 0..*
-ChangeName
ResultCode
-Code 0..*
1
ServiceOrderHeader 0..* 1
-Message 1
-Level3ParentOrderID 1
-Context
-ProductID
-OrderAction
0..1 LNPInformation
-OrderType 1 -PortDirection
LNPEvents OrderSummary
-CRD
-EventName -PartnerSubGroupID -LOA -listOfChangeType
-DateTimeStamp -ExternalOrderID -LOADateTime -listOfSuppType
0..* 1 0..1
-Comments -TPVPVN -SuppAllowedIndicator
-LNPIndicator -TPVSentDateTime -SuppEarliestCRD
-OrderStatus -BTNOldCarrier -SuppLatestCRD
0..* -Subscriber -LNPState
1
LNPOption -ListOfSubscriberLines -ListOfJeopardyInformations
WTN
-OptionValue -FOCDate
-BillStartDate 1 -NPA
0..1 1
-BillStopDate -NXX
-InstalledDate -StartNum
-ListOfResultCodes -EndNum
-ExternalOrderVersion 1
-LNPInformation SubscriberLine
1
-CSRInformation -Level3SubscriberLineId
1 -ReasonCode 0..1
1 -ServicePackage
-ReasonComments 1..* -CTI CNAMInformation
1
-FirstUsageFlag -WTN
Subscriber -CNAM
-E911Option -DirectoryListingInformation -BlockCNAM
-BusinessName -InternalPortFlag -FromLECCompanyCode 1
-FirstName -LECResponseDate -ToLECCompanyCode
-MiddleInitial -CNAMInformation 0..1 DirectoryListingInformation
-LastName -ListOfOrderSummary
-Level3SubscriberID 1 -CustomerServiceName -TreatmentFlag
-ExternalSubscriberID -Type
-SubscriberSite -FirstName
-LastName
-DualNameListing
1 -LOA
Address 1 -ListedAddressIndicator
-StreetNumPrefix
-StreetNum CSRInformation
-StreetNumSuffix
SubscriberSite
1 -AccountTelephoneNumber
-PreDirectional
-CompanyCode
-Level3SubscriberSiteID -StreetName
-CustomerCode
-MainCallBackNumber -StreetSuffix
-SentTimeStamp 1
-ServiceAddress -PostDirectional
1 -FreezePIC
1 -Room
-LPIC Address
-Floor
-PIC
-Building -StreetNumPrefix
-TransactionType
-SecondaryLocationDescription -StreetNum
-EndUserName
-Unit -StreetNumSuffix
-DateReceived
-City -PreDirectional
-ListOfFeatureFlags 1
-State 1 -StreetName
-CSRAddress
-ZipCode -StreetSuffix
-WTN
-ZipPlus4 -PostDirectional
-Country -Room
-Comments 1 -Floor
-ConcatenatedAddress -Building
-SecondaryLocationDescription
-Unit
FeatureFlag
-City
-FeatureCode 0..* -State
-FeatureName -ZipCode
-ZipPlus4
-Country
-Comments

Page 339 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.6.5 readServiceImage

2.6.5.1 Class Diagram – readServiceImage

Page 340 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.6.5.2 Class Diagram – readServiceImageResponse

Page 341 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.6.6 portTN

2.6.6.1 Class Diagram – portTN

RequestMessageHeader
-MessageID
-Organization
-Department
-Application
-TimeStamp
-UserID

BusinessTransactionHeader
-B2BPartnerID
-ExternalBusinessTransactionID
WTN
-NPA
1
-NXX
-StartNum

0..1

1
1
ServiceOrderHeader 0..1
1
-Level3ParentOrderID SubscriberLine
-ListOfSubscriberLines -WTN

Page 342 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.6.6.2 Class Diagram – portTNResponse

ResponseMessageHeader
-MessageID
-TimeStamp

BusinessTransactionHeader
-B2BPartnerID
-ExternalBusinessTransactionID

1 ServiceOrderHeader
ResultCode
1
-Level3ParentOrderID
-Code 1
-ListOfSubscriberLines 0..*
-Message
-FOCDate
-Context SubscriberLine
-ListOfResultCodes
-WTN

0..1

WTN
-NPA
-NXX
-StartNum

Page 343 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.6.7 requestCSR

2.6.7.1 Class Diagram – requestCSR

Page 344 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.6.7.2 Class Diagram – requestCSRResponse

Page 345 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.6.7.3 Class Diagram – postCSR

Page 346 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

2.6.7.4 Class Diagram – postCSRResponse

ResponseMessageHeader
-MessageID
-Organization
-Department
-Application
-TimeStamp

BusinessTransactionHeader
-B2BPartnerID
-ExternalBusinessTransactionID

1..*

ResultCode
-Code
-Message
-Context

Page 347 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

3 Appendices
3.1 Glossary

Term Description
ALI Automatic Location Identification database maintained by ILECs. Contains information
regarding the location associated with the caller’s TN, which is presented to a PSAP when the
caller dials 911.
CIC Carrier Identification Code
CNAM Caller ID Name
CRD Customer Request Date. Date a customer requests an action to be completed by.
CSR Customer Service Record
CTI Customer type indicator (Business or Residential).
DL Directory Listing
FOC Firm Order Commit
GITN Geographically Independent Telephone Number. A telephone number associated with a
different rate center than the service address.
ILEC Incumbent Local Exchange Carrier
LEC Local Exchange Carrier
LERG Local Exchange Routing Guide. A document issued by Telcordia (formerly Bellcore) that is
used to identify NPA-NXX routing and homing information, as well as network element and
equipment designation. It contains a listing of local routing data such as destination codes,
switching entities, rate centers and locality information by LATA.
LD Long Distance
LNP Local Number Portability. A network that allows an end-user to change a service provider,
location and/or service type without having to change their TN.
LOA Letter of Authorization, typically relating to LNP
LSOG Local Services Ordering Guidelines.
LSR Local Service Request
MACD Move, Add, Change, Delete
NPA Numbering Plan Area (Area Code)
NPAC Number Portability Administration Center (http://www.npac.com)
NXX Central office code or Prefix (First three digits of a seven-digit local telephone number)
Order Action Level 3 identifier used to indicate the action an order will initiate. Appropriate values include;
install, change, disconnect
Order Type Level 3 identifier used to indicate the type of an order action. Appropriate values include;
new, supp, cancel.
SL Subscriber Line. Embedded within naming for messages and other artefacts as an
abbreviation.
PIC Primary Interexchange Carrier
PSAP Public Safety Access Point to which 911 calls are routed.

Page 348 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

TN Telephone Number
VPC VoIP Positioning Center
WTN Working Telephone Number

Page 349 of 350


Level 3 Communications B2B API Spec – Order Services for Voice Products

3.2 Holiday listing


Below is a list of carrier holidays observed by a majority of the telecommunications industry. Please note
the observed holiday may be different than the actual holiday.

2008 Holidays
New Years Day
Tuesday January 1st
Martin Luther King Day Observed Monday January 21st
Presidents Day Observed Monday February 18th
Memorial Day Observed Monday May 26th
Independence Day Friday July 4th
Labor Day Observed Monday September 1st
Columbus Day Observed Monday October 13th
Thanksgiving Day Observed Thursday November 27th
Day after Thanksgiving Day Observed Friday November 28th
Christmas Eve Wednesday December 24th
Christmas Day Thursday December 25th

3.3 Form for Review Comments


Level 3 will accept comments on this document in two forms: as in-line revision marks and comments,
and via the form below.

Section # Topic Comment Request or Recommendation

Page 350 of 350

You might also like